artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 1,000 records of 1,000 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 144,551 – 145,550 of 1,000

Fathomview full entry
Reference: Fathom. 7 women artists working with abstraction, by Patricia Wilson-Adams.
Catalogue launched February 20, 2010 – 2 pm at Lake Macquarie City Art Gallery. Editor: Patricia Wilson-Adams. Catalogue originally created for an exhibition titled, Fathom, held at The Lock-Up Cultural Centre, Newcastle, from 9-24 October, 2009. Artists include Sally Bourke, Helen Dunkerley, Annemarie Murland, Susan Porteous, Linda Swinfield, Lezlie Tilley, Patricia Wilson-Adams.


Publishing details: [Toronto, N.S.W. : Pokataroo Press,?], 2010. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 24, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
artists’ retreat The view full entry
Reference: The artists’ retreat : discovering the Mornington Peninsula, 1850s to the present, by Rodney James.Includes works by Penleigh Boyd, John Perceval, Rupert Bunny, Eugene von Guerard, Louis Buvelot, Walter Withers, Nicolas Chevalier, Rick Amor, Arthur Boyd, Arthur StreetonHugh Ramsay, Fred Williams, Violet Teague and others.
Publishing details: Mornington, Vic. : Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, [1999]. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (lightly rubbed), pp. 40, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 2000 copies.
Ref: 1009
Macleod Nancy view full entry
Reference: Nancy Macleod : a retrospective, by Danny COwen
Publishing details: Hamilton : Hamilton Art Gallery, 2006. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [12], illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Guppy Jamesview full entry
Reference: Passion’s end : James Guppy

Publishing details: Murwillumbah : Tweed River Regional Art Gallery, 1993. Octavo, self-wrappers, pp. [8], illustrated, essay.
Ref: 1000
Glover John view full entry
Reference: An exhibition & sale of oils & watercolours by John Glover 1767 – 1849.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Gould Galleries, 1982. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [20], illustrated in black and white, essay.
Ref: 1009
Painting the futureview full entry
Reference: Painting the future : gifts from country to the University of Notre Dame Australia, Broome Campus, Edited by Anne Bloeman ; art text by Clare Ahern. Bequest of artworks from local indigenous painters to the University campus.
Publishing details: Broome : University of Notre Dame Australia, Broome Campus, 2000. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 104, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Notre Dame University Australia,view full entry
Reference: see Painting the future : gifts from country to the University of Notre Dame Australia, Broome Campus, Edited by Anne Bloeman ; art text by Clare Ahern. Bequest of artworks from local indigenous painters to the University campus.
Publishing details: Broome : University of Notre Dame Australia, Broome Campus, 2000. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 104, illustrated.
Mansfield Mary view full entry
Reference: Arts and Crafts Studio : Mary Mansfield.
Advertising leaflet for the arts and crafts studio of Mary Mansfield, Strand Arcade, Sydney, circa 1930, with fees for individual instruction in stencilling, raffia work, Indian basket work, pen painting, wood carving, leather work, Batik, French polishing and more. Accompanied by a second flyer for ‘The Artist’s Forum’ organised by Mary Mansfield, inviting visitors to lectures by artists on different subjects.
Little is recorded about Sydney artist Mary Mansfield, however she did write the Foreword to an exhibition catalogue on Ida Rental Outhwaite in 1917, so carried some influence in the arts community.

Publishing details: listed in Douglas Stewart Fine art catalogue, May, 2022.
Ref: 1000
Yolngu : Aboriginal cultures of North Australiaview full entry
Reference: Yolngu : Aboriginal cultures of North Australia. Brighton [England] : ‘Catalogue of items in Brighton exhibition; exhibition also includes items from Queensland such as bicornual basket from Cardwell district, and painted shields from northeastern Queensland.’ – Trove.
Publishing details: Royal Pavilion, Art Gallery & Museums, [1988]. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. 67, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal art of North Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Yolngu : Aboriginal cultures of North Australia. Brighton [England] : ‘Catalogue of items in Brighton exhibition; exhibition also includes items from Queensland such as bicornual basket from Cardwell district, and painted shields from northeastern Queensland.’ – Trove.
Publishing details: Royal Pavilion, Art Gallery & Museums, [1988]. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. 67, illustrated.
Morgan Squireview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of etchings by Sir Malcolm Osborne, R.A., P.R.E., Martin Hardie, R.E., Sydney Long, A.R.E., Squire Morgan, S.G.A. (London). To be opened by Sir Marcus Clarke, K. B. E., ad the Royal Art Society, 6th Floor, 26 Hunter Street, Sydney on Monday 25th November, 1946, at 3 pm. Exhibition manager : Estelle Andrews. (14 x 8 cos), catalogue of 55 works and supplementary insert leaf with a further 11 works, all priced.


Publishing details: RAS, 1946
Ref: 1000
Long Sydneyview full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of etchings by Sir Malcolm Osborne, R.A., P.R.E., Martin Hardie, R.E., Sydney Long, A.R.E., Squire Morgan, S.G.A. (London). To be opened by Sir Marcus Clarke, K. B. E., ad the Royal Art Society, 6th Floor, 26 Hunter Street, Sydney on Monday 25th November, 1946, at 3 pm. Exhibition manager : Estelle Andrews. (14 x 8 cos), catalogue of 55 works and supplementary insert leaf with a further 11 works, all priced.


Publishing details: RAS, 1946
Osborne Malcolm R.A. view full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of etchings by Sir Malcolm Osborne, R.A., P.R.E., Martin Hardie, R.E., Sydney Long, A.R.E., Squire Morgan, S.G.A. (London). To be opened by Sir Marcus Clarke, K. B. E., ad the Royal Art Society, 6th Floor, 26 Hunter Street, Sydney on Monday 25th November, 1946, at 3 pm. Exhibition manager : Estelle Andrews. (14 x 8 cos), catalogue of 55 works and supplementary insert leaf with a further 11 works, all priced.


Publishing details: RAS, 1946
Hardie Martin view full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of etchings by Sir Malcolm Osborne, R.A., P.R.E., Martin Hardie, R.E., Sydney Long, A.R.E., Squire Morgan, S.G.A. (London). To be opened by Sir Marcus Clarke, K. B. E., ad the Royal Art Society, 6th Floor, 26 Hunter Street, Sydney on Monday 25th November, 1946, at 3 pm. Exhibition manager : Estelle Andrews. (14 x 8 cos), catalogue of 55 works and supplementary insert leaf with a further 11 works, all priced.


Publishing details: RAS, 1946
Not for self but for all view full entry
Reference: Not for self but for all : a history of the Art Gallery of Ballarat Association. By Anne BEGGS-SUNTER. With Index. [’The history was commissioned by the Art Gallery of Ballarat Association, the community organisation which founded the Gallery in 1884 and still exists as a support organisation for the Gallery. The book is intended to celebrate the human story of the Gallery by paying tribute to the many people who have supported it and worked to ensure its development and growth over the years.
The title of the book, Not for self but for all, comes from an early crest of the Gallery devised by James Powell, the Association’s first secretary, who wrote an important account of the establishment of the Gallery in 1896.’]

Publishing details: Ballarat : Art Gallery of Ballarat, 2018. Quarto, laminated card wrappers, pp. 212, illustrated.
Luke Monte photographerview full entry
Reference: MONTE LUKE F.R.P.S.
Details of charges for wedding portraits
Flyer, circa 1950, single sheet, printed recto and verso for the photography studio of Monte Luke, one of Sydney’s leading society and portrait photographers, the studio still in business today. The flyer lists various packages of wedding photographs, with ‘motion pictures made of weddings in colour or black and white’.
Publishing details: listed in Douglas Stewart Fine art catalogue, May, 2022.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see This is their dreaming. Traces the stories and culture of Arnhem Land contained in two large murals in the Yirrkala Church.
Publishing details: This is their dreaming. Legends of the panels of Aboriginal art in the Yirrkala Church
Brisbane : University of Queensland Press, 1971. Small quarto, illustrated cloth in illustrated dustjacket (light handling marks), pp. 76, illustrated,
Catalogue of Centralian Artview full entry
Reference: Catalogue of Centralian Art
listing of 26 works by Rex Battarbee, Albert Namatjira, Enos, Oscar, and Ewald Namatjira, and other Aranda artists including Otto Pareroultja, Richard Moketarinja, with short biographies; the catalogue also advertises the paintings of other Aranda artists.
Publishing details: Alice Springs : Tama-Rama Galleries, c. 1961. Octavo, folded card, 4pp,
Ref: 1000
Centralian Artview full entry
Reference: see Catalogue of Centralian Art
listing of 26 works by Rex Battarbee, Albert Namatjira, Enos, Oscar, and Ewald Namatjira, and other Aranda artists including Otto Pareroultja, Richard Moketarinja, with short biographies; the catalogue also advertises the paintings of other Aranda artists.
Publishing details: Alice Springs : Tama-Rama Galleries, c. 1961. Octavo, folded card, 4pp,
Stones Margaretview full entry
Reference: Margaret Stones : retrospective
Exhibition catalogue of 82 works.
Publishing details: Melbourne : University Gallery, University of Melbourne, [1975]. Quarto, white wrappers, illustrated front, [pp. 24], some illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Djakkuview full entry
Reference: see An exhibition of paintings by Djakku (Peter Marralwanga)
Publishing details: Perth : Aboriginal Traditional Arts Gallery in conjunction with Maningrida Arts and Crafts, 1981. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, stapled spine, pp. [34], illustrated. Limited to 240 numbered copies.

Bowery Leigh view full entry
Reference: Leigh Bowery Looks, by Fergus Greer
Publishing details: London : Violette Editions, 2002. Octavo, boards in dustjacket (light handling marks), pp. 176, illustrated. Ticket stub from the 2004 MCA exhibition on Bowery loosely enclosed.
Ref: 1000
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: To ride a fine horse
Illustrated by Elizabeth Durack.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 1965 (reprint). Octavo, boards in dustjacket , pp. 137, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Forsyth Williamview full entry
Reference: see JACOBS & HUNT auction, UK, 27.5.22. lot 323: William Forsyth 'Tumut River, New South Wales' and 'A Shady Path' a pair of watercolours, signed, 30 x 58.5 cms
AUSTRALIAN WOMEN ARTISTSview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIAN WOMEN ARTISTS. Catalogue for an exhibition 13 March to 7 April, 2018. Features works by Margaret Preston, Cressida Campbell, Janet Cumbrae Stewart, Clarice Beckett, Bessie Gibson, Vida Lahey, Ida Rentoul Outhwaite, Grace Cossington Smith, Jean Bellette, Mitty Lee Brown, Stella Bowen, Daphne Mayo, Olive Cotton, Bessie Davidson, Kath Shillam, Hermia Boyd, Joy Hester, Joy Roggenkamp, Jean Appleton, Constance Tempe Manning, Gwyn Hanssen Pigott, Celia Perceval, Criss Canning, Margaret Olley, Dorothy Napangardi, Rosella Namok, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Vera Moller, Anne Wallace, Lisa Adams, Kirsten Coelho, June Tupicoff, Davida Allen, and Wendy Sharpe.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2018.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 16.5cm. 28 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers. Price list laid in.
Ref: 1009
WOMEN ARTISTSview full entry
Reference: see AUSTRALIAN WOMEN ARTISTS. Catalogue for an exhibition 13 March to 7 April, 2018. Features works by Margaret Preston, Cressida Campbell, Janet Cumbrae Stewart, Clarice Beckett, Bessie Gibson, Vida Lahey, Ida Rentoul Outhwaite, Grace Cossington Smith, Jean Bellette, Mitty Lee Brown, Stella Bowen, Daphne Mayo, Olive Cotton, Bessie Davidson, Kath Shillam, Hermia Boyd, Joy Hester, Joy Roggenkamp, Jean Appleton, Constance Tempe Manning, Gwyn Hanssen Pigott, Celia Perceval, Criss Canning, Margaret Olley, Dorothy Napangardi, Rosella Namok, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Vera Moller, Anne Wallace, Lisa Adams, Kirsten Coelho, June Tupicoff, Davida Allen, and Wendy Sharpe.

Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2018.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 16.5cm. 28 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers. Price list laid in.
Shepherdson Gordonview full entry
Reference: GORDON SHEPHERDSON: 13TH FEBRUARY - 10TH MARCH 2018
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2018.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 16 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Sharpe Wendyview full entry
Reference: FRANCE: PARIS STORIES & THE WESTERN FRONT

Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2019.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Churcher Peterview full entry
Reference: WATER FALLING
Peter Churcher
Exhibition catalogue. Price list laid in.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2018.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
McWilliams Michaelview full entry
Reference: MICHAEL MCWILLIAMS: 25TH JULY - 19TH AUGUST, 2017
Michael McWilliams Exhibition catalogue

Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2017.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 16 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Honeywill John view full entry
Reference: JOHN HONEYWILL: 25TH JULY - 17TH AUGUST, 2019
John Honeywill

Exhibition catalogue. Price list laid in.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2019.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 8 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Boggs Peterview full entry
Reference: Peter Boggs, Exhibition catalogue, 25 June - 20 July, 2019.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2019. [8] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Honeywill John view full entry
Reference: JOHN HONEYWILL: 28 SEPTEMBER - 23 OCTOBER, 2021
John Honeywill
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2021.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 17cm. 8 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Honeywill John view full entry
Reference: JOHN HONEYWILL: 22ND AUGUST - 16TH SEPTEMBER, 2017
John Honeywill
Exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2017.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 8 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Brownhall Robertview full entry
Reference: Robert Brownhall: 16 March – 10 April, 2021. Exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2021. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Coelho Kirsten view full entry
Reference: KIRSTEN COELHO: 10 NOVEMBER - 5 DECEMBER, 2020
Kirsten Coelho
Exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2020.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Tupicoff June view full entry
Reference: THE FRENCH PAINTINGS
June Tupicoff
Exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2017.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Wilson Ralph view full entry
Reference: ISLANDS
Ralph Wilson
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2019.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Moller Vera view full entry
Reference: MARINESQUE
Vera Moller
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2022.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Bartlett Henry view full entry
Reference: HENRY BARTLETT: 3RD - 28TH FEBRUARY, 2015
Henry Bartlett
Exhibition catalogue
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2015.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Chen Jun view full entry
Reference: JUN CHEN: 30TH APRIL - 25TH MAY, 2019
Jun Chen
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2019.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 16 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Adams Lisa view full entry
Reference: LISA ADAMS: 13 OCTOBER - 7 NOVEMBER, 2020
Lisa Adams
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2020.
First Edition.
17cm x 23.5cm. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Moller Vera view full entry
Reference: AQUAFLORESCENCES
Vera Moller
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2018.
First Edition.
21cm x 30cm. 8 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Figure Theview full entry
Reference: THE FIGURE
Exhibition catalogue for a group show featuring Charles Blackman, William Strutt, Mortimer Menpes, Rupert Bunny, Norman Lindsay, Eric Wilson, Stella Bowen, George Washington Lambert, Charles Douglas Richardson, J. J. Hilder, Girolamo Pieri Nerli, Ian Fairweather, John Perceval, Russell Drysdale, Fred Williams, Jon Molvig, Charles Blackman, Ray Crooke, Robert Dickerson, Brett Whiteley, Arthur Boyd, James Gleeson, Leonard Shillam, Kathellen Shillam, Sam Fullbrook, Garry Shead, Charles Blackman, Justin O'Brien, Gordon Shepherdson, Lawrence Daws, Jeffrey Smart, John Young, Michael Zavros, Mickolaus Seffrin, Davida Allen, Tim Storrier, William Robinson, Peter Churcher, Rick Amor, Wendy Sharpe, Jun Chen, Barry Humphries, Roy de Maistre, and Arthur Murch. Invitation and price list laid in.

Publishing details: Philip Bacon Galleries
Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2021.
First Edition.
30cm x 21cm. 44 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Hirst Collectionview full entry
Reference: The Hirst Collection of Australian & International Art. Exhibition catalogue of works from the Brisbane collection of Doc and Fritzi Hirst featuring John Russel, George Lambert, Emanuel Phillips Fox, Albert Henry Fullwood, Eugene Carriere, William Dobell, Russell Drysdale, John Passmore, Lloyd Rees, Auguste Rodin, Brett Whiteley, Jacob Epstein, Arthur Boyd, Godfrey Miller, Charles Blackman, Arthur Boyd, Clifton Pugh, Jon Molvig, Lawrence Daws, Ray Crooke, David Boyd, Donald Friend, Godfrey Miller, Michael Kmit, James Gleeson, M. L. Snowden, Dylan Lewis, Frederick Hart, Richard MacDonald, Guy Boyd, Kathleen Shillam, and Leonard Shillam. Invitation and price list laid in.
Publishing details: Philip Bacon Galleries
Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2022, 56 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Paterson James Robert view full entry
Reference: see Davidson’s auction 22.5.22, lot 285, collection of 175 drawings executed 1979-80, Provenace Ray Hughes, Gallery, James Barker Collection, Brisbane, collection Adrian Mibus, art dealer, London, each 18 x 22 cm
Bucknole Edwardview full entry
Reference: see Kinghams Auctioneers
May 27, 2022, Moreton-in-Marsh, United Kingdom, lot 432:
Australian Interest (early 20th century), a quantity of architectural drawings by Edward Bucknole, Victoria etc, including woollen mill designs and plans, also some student artworks, nudes etc, note: Edward Bucknole is mentioned in the Journal of the Royal Victorian institute of architects vol. 25 (1927-1928)
Felton Myraview full entry
Reference: see Davidson Auctions, May 22, 2022, lot 162: FELTON, Myra (British/Australian 1865-1920)
Spiritualist - Portrait of the Artist, 1910.
Signed & dated indistinctly lower left; with additional inscription to stretcher.
Illustrated in 'The Exhibitionists: A History of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales,' by Steven Miller, published by the Art Gallery of NSW, 2021 (page 32).
Oil on Canvas
60x49.5cm
Dimensions
60x49.5cm
Artist or Maker
(British/Australian 1865-1920)
Medium
Signed & dated indistinctly lower left; with additional inscription to stretcher.
Illustrated in 'The Exhibitionists: A History of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales,' by Steven Miller, published by the Art Gallery of NSW, 2021 (page 32).
Trompf Percyview full entry
Reference: see HAWLEY'S AUCTIONEERS, 21 May 2022 to 22 May 2022. lot 896: Original Percy Trompf travel poster, Australia. The landing of Captain Cook at Botany Bay 1770, Australian National Travel Association, Poster Number 1, approx 62cms w x 47cms h in clip frame.
Condition Report
Central fold crease, pin holes to corners, tear to left side middle, minor stains to border, overall fairly good condition.
Wentscher Juliusview full entry
Reference: see GALERIE BASSENGE, 2.6.22, lot 6096:
Wentscher d. J., Julius -- Coastal landscape on Aegina in Greece.
Oil on canvas. 54x91 cm. Signed, dated and inscribed "J. Wentscher d. J. / Aegina (19)09" lower left.
Julius Wentscher was born the son of the landscape painter of the same name and studied both in his father's studio and at the Académie Julian in Paris before settling in Berlin. In 1914 he married the sculptor Tina Haim. In the 1920s he undertook numerous longer trips with his wife, which also took him back to Greece. Above all, he traveled to Bali and Java in 1932. On the advice of Käthe Kollwitz, he and his wife did not return to Germany because of the worsening situation for Jews. After stations in China, Indonesia, Siam, Cambodia, Singapore and Malaysia, they finally came to Australia in 1940 as enemy aliens, where they were interned until 1942. He and his wife eventually settled in Melbourne and took Australian citizenship.

Done Kenview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Morning Herald, 21.5.2022, Spectrum, p8-9, article by Nick Galvin, ‘The Done Thing’.
Bloggs John Kview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, ‘A presentation casket with carvings by John K. Bloggs, 1915,’ article by Sarah Guest, p10-11
traysview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on wooden trays by R. A. Fredman.
timber traysview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on wooden trays by R. A. Fredman.
wooden traysview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on wooden trays by R. A. Fredman.
La Perouse view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
DuPerry Louis Isidore expedition 1824view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
D’Urville Jules Dumontview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
de Bougainville Hyacintheview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
Crepin Louis Philippe 1772-1851 oil painting c1831view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
international exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
Terry Frederick C p20-21view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article on La Perouse by Peter G. Towson, p16-22. Illustrated.
Currawongview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Saving Currawong’ by Jillian Dwyer. Illustrated.
Allen George B painting of Hawthorn 1875view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Saving Currawong’ by Jillian Dwyer. Illustrated.
Lamborn William 1826-1905 jeweller 5 illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Saving Currawong’ by Jillian Dwyer. Illustrated.
Schagen Adrien jewellerview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Indigenous moyifs on a silver brooch’, by Christine Erratt, p28-34. Illustrated.
Schagen Simon Adrien jeweller 1923-2013view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Indigenous moyifs on a silver brooch’, by Christine Erratt, p28-34. Illustrated.
Maymuru Nanyin c1910-1969view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Indigenous moyifs on a silver brooch’, by Christine Erratt, p28-34. Illustrated.
Benson Michael Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Spanish Craftsmen in.\ the New Norcia Abbey in Western Australia’, by Dorothy Erickson. Illustrated.
Oriel Isidroview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Spanish Craftsmen in.\ the New Norcia Abbey in Western Australia’, by Dorothy Erickson. Illustrated.
Reidy Lillaview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, ‘Looking for paintings on gum leaves’, by John Wade. Illustrated.
Eustace Arthur William 1820-1907view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, ‘Looking for paintings on gum leaves’, by John Wade. Illustrated.
Henry Madame wife of Lucienview full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Madame Henry,’ illustrated. By Yvonne Barber.
Henry Lucien 1850-96view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Madame Henry,’ illustrated. By Yvonne Barber. P44-54.
Henry Lucien 1850-96view full entry
Reference: see Australiana magazine, May, 2022, vol 4, no. 2, article ‘Madame Henry,’ illustrated. By Yvonne Barber. P44-54.
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Annand Douglasview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Beck Richardview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Bostock Cecilview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Cazneaux Haroldview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Cotton Janetview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Cotton Florenceview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Cotton Joyceview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Dupain Maxview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Illingworth Nelson p261view full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Le Guay Laurenceview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Luke Monte p 170 326view full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Moore Davidview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Parer Damienview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Poignant Axel p340 422view full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Proctor Thea p91 114view full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Roberts Russellview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Sharp Olgaview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Sievers Wolfgangview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Smith Sydney Ureview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Smith Sydney Ureview full entry
Reference: see Olive Cotton: A Life in Photography by Helen Ennis. [’A landmark biography of a singular and important Australian photographer, Olive Cotton, by an award-winning writer – beautifully written and deeply moving.
Olive Cotton was one of Australia’s pioneering modernist photographers, a woman whose talent was recognised as equal to her first husband’s, Max Dupain, and a significant artist in her own right. Together, Olive and Max could have been Australia’s answer to Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, or Ray and Charles Eames. The photographic work they produced during the 1930s and ’40s was extraordinary and distinctively their own.
But in the early 1940s Cotton quit their marriage and Sydney studio to live with second husband Ross McInerney and raise their two children in a tent on a farm near Cowra – later moving to a hut that had no running water, electricity or telephone. Despite these barriers, and not having access to a darkroom, Olive continued her photography but away from the public eye. Then a landmark exhibition in Sydney in 1985 shot her back to fame, followed by a major retrospective at the AGNSW in 2000. Australian photography would never be same.
This is a moving and powerful story about talent, creativity and women, and about what it means for an artist to manage the competing demands of art, work, marriage, children and family.
Helen’s research on Cotton has been supported by the Australia Council Literature Board and the ABR George Hicks Foundation Fellowship; and related essays have been published in Meanjin and ABR. ’]
Publishing details: HarperCollins, 2019, 544 pages, hc, dw. With Index
Dobell Williamview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Allen Mary Cecil p183view full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Archibald Prizeview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Art Gallery of New South Walesview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Atyeo Sam p180 183view full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Ashton Willview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Ashton Howard p15 29view full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Bale Alice M E p74 146view full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Bell Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Bellette Jeanview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
cartoonistsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Coen Margaret 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Cook James 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Contemporary Art Society numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Smith Grace Cossington 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Crowley Grace 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Dargie William 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Dadswell Lyndon 3 refs view full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
de Maistre Roy 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Drysdale Russell 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Dundas Douglas numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Edwards Mary numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Edwell-Burke Mary see Edwards Mary numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Eldershaw John 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Evatt Mary 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Friend Donald numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Gleeson James numerous numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Haefliger Paul numerous numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Heysen Hans 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Heysen Nora 9 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Jones Charles Lloyd numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Lawler Adrian 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Lindsay Daryl 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Lindsay Lionel numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Lindsay Norman numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Lister Lister W 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Long Sid 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
MacDonald J S numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Maund J W 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Medworth Frank numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Meldrum Max 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Missingham Hal 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Modernism numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Olley Margaret 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
O’Harris Pixie 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Pidgeon William 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Portrait painting numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Preston Margaret 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Proctor Thea 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Royal Art Society numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Smith Bernard numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Smith Joshua numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Society of Artists 7 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Streeton Arthur 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Surrealism 6 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Trindall Lyall 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Smith Sydney Ure numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Wakelin Roland 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Wilson Eric 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Wolinski Joseph numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Zander Alleyne 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Young John gallery director numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The Case that Stopped a Nation -
The Archibald Prize Controversy of 1944.
By: Peter Edwell. [’A lively and thorough telling of one of Australia's greatest front page scandals, involving key figures of the nation's art movement, politicians and business leaders, with William Dobell and Joshua Smith caught in the middle. Whilst World War II raged overseas, Australia's Archibald Prize, the wealthiest portrait prize in the world, drew huge crowds and torrents of gossip. This big illustrated book details the bizarre court case, the cast of odd characters and the aftermath, with informative context.’]
Publishing details: Halstead Press, 2021, hc, 240pp, with bibliography and index.
Art Gallery of New South Wales historyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Minns B Eview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Davison Cherylview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Montefiore E Lview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dickens Karlaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Mullins John Laneview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Spence Benjamin (British)view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Felton Mauriceview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Felton Myraview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Piguenit W C landscape and medal won by + refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Kerry & Coview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Nettleton Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Richardson J Tview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Richards & Co photographersview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Halswelle Keeley (British?)view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Jones Jonathan 2016view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Althouse & Geigerview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Alston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Cadden Deliaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Onus Linview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Cooke Edward Williamview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Pareroultja Hubertview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Molnar Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Mulligan John photographview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Thake Ericview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Burns Timview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Nicholson Michaelview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Watkins J Sview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hawkins Weaverview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Gardner Kellyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Kerry Charles Hview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Relph George illuminated addressview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Montefiore Eliezer 1820-94view full entry
Reference: see Australian Jewish Historical Society Journal, Vol 17, no 3, Nov 2004 p311-40. ‘artist gallery director and insurance pioneer, the first significant Australian Jewish artist.’
Vernon Walter Libertyview full entry
Reference: see Noni Boyd, Phd thesis, RMIT, Melbourne, 2010.
Sulman Sir John view full entry
Reference: A Life of Purpose, a biography of John Sulman, by Zeny Edwards
Publishing details: Longueville Media, 2017
Ref: 1000
Montefiore E Lview full entry
Reference: Catalogue of the Art Gallery of New South Wales with 94 illustrations drawn by E. L. Montefiore
Publishing details: John Sands 1883
Ref: 1000
Art Gallery of New South Wales catalogueview full entry
Reference: see Catalogue of the Art Gallery of New South Wales with 94 illustrations drawn by E. L. Montefiore
Publishing details: John Sands 1883
Andersons Andrew architectview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Anivitti Giulio various refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Archibald J Fview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Arthur Tomview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Ashton Julianview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Ashton Willview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Ball Percivalview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Unbound Colleciveview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Baker Ali Gumillyaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Tribe Barbara Travelling Scholarshipview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Barnet Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Brierly Oswaldview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Buvelot Louisview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Chevalier Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Collingridge Arthurview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Collingridge Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Combes Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Commons Donald 1855-1942view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Cook Edward Wview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Connor Kevinview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Conder Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Constable William 1906-1989view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Coutts Gordon 1868-1937view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Cowan Theodore Esther 1868-1949view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Croft Brenda Lview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Curtis J W c1839-1901view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Cusack Edith 1865-1941view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dangar Henry C 1830-1917view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Danko Aleksview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Davies Davidview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Davison Cherylview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dobell Williamview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Docking Gil 1919-2015view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Drysdale Russellview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Du Faur Eccleston numerous refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dundas Douglas 4 refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dundas Kerry 45refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Dupain Maxview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Earles Chester 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Edwell Berniceview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Eisler Billview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Evatt Mary Aliceview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Eyre Vi 1 refview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Fischer A J 2 refsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Fleming Margaret 1 refview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Frank Louis 1839-1923view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Fry Douglas 1872-1911view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Freeman Brothersview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Fuller Florence 1867-1946 1 refview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Fullwwood A H view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Gleeson Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Gruner Eliothview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hall Bernardview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hansen Albert 1866-1914view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Herman Saliview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hern Charles Edward 1848-1894view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Heysen Hansview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hinder Frankview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hoyte J Cview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hunt C H 1857-1938view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hunt John Horbury 1838-1904view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Hutchison Noel 1940-2020view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Ironside Adelaideview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Joel Graceview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Johnstone H Jview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Jones Charles Lloydview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Jones John Llewellynview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Langker Erik 1898-1982view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Lambert Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Laverty Peterview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Laverty Ursulaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Layton George Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Lindsay Normanview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Lindsay Lionelview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Lister Lister William 1859-1943view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Long Sidview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Longstaff Johnview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
MacDonald J S 1878-1952view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Lovett Mildred 1 refview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Mackennal Bertramview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Macqueen Kennethview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Mahony Frank 1862-1916view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Mann G V F 1863-1948view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Manning My Matilda Lydiaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Martens Rebeccaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Maund John 1876-1962view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
McClintock Herbertview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
McCubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
McCubbin Louisview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Meston Emilyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Minns B E 1868-1937view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Miller Godfreyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Missingham Hal 1906-1994view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Murch Arthurview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Muskett Alice 1869-1936view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Namatjira Albertview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Namatjira Vincent b1983view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Norton Alice 1865-1958view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Ohlfsen Dora 1869-1948view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Olley Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Pareroultja Edwinview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Parker Haroldview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Parks Tiview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Partos Paulview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Peir Cliff footnoteview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Plate Carlview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Quinn Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Nicholas Hilda Rixview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Raworth William Henry 1821-1904 footnoteview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Rees Lloydview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Roth Constanceview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Royal Art Societyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Simonetti Achille 1838-1900view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Smart Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Smith Bernardview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Smith Grace Cossingtonview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Smith Sydney Ureview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Society of Artistsview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Souter D Hview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Stoddard Maryview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Strachan Davidview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Sulman Johnview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Teague Viloletview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Tischbauer Alfred 1853-1922view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Tuckson Tonyview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Vale Amy 1874-1951view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Whiteley Brettview full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Wilson Eric 1911-1946view full entry
Reference: see The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Strong Brett Livingstonview full entry
Reference: see Bradford's auction, June 26, 2022, Sun City, AZ, USA, lot 2289:
Brett Livingston Strong (1954-) "Sydney Harbour Guardian Angel" Bronze Sculpture. Cast Signature on shell. At the age of 25 as a recent arrival from Australia to the US during the '70's, Brett-Livingston Strong used a 116 ton fallen boulder on a Malibu highway to create a likeness of John Wayne in the Century Plaza Mall in full public view. The sculpture was later sold to an executive from Scottsdale, Arizona. Strong learned to carve in stone as a young boy working in a stonemason's yard carving tombstones. Born in 1954, by the age of 16 he exhibited for the first time in Sydney. Two years later as a result of winning a competition, he exhibited in a traveling national art scholarship show. In 1972 he exhibited sculptures and paintings with sculptor Henry Moore at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. By 1977, after receiving a grant from the Australian Arts Council and Trade Commission to exhibit his work around the world, he arrived in California. Over the years Strong has executed numerous portrait commissions in bronze and oils for personages from John Lennon to Dr. Armand Hammer. In the '90's his portrait of Michael Jackson was reputed to have received the largest amount paid to a living artist for a portrait; a record 2.1 million dollars. Artist: Brett Livingston Strong Title: "Sydney Harbour Guardian" Medium: Bronze Sculpture Circa/Year: 1997 Signature Type: Signed Signature Location: Shell Approx. Net Weight: 22.8lbs Keywords: Abstract Artwork, Art; Ref: BD1686
Dimensions
24 x 10 x 6in
Artist or Maker
Brett Livingston Strong
Dwyer Mikalaview full entry
Reference: NO, NOT EVER: THE NAIL POLISH SERIES - Mikala Dwyer

Publishing details: Sydney: BARBERism, 1994.
First Edition.
12.5cm x 11.5cm. [32] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
van Noordenburg Henri view full entry
Reference: Still Water
Publishing details: Brisbane: Side Gallery, 2021.
[14] pages, colour illustrations. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
ORNAMENTALISMview full entry
Reference: ORNAMENTALISM by Andrew McNamara
"The terms, ornament and decoration, have similar connotations. They are differentiated, however, by the fact that ornament us defined as a more or less permanent condition (ie. architectural ornament) and decoration is defined as a more transient phenomenon, usually for special occasions (hence, we speak of Christmas decorations). The essays in this publication focus on how the terms are used in modernist debates about art, which tend to use them interchangeably."
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1997.
First Edition.
25cm x 21cm. 44 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
decorationview full entry
Reference: see ORNAMENTALISM by Andrew McNamara
"The terms, ornament and decoration, have similar connotations. They are differentiated, however, by the fact that ornament us defined as a more or less permanent condition (ie. architectural ornament) and decoration is defined as a more transient phenomenon, usually for special occasions (hence, we speak of Christmas decorations). The essays in this publication focus on how the terms are used in modernist debates about art, which tend to use them interchangeably."
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1997.
First Edition.
25cm x 21cm. 44 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
McNamara Andrewview full entry
Reference: see ORNAMENTALISM by Andrew McNamara
"The terms, ornament and decoration, have similar connotations. They are differentiated, however, by the fact that ornament us defined as a more or less permanent condition (ie. architectural ornament) and decoration is defined as a more transient phenomenon, usually for special occasions (hence, we speak of Christmas decorations). The essays in this publication focus on how the terms are used in modernist debates about art, which tend to use them interchangeably."
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1997.
First Edition.
25cm x 21cm. 44 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Green Jennyview full entry
Reference: see artist’s website: Sydney sculptor, Jenny Green, explores movement & emotion using lines, curves & colour in her steel and bronze sculptures. Her work is represented in private, public & corporate collections and she has won a number of awards. She exhibits at traffic jam galleries and in group exhibitions. Jenny Green was on the Board of the National Art School (2015-2018) and was President of the Sculptors Society for five years prior to that.
Publishing details: https://jennygreen.net
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: Lysistrata.
ARTHUR MERRIC BLOOMFIELD BOYD (1920-1999)
Lysistrata 1970
a complete suite of twenty etchings in a canvas covered portfolio
1. Title Page
2. Lysistrata calls the women
3. Just as Menelaus, they say
4. The women's vow
5. The women seize the Akropolis
6. Old men enter carrying fagots to smoke out the women
7. The women defend themselves
8. Women's Chorus
9. The women driving the old men away
10. Magistrate enters
11. Magistrate to his guards
12. The Magistrate defeated
13. The women triumphant
14. Lysistrata:
15. The next hoisting herself with rope and pulley down
16. Myrrhine and Kinesias
17. Then slip your mouth aside just as he is sure of it
18. Lysistrata to the Spartan and Athenian:
19. Lysistrata:
20. Chorus
edition is limited to 65 sets
each signed and editioned on margin: Arthur Boyd 21/50
21.5 x 30.5cm (title page, image size) 56.5 x 61.5cm (title page, paper size)
35 x 40.5cm (image size), 56.5 x 61.5cm (paper size)

PROVENANCE
Greythorn Galleries, Melbourne

NOTE
In 1970, Arthur Boyd created a suite of etchings based on the Greek political comedy Lysistrata - by the playwright Aristophanes. It told the story of the women of Athens persuaded by Lysistrata to deny their husbands and lovers all sexual favours until the men had come to terms of peace.
Publishing details: [Ganymed Original Editions, 1979 [NB offered at Gibson's Auctions
June 5, 2022,
Armadale, Australia, lot 27
Ref: 1000
Ralston Robert illustratorview full entry
Reference: Katoomba & Leura, by Robert Ralston(illustrations) & Evelyne Ralston.
Publishing details: [Blackheath, N.S.W.] : Writelight Pty Ltd, 2013, 1 volume (unpaged), hc, colour illustrations
Batchelder & O'Neilview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
"Explorer William Landsborough and two Aboriginal expedition members, Jemmy and Fisherman", August 1862, carte de visite photograph, Batchelder & O'Neil, Melbourne. 10 x 6 cm.
In August 1862 William Landsborough (1825-86) and a party of four men and 20 horses arrived in Melbourne after a six-month crossing of Australia from the Gulf of Carpentaria. Called the Queensland Relief Expedition they were one of four groups sent to find Burke and Wills. Four days after returning they were presented to a meeting of the Royal Society of Victoria (who had commissioned the Burke and Wills expedition) by the Governor of Victoria, Sir Henry Barkly.
This particular carte de visite of three of the expedition members is inscribed in ink with their names. Jemmy and Fisherman’s portraits were engraved by Samuel Calvert from this photograph and published in a Melbourne illustrated newspaper. Jemmy (left) was a Native Mounted Police Trooper originally from Deniliquin while Fisherman was from Moreton Bay.
Landsborough was already a seasoned Queensland explorer with a history of travelling into remote areas to establish pastoral properties. On one expedition his group were reduced to boiling their saddlebags to eat and it was remarked that he could starve with greater cheerfulness than any man. Travelling to England in 1864 he was received by Queen Victoria and presented with a gold watch by the Royal Geographical Society. Returning to Australia he found his home property had been sold by a business partner, and thereafter other land holdings succumbed to debt and drought. He was considered more bushman than businessman and altogether too trusting of others with his financial affairs. Granted 2,000 pounds in 1882 by the Queensland Government for his part in opening up Queensland to pastoralism he purchased a station near Caboolture. He died there, aged 61, from injuries after a horse fall.
Royal Society Cook medalview full entry
Reference: The Royal Society Cook medal, by L. Richard Smith.
Publishing details: Wedgwood Press, Sydney, 1982
Ref: 1000
Resolution Medalview full entry
Reference: The Resolution & Adventure Medal, by L. Richard Smith.
Publishing details: Wedgwood Press, Sydney, 1985
Ref: 1000
Adventure Medal,view full entry
Reference: see The Resolution & Adventure Medal, by L. Richard Smith.
Publishing details: Wedgwood Press, Sydney, 1985
Stockdale John (1750-1814) view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
View in Port Jackson Published July 13 1789 by J. Stockdale
26 x 21 cm.
Print plate 4 from The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay.
Publisher: John Stockdale (1750-1814) was born in Caldrick, Cumberland and moved to London around the 1770s. In 1789, the year that he published Arthur Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay he was tried for libel and was acquitted.
Artist: Robert Cleveley (after). (1747-1809) was born in Deptford. Cleveley came from a family of artists, and his brother
Engraver: Thomas Prattent (1764?-1841), also known for etching and as a print seller. He
James was a carpenter on James Cook's third voyage.
Robert gained access to art produced on the voyage and subsequently created drawings based
on those art works.
was imprisoned in the Marshalsea for debt 1804 and was buried at St. James Clerkenwell.
Cleveley Robert (after) (1747-1809)view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
View in Port Jackson Published July 13 1789 by J. Stockdale
26 x 21 cm.
Print plate 4 from The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay.
Publisher: John Stockdale (1750-1814) was born in Caldrick, Cumberland and moved to London around the 1770s. In 1789, the year that he published Arthur Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay he was tried for libel and was acquitted.
Artist: Robert Cleveley (after). (1747-1809) was born in Deptford. Cleveley came from a family of artists, and his brother
Engraver: Thomas Prattent (1764?-1841), also known for etching and as a print seller. He
James was a carpenter on James Cook's third voyage.
Robert gained access to art produced on the voyage and subsequently created drawings based
on those art works.
was imprisoned in the Marshalsea for debt 1804 and was buried at St. James Clerkenwell.
Prattent Thomas (1764?-1841) engraverview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
View in Port Jackson Published July 13 1789 by J. Stockdale
26 x 21 cm.
Print plate 4 from The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay.
Publisher: John Stockdale (1750-1814) was born in Caldrick, Cumberland and moved to London around the 1770s. In 1789, the year that he published Arthur Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay he was tried for libel and was acquitted.
Artist: Robert Cleveley (after). (1747-1809) was born in Deptford. Cleveley came from a family of artists, and his brother
Engraver: Thomas Prattent (1764?-1841), also known for etching and as a print seller. He
James was a carpenter on James Cook's third voyage.
Robert gained access to art produced on the voyage and subsequently created drawings based
on those art works.
was imprisoned in the Marshalsea for debt 1804 and was buried at St. James Clerkenwell.
Gwen Barringerview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
White Gum, charcoal on cartridge paper, Gwen Barringer, date unknown. 22.0 x 14.0 cm.
This lyrical drawing features the most substantial portion of a gum trunk. The artist has omitted any suggestion of the canopy and only hinted at a foreground. Instead, she has expressed the magnificence of an established tree, the mysterious semi-enclosed cavities, and the drape of fresh smelling eucalyptus foliage. This drawing represents the connection between two Adelaide artists in subject matter, location, tuition and exhibition.
6
At first glance, the subject matter falls into what could be a ‘school of Hans Heysen’ and that is not far from the truth. Gwen Adamson first learnt from H.P. Gill at the Adelaide School of Design where she developed a reputation for her bold and fresh colour choices. She then studied landscape with Hans Heysen, as did her sister-in-law, Ethel Barringer. Under Heysen’s tuition, it was noticed that Gwen's palette became muted for a duration, yet Hans Heysen’s watercolour palette was heightened. As well as being her teacher, Heysen was also a neighbour because after Gwen married Herbert Barringer in 1910, the couple purchased 80 acres of land next door to the Cedars, the well-known home of the Heysens and now a museum. Although Gwen held regular and financially successful solo exhibitions throughout her career, she also showed her work in joint exhibition with other leading South Australian artists, including Hans Heysen. Therefore, in these ways, this drawing is a reminder of the strong connection between the two artists.
Gwen’s subject matter was varied until 1910 when she began her white gum series with one critic describing her understanding of the Australian landscape in a manner that it “breathes nature and is exceptionally fine.” Her white gum series was followed by another on almond blossom; scenes and ideas from her extensive and often solo travels; and then still life and decorative subjects. Gwen continued to draw upon these subjects throughout her long career, mostly in watercolour. The Australian landscape continued to dominate her work and it should also be noted that she designed her own home in Stirling, one in which the gums and saplings almost intruded into the glass walls of the studio - such was her desire to be within the natural environment.
Hewitt Lesley view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
Sterling silver Mourning Bell from a Cabinet of Curiosities entitled “Homage to The Great Barrier Reef”. Maker: Lesley Hewitt 2021-22. Height 16cms, weight 180g.
The bell is part of the second work in a series of three entitled ‘Homage’ commemorating Australia’s natural history and environment.
It is made of sterling silver with the inclusion of electrum, opals and pink stone.
Central to the design is a sea horse (hippocampus histrix) which forms the stem of the bell, and two sea anemones which form part of the finial and bell clapper respectively. Both specimens were found washed up along the shoreline in Tasmania and later cast in sterling silver.
The silver anemone forming part of the finial was cut and splayed at its five lobes to encase the ball of the pink anemone. After annealing each lobe was then pinched into a corresponding groove of the pink anemone, (which in another life once formed part of a graduated necklace). The electrum pad supporting the crown was made by smelting gold and silver in a crucible at a ratio of 1: 8 and pouring the resultant alloy into a cuttlefish mold. It is interesting to note that electrum was commonly used in ancient coinage but is rarely seen
8
today- a pity really as the alloy can have subtle grades of colour depending on the ratio of gold to silver.
Two opals were used to form the eyes and fixed into the eye sockets using an epoxy adhesive. The topmost opal was set in a bezel soldered to a long pin passed through the whole crown and electrum pad into a socket drilled in the seahorse head.
The body of the bell was made by cutting off part of the stem from a chalice, inverting it, then annealing and hammering the rim over a stake to flare the base into a bell curve. The stump of the chalice stem was then divided by five to correspond to the five lobes of the anemone and each segment sawn then annealed, the resultant sepals beaten to curve out and down. The stem was then secured in the resultant cup on a cylindrical pedestal.
The bell clapper was made from a second casting of the sea anemone to which a stem was added. The stem was then adjusted to the correct length to produce a deadened toll when struck against the bell body and its other end connected to a loop soldered to the underside of the bell roof. The bell is date stamped inside. By holding the bell upside down, it can be filled with a libation to drink to the health and survival of the reef. The seahorse spines have been left spiky to serve as a memento mori of the reef’s fragility.
Historically, bells carry a dedication and sometimes a name. This can be included in the casting or engraved later round the waist or base of the bell. Hand engraving is a specialised and separate skill, so following construction the bell was sent to master engraver Ron Croxon, entrusted each year with engraving the Melbourne Cup. The engraving was worked out beforehand on paper in a circle using 60 Roman characters and spaces in the manner of minutes on a clock. The dedication in Roman capitals reads: HOMAGE TO THE GREAT BARRIER REEF * LESLEY HEWITT ME FECIT*
Croxon Ron master engraver view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
Sterling silver Mourning Bell from a Cabinet of Curiosities entitled “Homage to The Great Barrier Reef”. Maker: Lesley Hewitt 2021-22. Height 16cms, weight 180g.
The bell is part of the second work in a series of three entitled ‘Homage’ commemorating Australia’s natural history and environment.
It is made of sterling silver with the inclusion of electrum, opals and pink stone.
Central to the design is a sea horse (hippocampus histrix) which forms the stem of the bell, and two sea anemones which form part of the finial and bell clapper respectively. Both specimens were found washed up along the shoreline in Tasmania and later cast in sterling silver.
The silver anemone forming part of the finial was cut and splayed at its five lobes to encase the ball of the pink anemone. After annealing each lobe was then pinched into a corresponding groove of the pink anemone, (which in another life once formed part of a graduated necklace). The electrum pad supporting the crown was made by smelting gold and silver in a crucible at a ratio of 1: 8 and pouring the resultant alloy into a cuttlefish mold. It is interesting to note that electrum was commonly used in ancient coinage but is rarely seen
8
today- a pity really as the alloy can have subtle grades of colour depending on the ratio of gold to silver.
Two opals were used to form the eyes and fixed into the eye sockets using an epoxy adhesive. The topmost opal was set in a bezel soldered to a long pin passed through the whole crown and electrum pad into a socket drilled in the seahorse head.
The body of the bell was made by cutting off part of the stem from a chalice, inverting it, then annealing and hammering the rim over a stake to flare the base into a bell curve. The stump of the chalice stem was then divided by five to correspond to the five lobes of the anemone and each segment sawn then annealed, the resultant sepals beaten to curve out and down. The stem was then secured in the resultant cup on a cylindrical pedestal.
The bell clapper was made from a second casting of the sea anemone to which a stem was added. The stem was then adjusted to the correct length to produce a deadened toll when struck against the bell body and its other end connected to a loop soldered to the underside of the bell roof. The bell is date stamped inside. By holding the bell upside down, it can be filled with a libation to drink to the health and survival of the reef. The seahorse spines have been left spiky to serve as a memento mori of the reef’s fragility.
Historically, bells carry a dedication and sometimes a name. This can be included in the casting or engraved later round the waist or base of the bell. Hand engraving is a specialised and separate skill, so following construction the bell was sent to master engraver Ron Croxon, entrusted each year with engraving the Melbourne Cup. The engraving was worked out beforehand on paper in a circle using 60 Roman characters and spaces in the manner of minutes on a clock. The dedication in Roman capitals reads: HOMAGE TO THE GREAT BARRIER REEF * LESLEY HEWITT ME FECIT*
Gwynne Marjorie Bullen’s Circus and Cottage Interiorview full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
Painting Bullen’s Circus, oil on board, Marjorie Gwynne, Adelaide c1950. 41.5 x 51.5 cm (sight).
Although unsigned, the painting was bought in about 1972 as part of the contents of the studio of Marjorie Gwynne (née Church, 1886-1958), and reflects her love of colour and characteristic vigorous style. The Adelaide Observer had noted the “... forceful style of her own and a love of bright colour.” when reviewing an exhibition in 1927, where her out-of- door work on show included “Beach Amusements” and “Behind the Big Tent”. When exhibiting at the Centenary Exhibition of the S.A. Society of Arts in 1936, the News noted “Of the many attractive paintings by Marjorie Gwynne I liked ‘Interior Wirth’s Circus’ (No. 69) best... her small, colorful landscapes are original and individual” The News again noted Gwynne’s predilection for such subjects in 1949 when reviewing the Royal Society of Arts showing of works by Dorrit Black, Ethleen Palmer, Ola Cohn and Gwen Barringer. With them was “... Marjorie Gwynne, who has done some colorful oils of circus scenes.” Her work was drawing similar commentary through to at least the mid-50s.
The subject of Gwynne’s painting, Bullen’s Circus, was a travelling show mounted by Alfred Bullen and his brothers which originated with a merry-go-round in NSW. By 1922 they had enough capital to take Bullen’s Circus on the road to travel Australia. Adelaide visits occurred from 1940, but mainly between 1946 and 1953, giving Gwynne the opportunity to capture the vitality of the scenes it offered. The rising popularity of television through the 1960s marked the end of Bullen’s Circus.
Painting Cottage interior, oils on board, Marjorie Gwynne, Adelaide, date unknown. 46 x 56 cm.
It is thought that the painting of a small dining room, with kitchen beyond, could be an interior view of part of the building inhabited by Gwynne’s friend Horace Trenerry at Willunga, south of Adelaide. Trenerry was a talented painter and pianist who, having fallen on hard times during the Depression moved to Willunga in 1934. Lou Klepac, his biographer in the ADB recorded him as “...witty and charming, and reckless, eccentric and temperamental.” Like Gwynne, he was encouraged by his friend Hans Heysen, and also like Gwynne, he exhibited a strong sense of design in his work.
Shown below the painting is an excerpt from the stock book of the dealer who had bought the two Gwynne paintings among works from her studio in 1972. It shows mention of some of the paintings, along with the then retail price of $30. Adjusted for inflation over the intervening years, this would equate to about $342 today.
McClelland Hugh view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
Comic strip in German of Jimpy on board a pirate ship
The cartoon strip character Jimpy was introduced to the Brisbane Sunday Mail colour comic section on 12 May 1946 as “a happy-go-lucky youth who was thrown out of the Royal College of Magicians when he failed to get his ‘magiculation’ certificate. He decided to try his luck in the world, and was always out to help someone in trouble.” The Brisbane radio station 4BK held a Saturday morning program for young people called The Sunday Mail Comics Club hour from 10 to 11am, and on 13 November 1949, a special badge (shown above) was presented to all children who attended the session. Country listeners were invited to write in to the station for their badge.
15
Hugh McClelland was the creator of Jimpy. According to the Melbourne Argus (29 July 1974) McClelland was born in South Africa in 1912, and in 1924 moved to England. Wikipedia describes Hugh McClelland as a cartoonist who headed the cartoon department of the UK Daily Mirror. In 1945 he introduced a variety of comic strips including Dan Doofer, Sunshine Falls, and that of the young magician, Jimpy. In 1956 McClelland emigrated with his family to Canada. There is no reference to McClelland having worked in Australia and so his Australian connection is solely due to the fact that Australian newspapers printed his cartoon strips under licence, as was the case with other mainly American cartoon strips like Hopalong Cassidy, Superman, and Micky Mouse, that appeared alongside Australian strips like Ginger Meggs, Uncle Joe’s Horse Radish, and the like. The colour strip illustrated above is in German language, showing that Jimpy’s popularity was not confined just to English speaking countries.
Skipper Alf view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Society, SA Australiana Study Group 77th Meeting, 5 May 2022, online report.
“Painted lady” opalescent rock samples, decorated by Alf Skipper, 2nd half of the 20thC.
Left hand example 7 x 6.5 cm (irregular)
Given to the owner over several years by Alf Skipper, an amateur opal miner who worked a claim at Coober Pedy, and who added the landscape scenes. He has made use of the “painted lady” character of the samples, an occurrence whereby a thin film of opal overlies a stone surface.
Opal was first recorded in South Australia by the German geologist and linguist Johann Menge in 1849. In 1915 a 14 year old boy camping with his father on a gold prospecting trip found opal at Coober Pedy, 846 km north of Adelaide, and by 1916 the area was established as an opal field. An influx of miners after WW1, many of them ex-servicemen, boosted production while the adoption of living in dugouts gave the field its name. The Aboriginal words “kupa piti”, meaning “white man’s burrow” was adopted as Coober Pedy.
The opal fields now extend for about 40 km around the township, with the precious stone found up to 30 metres below the surface, where it occurs in horizontal levels or steeply dipping slides. While the location of opal is very unpredictable, Coober Pedy is now regarded as the world’s largest and richest producer of precious opal.
Alfred John Skipper (1922-2010) was born at Kensington, an inner eastern suburb of Adelaide. The family moved to Bowden, where he attended the Brompton Primary School before working as a painter for Harry Hatwell. Hampered by his lack of education when he
16
tried to enlist in the RAAF as air crew in 1941, he did manage to join up as ground staff the following year, ending up as a Fitter 11A by the time he was demobilised in 1946. His war service was mainly spent in the Northern Territory, for which he received the Defence Service Medal, the Australian Service Medal, and the Returned from Active Service badge. In later years he was able to also claim the 1939-45 Star.
Lye Lenview full entry
Reference: Happy moments. Text & images by Len Lye. Edited & with an afterword by Roger Horrocks.
‘Happy Moments is the first complete publication of Len Lye’s remarkable autobiographical texts written in New York in the 1960s. The 21 texts (plus Lye’s introduction) are accompanied by eight previously unpublished drawings or ‘doodles’ as Lye called them. The book is edited and with an afterword by Roger Horrocks, author of the definitive Len Lye: a biography (Auckland University Press, 2001).
Len Lye (1901-1980) was born in Christchurch and lived in New Zealand until the age of 21. Apart from brief return visits towards the end of his life in 1968 and 1977 Lye spent the rest of his life abroad. After short periods in Australia and Samoa he went to London in 1926, and lived there until 1944 when he moved to New York where he lived for the remainder of his life. He gained an international reputation as a film-maker, painter and kinetic sculptor.
Lye was an enthusiastic writer throughout his life and was the author of a book No Trouble, a collection of his idiosyncratic letters published at the Seizen Press by his friends Robert Graves and Laura Riding in Majorca in 1930 utilising much the same letterpress technology as The Holloway Press. A selection of his writing, Figures in Motion, edited by Wystan Curnow and Roger Horrocks—including memoirs, manifestos and essays—was posthumously published in 1984 by Auckland University Press. It included some of the material included in Happy Moments but this is the first complete collection of Lye’s radiant and forceful memories of his childhood in New Zealand and his early efforts at formulating his unique theory of art. Described by the poet Alistair Reid as ‘beautifully transparent and heart-stopping’, Happy Moments will be of great interest to admirers of Lye’s sculpture and films, and to anyone who appreciates good writing.
Happy Moments is designed, letter press printed on an Asbern cylinder press, using metal types, and bound by Tara McLeod at The Holloway Press. The text is 12 pt Janson, set in Linotype by John Denny, Puriri Press. Titles are handset in 18pt Lydian italic designed by Warren Chappell. The images are printed from photopolymer plates made by Nippy Graphix. The paper is Evergreen ivory 104gsm, cover paper is Gainsborough blueweave and the end papers Stardream sapphire.’ – the publisher. [From Douglas Stewart Fine Books catalogue June 2022)

Publishing details: Auckland : The Holloway Press, 2002. Folio, lettered papered boards (lightly marked), cloth spine with paper title label, pp. 48, illustrations. Original prospectus enclosed.
Ref: 1000
Pearson Margaret Maryview full entry
Reference: Miranda-with-the-Mouse, written & illustrated by Margaret Mary Pearson

Publishing details: Sydney; Australasian Publishing Co, 1947. Oblong quarto, illustrated papered boards, endpapers, pp. 58, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Hall Dellview full entry
Reference: Where the cool Warrichi flows. By Jim Allen ; with illustrations by Dell Hall.
“The seven short stories included in this delightful book recall incidents from Jim Allen’s childhood spent in a mixed-race community in South Arfica’s rural Transvaal where his father opened a trading store. Born in 1925, Allen later studied English, Afrikaans, Latin and Greek at Witwatersrand University and English at Oxford. After migrating to Australia in 1962 he taught at the University of New South Wales. He dedicates his book to the three groups of people – Shangaan, Afrikaans and English-speaking – whose friendships and conflicts moulded him. ‘What my sister Dell and I have set out to do is to recover a lost world – in fact, two worlds: one, arising out of memories of our childhood on the farm, Marite, in the Eastern Transvaal in South Africa from the time of the Great Depression till the beginning of the Second World War: the other, including the South African War (‘Boer War’), 1900-1902, but reaching back in time to the early 1880s before my parents were born, a time when my great uncle, E. L. (Lil) Banger, adventured up northward from Durban, fired a shot at the Pietermaritzburg town hall clock to test his first rifle, and began his life as a hunter and trader, eventually buying the farm Marite for half-a-crown a morgen in 1908. In 1921 my father, R. C. Allen, joined his uncle at Marite as a partner in his native trading store. They used a purple letterhead figuring a handsome bushbuck ram reclining, and the words BANGER AND ALLEN. They also had an antique Remington typewriter.'”

Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2003. Octavo, boards in dustjacket, pp. 144, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Leunig Maryview full entry
Reference: BLACK AND WHITE AND GREY by Mary Leunig


Publishing details: Melbourne: Penguin, 1993.
First Edition.
18cm x 18cm. [96] pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Menpes Mortimerview full entry
Reference: India through the ages : a popular and picturesque history of Hindustan, by Flora Annie Steel ; with 7 maps. illus by Mortimer Menpes
Publishing details: London, A & C Black, 1912. With 75 color plates,

Ref: 1009
Reid Eunice Rebieview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 739, BILLY HUGHES pottery bust by EUNICE REBIE REID, early 20th century,

incised "E.R. Reid",

9cm high

Wunderlich Factory paperweight of George Reidview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
lot 738
GEORGE REID pair of painted cast iron paper weights by the Wunderlich Factory, circa 1910. This souvenir came onto the market shortly before Reid departed Australia to become the country's first High Commissioner to London. Sydney Evening News carried an advertisement for the pieces on the 12th of January, 1910. 12.5cm high
Reid George paperweight by Wunderlich Factory view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
lot 738
GEORGE REID pair of painted cast iron paper weights by the Wunderlich Factory, circa 1910. This souvenir came onto the market shortly before Reid departed Australia to become the country's first High Commissioner to London. Sydney Evening News carried an advertisement for the pieces on the 12th of January, 1910. 12.5cm high
Metcalfe Percyview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 743
STANLEY MELBOURNE BRUCE, (8th Prime Minister, 1925-28) porcelain character jug designed by Percy Metcalfe for Ashtead Pottery, limited edition 53/500, factory mark, signature an inscription on the base. 18.5cm high.
Frith John cartoonistview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 747
ROBERT MENZIES Bendigo Pottery character jug in original box, limited edition, designed by Melbourne Herald cartoonist John Frith in 1973, oval factory stamp with title to base, 17.5cm high
McEwan Johnview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, Lot 749
JOHN McEWAN pottery charcter jug by EWAN McDonald, circa 1967. McEwan was Prime Minister for only 22 days being appointed after the disappearance of Harold Holt. Incised "Ewan McDonlald", 15cm high
Sedgwick Terryview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 750
BILLY McMAHON (20th Prime Minister of Australia) novelty candle depicted in boxing gloves, designed by Terry Sedgwick,

15cm high

 




McLaren Gus & Bettyview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, Lot 752
HENRY BOLTE pottery face mug by GUS & BETTY McLAREN of Warrandyte, Victoria, circa 1970s. Modeled after a work by the noted political cartoonist LES TANNER. Incised "Designed By Tanner", 11cm high, 17cm wide
Tanner Lesview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 752
HENRY BOLTE pottery face mug by GUS & BETTY McLAREN of Warrandyte, Victoria, circa 1970s. Modeled after a work by the noted political cartoonist LES TANNER. Incised "Designed By Tanner", 11cm high, 17cm wide
Bugg R Wview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 776
R. W. BUGG antique Australian Colonial portrait plaque of a lady, cast plaster in circular timber frame, circa 1860s, 22cm diameter, 45cm overall
Crisp J Aview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 839
J.A. CRISP "Kookaburra" porcelain fruit bowl, signed on the side "J.A. CRISP", 7cm high, 26cm diameter
Keith-Falconer Ian Douglas Montagu view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 995
The Sketchbook of Lord Inverurie, Ian Douglas Montagu Keith-Falconer (1877 - 1897), son of Lord Kintore, Governor of South Australia from 1889 - 1895. Titled "Ian's Early Sketches", the bound volume bears a tipped-in certificate on the inside front cover, dated June 1890, advising that "Lord Douglas Montagu Inverurie" had passed a satisfactory examination in Model Drawing conducted by the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia. The album contains 39 tipped-in watercolours.
The Sketchbook of Lord Inverurie, Ian Douglas Montagu Keith-Falconer (1877 - 1897), son of Lord Kintore, Governor of South Australia from 1889 - 1895. Titled "Ian's Early Sketches", the bound volume bears a tipped-in certificate on the inside front cover, dated June 1890, advising that "Lord Douglas Montagu Inverurie" had passed a satisfactory examination in Model Drawing conducted by the Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia. The album contains 39 tipped-in watercolour paintings and sketches, several annotated and dated between 1893 and 1897, being mostly scenes in Scotland and en route to or from Australia.

Wells S Gview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 1034
'Wells Cartoons, Sporting, Political and General' (2nd Edition) by S.G. Wells, cartoonist for "The Herald" newspaper (Melbourne), 136pp softbound, some light aging and minor spine damage, very good condition overall, c.1924; also "The Billy Book - Hughes Abroad" cartoons by Low, published by NSW Bookstall Co (Sydney, 1918), cover faults & spotting to cover and end pages. (2 items).
Blackburn  James(1803 – 1854)view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
An album of photographic reproductions of works by James Blackburn, compiled in 1970 by Hanley H. Preston and signed by him. The images depict plans, sketches, elevations and actual buildings erected. They include various churches, New Town Watch House, Government House, Public Schools, private homes, etc.


James Blackburn (1803 – 1854) was an English civil engineer, surveyor and architect, best known for his work in Tasmania, where he had been transported as a sentence for forgery. According to the Australian Dictionary of Biography, Blackburn "has claims to be considered one of the greatest engineers of his period in Australia, and his architectural achievements established him as Tasmania's most advanced and original architect." He was key to the formation of the Department of Public Works in 1839, serving as one of its core members under Alexander Cheyne.




WEG William Ellis Greenview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 1062
WEG (WILLIAM ELLIS GREEN), (1923-2008), group of 6 original comic artworks, the largest 50 x 66cm
Green William Ellis aka WEGview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 1062
WEG (WILLIAM ELLIS GREEN), (1923-2008), group of 6 original comic artworks, the largest 50 x 66cm
Hedges Allan Aview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 1110:
ALLAN A. HEDGES (photographer),
JENOLAN CAVES, NEW SOUTH WALES poster showing "The Indian Canopy, Orient Cave", issued by the New South Wales Department of Tourist Activities. Printed by Artcarft, Sydney., circa 1950s. 100 x 61cm.


Note: We have previously only seen this image overprinted "Go there by TRAIN" for the NSW Railways Department.
Swinnerton Noel view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022,
Lot 1151
A photograph album titled "From My Camera" with photos taken by Noel Swinnerton of Balmain; each of the (32) prints is annotated and most are dated. They include the Sydney Harbour Bridge on 19th March 1932, Smithy and the Southern Cross at Mascot Aerodrome 1932, the S.S.Karoola with the Bridge behind it, other ships in Sydney Harbour, Flying Boats at Farm Cove, H.M.S. Sussex, etc.
EATON JOHN (1881 - 1966)view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, 3 works lot 1153-5
Woodthorpe Vincentview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 1170
VINCENT WORDTHORPE (sic) (working in Australia (1794-1802),

I.) East View Of Sydney,

II.) Town & Cove Of Sydney,

hand-coloured engravings,

11 x 16cm each, 31 x 37cm overall

Quantity : 2


Dewey Theodoreview full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 1217
THEODORE DEWEY (19th century Australian school),

Picknickers,

watercolour,
signed lower right and titled lower left,
remains of old label verso,
13 x 17cm, 32 x 34cm overall

Price Jane Rebecca 1860-1948view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 1225
JANE REBECCA PRICE (1860-1948),
Sydney Harbour from Pyrmont, (nocturne),

oil on card, signed verso in white chalk "JANE.R. PRICE",

21 x 26.5cm, 31 x 37cm overall.

Jane Price painted this location several times, note another nocturne is held in the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, (a larger version at 32.4 x 49.1cm). Jane Price painted in an impressionist style, a student of Frederick McCubbin, living and working as their family governess in South Yarra, Melbourne. Price also exhibited her paintings at the McCubbin’s residence. Price’s technique changed after meeting Frederick McCubbin, exhibiting confident brush strokes, a brighter palette, a square brush application with a medium impasto technique. Accompanied by a letter of authenticity from Mr Peter Perry, formerlly the Director of the Castlemaine Art Gallery. Provenance: Davidson Auction 30th March 2014, lot 209. Private Collection Melbourne.

Peters Helen Alice 1861-1923view full entry
Reference: See Leskie auction Sat 25th June 2022 - Sun 26th June, 2022, lot 1228
HELEN ALICE PETERS (1861-1923),
Australian wildflowers,

oil on canvas,

signed lower left "Helen A. Peters",

47 x 37cm, 61 x 50cm overall.

With accompanying "Keep Sake" book belonging to the artist.

Compare "Completing the Picture, Women Artists and the Heidelberg Era" by Victoria Hammond and Juliet Peers, page 59, ISBN 0.646.074.93.8.
Provenance: Private Collection Melbourne.
and
Lot 1229
HELEN ALICE PETERS (1861-1923), In The Garden, oil on canvas, signed lower left "Helen A. Peters", with exhibition label verso "In The Garden, 3.3.0 which is 3 pounds 3 shillings, Helen-A-Peters, 25 Elizabeth St. Geelong", 70 x 39cm, 84 x 53cm overall.   Provenance: Private Collection Melbourne.
L'EXPOSITION INTERNATIONALE DE PARIS 1937 PAVILLON AUSTRALIENview full entry
Reference: L'EXPOSITION INTERNATIONALE DE PARIS 1937, PAVILLON AUSTRALIEN.
A program for the Australian Pavilion of the 1937 Exposition in Paris. Written in French and English, it describes the cylindrical pavilion and the exhibits of murals, sheep, cattle, cities, wool, surfing, wheat, fauna, animals.

Cover illustration by Douglas Annand. Color illustrations of Aboriginal art, b&w photo illustrations of 'Life , Art, Architecture, Progress' plus Australian art exhibited by artist & the title of the piece by E. Buckmaster, Arnold Shore, James R. Jackson, Thea Proctor, Woodward Smith,. George Lambert, Norman Carter, A. Colquhoun, Margaret Preston, Roland Wakelin, Mary Edwards, Sydney Long, H. B. Harrison, W. B. McInnes, Robert Johnson, Elioth Gruner, Charles Wheeler, John Rowell, J. Muir Auld, Arthur Streeton, John Longstaff, Arthur Murch, John D. Moore, Will Ashton, E. Hilda Rix Nicholas, W. Lister-Lister, Hans Heysen, Douglas Dundas, E. Harvey, Norman Lindsay, Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, John Eldershaw, Maud Sherwood, Harold Herbert, A. E. Newbury, Fred Leist, Adrian Feint, Hardy Wilson, Lloyd Rees, Sydney Ure Smith, Daryl Lindsay, A. J. Munnings, H. Desbrowe Annear, Murray Griffen, Douglas Annand, Lionel Lindsay, B.E. Minns & Raynof Hoff.


Publishing details: Government of the Commonwealth of Australia, c. 1937. Staplebound Wraps. Color front, 12pp pamphlet, 7 1/4 x 9 3/4",
Ref: 1009
Paris Exposition 1937 PAVILLON AUSTRALIENview full entry
Reference: see L'EXPOSITION INTERNATIONALE DE PARIS 1937, PAVILLON AUSTRALIEN.
A program for the Australian Pavilion of the 1937 Exposition in Paris. Written in French and English, it describes the cylindrical pavilion and the exhibits of murals, sheep, cattle, cities, wool, surfing, wheat, fauna, animals.

Cover illustration by Douglas Annand. Color illustrations of Aboriginal art, b&w photo illustrations of 'Life , Art, Architecture, Progress' plus Australian art exhibited by artist & the title of the piece by E. Buckmaster, Arnold Shore, James R. Jackson, Thea Proctor, Woodward Smith,. George Lambert, Norman Carter, A. Colquhoun, Margaret Preston, Roland Wakelin, Mary Edwards, Sydney Long, H. B. Harrison, W. B. McInnes, Robert Johnson, Elioth Gruner, Charles Wheeler, John Rowell, J. Muir Auld, Arthur Streeton, John Longstaff, Arthur Murch, John D. Moore, Will Ashton, E. Hilda Rix Nicholas, W. Lister-Lister, Hans Heysen, Douglas Dundas, E. Harvey, Norman Lindsay, Vida Lahey, Kenneth Macqueen, John Eldershaw, Maud Sherwood, Harold Herbert, A. E. Newbury, Fred Leist, Adrian Feint, Hardy Wilson, Lloyd Rees, Sydney Ure Smith, Daryl Lindsay, A. J. Munnings, H. Desbrowe Annear, Murray Griffen, Douglas Annand, Lionel Lindsay, B.E. Minns & Raynof Hoff.


Publishing details: Government of the Commonwealth of Australia, c. 1937. Staplebound Wraps. Color front, 12pp pamphlet, 7 1/4 x 9 3/4",
NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1939 Australiaview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIA, NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1939.

Full and half page photo illustrations of the many 'subtle charm[s] and character of Australia and to the life of the people who live in and mould it." Images of every Australian state & territory including sailing in Sydney, farms in Tasmania, Great Barrier Reef, koala, surfing, winter sports in the Australian Alps, cattleman's carnival, Blue Mountains, Rottnest Island, hiking, landscapes, droving, gold mining, aboriginals, animals, horse racing, Lamington National Park, Porongorups Mountains, timber hauling, etc. Two color images of oil paintings by Elioth Gruner, H. Septimus Power, George Lambert, Hans Heysen, James R. Jackson

Publishing details: Sydney: Australian National Travel Association, 1938. Wraps. Large photo book published for the New York World's Fair. 9 5/8 x 13 7/8", 44pp, tan card covers, with title in red and black on front and gold embossed kangaroo. Primarily b&w illustrations.

Ref: 1000
Art Startsview full entry
Reference: Art starts, by Max Darby. Art history textbook For secondary school students.

Publishing details: Milton, Qld. : Jacaranda Press, 1993, vii, 175 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Porcelain art in Australia todayview full entry
Reference: Porcelain art in Australia today, edited by Tricia Bradford. [Book 1 of 3] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Kenthurst [N.S.W.] : Kangaroo Press, 1984, 104 p. : col. ill. includes index
Fisher Robertview full entry
Reference: The Painterman of William Creek - Robert Fisher
Publishing details: Wentworth Galleries, Sydney, [1980s?]
Ref: 1000
SLEIGHT: CONTEMPORARY QUEENSLAND PHOTOGRAPHYview full entry
Reference: SLEIGHT: CONTEMPORARY QUEENSLAND PHOTOGRAPHY
Steven Alderton; Camilla Birkeland
Cleveland:
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Redland Art Gallery, 2004.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [12] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
PHOTOGRAPHYview full entry
Reference: see SLEIGHT: CONTEMPORARY QUEENSLAND PHOTOGRAPHY
Steven Alderton; Camilla Birkeland
Cleveland:
Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Redland Art Gallery, 2004.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [12] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Arnaoutopoilos Andrew view full entry
Reference: Soiled/Weathered - Andrew Arnaoutopoilos


Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2002.
First Edition. 60 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
MORE HISTORIC HOMES OF BRISBANEview full entry
Reference: MORE HISTORIC HOMES OF BRISBANE, by Ray Sumner

Publishing details: Brisbane: The National Trust of Queensland, 1982.
First Edition.
25cm x 18cm. 120 pages, illustrations, some colour. Brown cloth, white lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
architecture Brisbaneview full entry
Reference: see MORE HISTORIC HOMES OF BRISBANE, by Ray Sumner

Publishing details: Brisbane: The National Trust of Queensland, 1982.
First Edition.
25cm x 18cm. 120 pages, illustrations, some colour. Brown cloth, white lettering, pictorial jacket.
Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: Tom Roberts by Heather Gwilliam - Australian History, Livewire Real Lives series. 8 chapters, illustrated with the artist’s major works.
Publishing details: Oxford University Press, 1999, pb, 28pp
Pictorial history Shoalhaven districtview full entry
Reference: Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Shoalhaven artview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Wollongong district artview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
de Maistre Roy and familyview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Bundanonview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Micky of Ulladullaview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
McCrae Tommyview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Yakaduna aka Tommy McCraeview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Barry James artist Church Missionary Society p132view full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Elyard Samuel various referencesview full entry
Reference: see Pictorial history Shoalhaven district : Berry, Nowra, Kangaroo Valley, Jervis Bay, Sussex Inlet, Milton, Ulladulla, by Roger Coombs. Includes bibliographical references (page 148) and index. Some biographical information on artists within text.
Publishing details: Alexandria : Kingsclear Books, 2014, 151 pages : illustrations, 1 map, portraits
Australian porcelain, a fine art view full entry
Reference: Australian porcelain, a fine art : porcelain art in Australia today, book 3 / edited by Tricia Bradford
Publishing details: Kenthurst, N.S.W. : Kangaroo Press, 1986,103 p. : chiefly col. ill., ports. ; 30 cm. 
includes index
Contemporary Australian Craftview full entry
Reference: Contemporary Australian Craft. Exhibition catalogue. Dual text JAPANESE / ENGLISH. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Published by Hokkaido Museum of Modern Art Sapporo 1999, 1st edition softback with french flaps large octavo 165pp., colour & b/w plates,
Ref: 1000
Craft - Contemporary Australian view full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Craft. Exhibition catalogue. Dual text JAPANESE / ENGLISH. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Published by Hokkaido Museum of Modern Art Sapporo 1999, 1st edition softback with french flaps large octavo 165pp., colour & b/w plates,
Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land, Volume 1: Art, Myth and Symbolismview full entry
Reference: Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land, Volume 1: Art, Myth and Symbolism. Copiously illustrated with examples of rock drawings & aboriginal cultural & ritual artefacts.

Publishing details: Published by Melbourne U. P. Melbourne 1956, hardback with dust jacket Nice copy large octavo xxx + 513pp., col. frontis., col. & b/w pls., maps, references, index,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land, Volume 1: Art, Myth and Symbolism. Copiously illustrated with examples of rock drawings & aboriginal cultural & ritual artefacts.

Publishing details: Published by Melbourne U. P. Melbourne 1956, hardback with dust jacket Nice copy large octavo xxx + 513pp., col. frontis., col. & b/w pls., maps, references, index,
Arnhem Land artview full entry
Reference: see Records of the American-Australian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land, Volume 1: Art, Myth and Symbolism. Copiously illustrated with examples of rock drawings & aboriginal cultural & ritual artefacts.

Publishing details: Published by Melbourne U. P. Melbourne 1956, hardback with dust jacket Nice copy large octavo xxx + 513pp., col. frontis., col. & b/w pls., maps, references, index,
Zaadstra Pieterview full entry
Reference: Our Australian Kelpie, The Elfin Story
by Tim Austin. The illustrated story of the Australian Kelpie. Illustrated by the artist Pieter Zaadstra.

Publishing details: Published by High Thunder Mt. Gambier 1991, hardback with dust jacket Near Fine folio 128pp., col. frontis., col. & b/w ills., table,
Ref: 1000
Roar and Quieter Momentsview full entry
Reference: Roar and Quieter Moments from a Group of Melbourne Artists, 1980-1993, by Traudi Allen [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Published by Craftsman House Roseville East 1995, hardback with dust jacket, large octavo 144pp., col. & b/w pls., appendix, index,
Ref: 1000
Yorro Yorro, Everything Standing up Alive. Spirit of the Kimberleyview full entry
Reference: Yorro Yorro, Everything Standing up Alive. Spirit of the Kimberley
Mowaljarlai, David, & Malnic, Jutta. Rock Art & Stories from the Australian Kimberley.

Publishing details: Published by Magabala Books Broome 2015, softback with stiff wrappers As New octavo 234pp., colour & b/w plates, maps, appends., bibliog., indexes,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Yorro Yorro, Everything Standing up Alive. Spirit of the Kimberley
Mowaljarlai, David, & Malnic, Jutta. Rock Art & Stories from the Australian Kimberley.

Publishing details: Published by Magabala Books Broome 2015, softback with stiff wrappers As New octavo 234pp., colour & b/w plates, maps, appends., bibliog., indexes,
rock artview full entry
Reference: see Yorro Yorro, Everything Standing up Alive. Spirit of the Kimberley
Mowaljarlai, David, & Malnic, Jutta. Rock Art & Stories from the Australian Kimberley.

Publishing details: Published by Magabala Books Broome 2015, softback with stiff wrappers As New octavo 234pp., colour & b/w plates, maps, appends., bibliog., indexes,
Heideview full entry
Reference: Heide by O. Pi. 'Heide is an epic poem, by the noted Greek-Australian poet, about history, painting, painters, patrons and the people who made art happen in Australia - from Louis Buvelot to Edith Rowan, Tom Roberts and Robert Streeton to Vassilief, Nolan, Tucker, Joy Hester, the Boyds, Mirka Mora, and Albert Namatjira, with a particular focus on the artists gathered around Sunday and John Reed at Heide in Melbourne. It explores the influence of art and poetry on the psyche, and the influence of social class on both, from the upper echelons and industrialists of Melbourne, to the struggle of the working class through such artists as Alisa O'Connor, Noel Counihan and Yosl Bergner.'.
Publishing details: Giramondo Sydney 2019, softback with stiff wrappers As New octavo 555pp., index
Ref: 1000
Form in Indigenous Artview full entry
Reference: Form in Indigenous Art: Schematisation in the Art of Aboriginal Australia and Prehistoric Europe, by Peter J. Ucko (ed.)
Publishing details: Published by Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies Canberra 1961, hardback with dust jacket Nice copy quarto 486pp., col. & b/w pls., text ills., maps, indexes,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Form in Indigenous Art: Schematisation in the Art of Aboriginal Australia and Prehistoric Europe, by Peter J. Ucko (ed.)
Publishing details: Published by Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies Canberra 1961, hardback with dust jacket Nice copy quarto 486pp., col. & b/w pls., text ills., maps, indexes,
Harding Frankview full entry
Reference: The Frank Harding Collection: They Flew for the King, Collectors Edition. Aviation Combat Paintings of Australian by Airmen during World War 2 1939-1945, Frank Harding. 35 fine colour paintings opposite photos of the pilot with service details.
Publishing details: Aviation Art Australia Renmark 1990, octavo 86pp., col. & b/w pls., text ills.,
Ref: 1000
Pickering Charles photographer view full entry
Reference: see Sloane Street AuctionsLondon, UK, 1.7.22, lot 69: An Album of Photographs of New South Wales Presented to Prince Bismarck. Oblong folio. (365 x 460 mm). [36 unnumbered leaves]. Leaf with title 'Photographs. New South Wales.' recto and 35 leaves of thick card, each with large albumen print photograph to recto and verso within printed green decorative border and with captions, the 70 photographs printed from glass negatives in sepia, several with additional captions in white in the image, each leaf mounted on canvas tab; sheet size: 348 x 418 mm, image size: 226 x 278 mm. Contemporary full red morocco, front and rear boards with elaborate decorative gilt borders, front board with additional gilt title: 'Photographs / New South Wales' and presentation: 'His Excellency Prince Bismarck / from / The Government of New South Wales', banded spine with elaborate gilt tooling in six compartments, turn-ins with decorative roll tool borders, marbled endpapers, a.e.g. [PROVENANCE: Presentation to front board to the 'Iron Chancellor', Otto Eduard Leopold von Bismarck-Schönhausen (1815 - 1898), Prince of Bismarck and Duke of Lauenberg]. An exceptional album of Australian photographs presented to the unifier of Germany and 'Iron Chancellor', Otto von Bismarck. This very fine album, bound in red morocco and with a gilt presentation stamped to the front board (see below), includes 70 fine albumen print photographs from glass negatives representative of early Australian subjects. The photographs include images of important buildings in Sydney ('Government House', 'Colonial Secretary's Office', 'Lands Office', 'Town Hall' etc.) as well as notable landmarks ('Prince Albert Statue', 'Captain Cook's Statue', 'Picton Viaduct', the 'Argyle Cutting', 'Saddle Cutting' etc.), particular events (the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' and a 'Naval Sham-Fight') as well as several discrete series. The first of these is an extensive depiction in 14 photographs of Sydney's 'Botanic Gardens' and the second illustrates the 'Jenolan Caves' in the Blue Mountains. The third and most extensive series, occupying the final third of the album, contains a number of panoramic views - some of breathtaking accomplishment - of the Blue Mountains, the Southern Highlands, the Nepean River and other striking areas. None of the photographs in the album are credited - it is most likely that the album was issued under the auspices of the New South Wales Government Printing Office - but the album does include images by Charles Pickering, Joseph Bischoff, Nicolas Caire, and possibly Charles Bayliss. The Government Printing Office of New South Wales employed a number of photographers in the late nineteenth century to document and promote Australia and today holds an archive of over 200,000 negatives; the majority of the negatives are uncredited, noted only as having been taken 'by the staff of the Photographic Branch'. The album is not dated, but the majority of the photographs appear to date from the 1870s with the latest likely to be the four photographs of the 'Naval Sham-Fight' which occurred on April 12th, 1881, while the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' (probably the impetus for the 'sham-fight') was also in 1881. A date in the 1880s also seems plausible in the light of the presentation to Bismarck: a firm opponent of German colonialism, Bismarck had a change of heart in 1883 - 1884 and the colonisation of German New Guinea with the annexation of the Bismarck Archipelago in 1884 are representative. Whether the Government of New South Wales sought by the presentation of the album - presumably not an isolated gift - to promote a sense of personal goodwill or as fan indirect indication that no further encroachments on a sphere that must have seemed its own would be tolerated, is a matter for speculation and further research. '[Photographs] were mostly promotional images for publications, exhibitions and presentation albums. The collection also incorporated . the work of other photographers, such as Joseph Bischoff's 1875 'Grose Valley'. As the Government Printer employed many photographers, the attribution of the photographs to any one photographer is difficult . Most of the 200,000 negatives that constitute the collection, still housed by the NSW Government Printer, are only identified as being by staff of the Photographic Branch. Contemporary prints from the negatives are rare, and very few are held by the Government Printer today. Most images were presented in albums; it is rare to find individual images of high quality.' (Alan Davies writing in 'Masterpieces of Australian Photography', 1989).
Bischoff Joseph photographer view full entry
Reference: see Sloane Street AuctionsLondon, UK, 1.7.22, lot 69: An Album of Photographs of New South Wales Presented to Prince Bismarck. Oblong folio. (365 x 460 mm). [36 unnumbered leaves]. Leaf with title 'Photographs. New South Wales.' recto and 35 leaves of thick card, each with large albumen print photograph to recto and verso within printed green decorative border and with captions, the 70 photographs printed from glass negatives in sepia, several with additional captions in white in the image, each leaf mounted on canvas tab; sheet size: 348 x 418 mm, image size: 226 x 278 mm. Contemporary full red morocco, front and rear boards with elaborate decorative gilt borders, front board with additional gilt title: 'Photographs / New South Wales' and presentation: 'His Excellency Prince Bismarck / from / The Government of New South Wales', banded spine with elaborate gilt tooling in six compartments, turn-ins with decorative roll tool borders, marbled endpapers, a.e.g. [PROVENANCE: Presentation to front board to the 'Iron Chancellor', Otto Eduard Leopold von Bismarck-Schönhausen (1815 - 1898), Prince of Bismarck and Duke of Lauenberg]. An exceptional album of Australian photographs presented to the unifier of Germany and 'Iron Chancellor', Otto von Bismarck. This very fine album, bound in red morocco and with a gilt presentation stamped to the front board (see below), includes 70 fine albumen print photographs from glass negatives representative of early Australian subjects. The photographs include images of important buildings in Sydney ('Government House', 'Colonial Secretary's Office', 'Lands Office', 'Town Hall' etc.) as well as notable landmarks ('Prince Albert Statue', 'Captain Cook's Statue', 'Picton Viaduct', the 'Argyle Cutting', 'Saddle Cutting' etc.), particular events (the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' and a 'Naval Sham-Fight') as well as several discrete series. The first of these is an extensive depiction in 14 photographs of Sydney's 'Botanic Gardens' and the second illustrates the 'Jenolan Caves' in the Blue Mountains. The third and most extensive series, occupying the final third of the album, contains a number of panoramic views - some of breathtaking accomplishment - of the Blue Mountains, the Southern Highlands, the Nepean River and other striking areas. None of the photographs in the album are credited - it is most likely that the album was issued under the auspices of the New South Wales Government Printing Office - but the album does include images by Charles Pickering, Joseph Bischoff, Nicolas Caire, and possibly Charles Bayliss. The Government Printing Office of New South Wales employed a number of photographers in the late nineteenth century to document and promote Australia and today holds an archive of over 200,000 negatives; the majority of the negatives are uncredited, noted only as having been taken 'by the staff of the Photographic Branch'. The album is not dated, but the majority of the photographs appear to date from the 1870s with the latest likely to be the four photographs of the 'Naval Sham-Fight' which occurred on April 12th, 1881, while the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' (probably the impetus for the 'sham-fight') was also in 1881. A date in the 1880s also seems plausible in the light of the presentation to Bismarck: a firm opponent of German colonialism, Bismarck had a change of heart in 1883 - 1884 and the colonisation of German New Guinea with the annexation of the Bismarck Archipelago in 1884 are representative. Whether the Government of New South Wales sought by the presentation of the album - presumably not an isolated gift - to promote a sense of personal goodwill or as fan indirect indication that no further encroachments on a sphere that must have seemed its own would be tolerated, is a matter for speculation and further research. '[Photographs] were mostly promotional images for publications, exhibitions and presentation albums. The collection also incorporated . the work of other photographers, such as Joseph Bischoff's 1875 'Grose Valley'. As the Government Printer employed many photographers, the attribution of the photographs to any one photographer is difficult . Most of the 200,000 negatives that constitute the collection, still housed by the NSW Government Printer, are only identified as being by staff of the Photographic Branch. Contemporary prints from the negatives are rare, and very few are held by the Government Printer today. Most images were presented in albums; it is rare to find individual images of high quality.' (Alan Davies writing in 'Masterpieces of Australian Photography', 1989).
Caire Nicolas photographer view full entry
Reference: see Sloane Street AuctionsLondon, UK, 1.7.22, lot 69: An Album of Photographs of New South Wales Presented to Prince Bismarck. Oblong folio. (365 x 460 mm). [36 unnumbered leaves]. Leaf with title 'Photographs. New South Wales.' recto and 35 leaves of thick card, each with large albumen print photograph to recto and verso within printed green decorative border and with captions, the 70 photographs printed from glass negatives in sepia, several with additional captions in white in the image, each leaf mounted on canvas tab; sheet size: 348 x 418 mm, image size: 226 x 278 mm. Contemporary full red morocco, front and rear boards with elaborate decorative gilt borders, front board with additional gilt title: 'Photographs / New South Wales' and presentation: 'His Excellency Prince Bismarck / from / The Government of New South Wales', banded spine with elaborate gilt tooling in six compartments, turn-ins with decorative roll tool borders, marbled endpapers, a.e.g. [PROVENANCE: Presentation to front board to the 'Iron Chancellor', Otto Eduard Leopold von Bismarck-Schönhausen (1815 - 1898), Prince of Bismarck and Duke of Lauenberg]. An exceptional album of Australian photographs presented to the unifier of Germany and 'Iron Chancellor', Otto von Bismarck. This very fine album, bound in red morocco and with a gilt presentation stamped to the front board (see below), includes 70 fine albumen print photographs from glass negatives representative of early Australian subjects. The photographs include images of important buildings in Sydney ('Government House', 'Colonial Secretary's Office', 'Lands Office', 'Town Hall' etc.) as well as notable landmarks ('Prince Albert Statue', 'Captain Cook's Statue', 'Picton Viaduct', the 'Argyle Cutting', 'Saddle Cutting' etc.), particular events (the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' and a 'Naval Sham-Fight') as well as several discrete series. The first of these is an extensive depiction in 14 photographs of Sydney's 'Botanic Gardens' and the second illustrates the 'Jenolan Caves' in the Blue Mountains. The third and most extensive series, occupying the final third of the album, contains a number of panoramic views - some of breathtaking accomplishment - of the Blue Mountains, the Southern Highlands, the Nepean River and other striking areas. None of the photographs in the album are credited - it is most likely that the album was issued under the auspices of the New South Wales Government Printing Office - but the album does include images by Charles Pickering, Joseph Bischoff, Nicolas Caire, and possibly Charles Bayliss. The Government Printing Office of New South Wales employed a number of photographers in the late nineteenth century to document and promote Australia and today holds an archive of over 200,000 negatives; the majority of the negatives are uncredited, noted only as having been taken 'by the staff of the Photographic Branch'. The album is not dated, but the majority of the photographs appear to date from the 1870s with the latest likely to be the four photographs of the 'Naval Sham-Fight' which occurred on April 12th, 1881, while the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' (probably the impetus for the 'sham-fight') was also in 1881. A date in the 1880s also seems plausible in the light of the presentation to Bismarck: a firm opponent of German colonialism, Bismarck had a change of heart in 1883 - 1884 and the colonisation of German New Guinea with the annexation of the Bismarck Archipelago in 1884 are representative. Whether the Government of New South Wales sought by the presentation of the album - presumably not an isolated gift - to promote a sense of personal goodwill or as fan indirect indication that no further encroachments on a sphere that must have seemed its own would be tolerated, is a matter for speculation and further research. '[Photographs] were mostly promotional images for publications, exhibitions and presentation albums. The collection also incorporated . the work of other photographers, such as Joseph Bischoff's 1875 'Grose Valley'. As the Government Printer employed many photographers, the attribution of the photographs to any one photographer is difficult . Most of the 200,000 negatives that constitute the collection, still housed by the NSW Government Printer, are only identified as being by staff of the Photographic Branch. Contemporary prints from the negatives are rare, and very few are held by the Government Printer today. Most images were presented in albums; it is rare to find individual images of high quality.' (Alan Davies writing in 'Masterpieces of Australian Photography', 1989).
Bayliss Charles. photographer view full entry
Reference: see Sloane Street AuctionsLondon, UK, 1.7.22, lot 69: An Album of Photographs of New South Wales Presented to Prince Bismarck. Oblong folio. (365 x 460 mm). [36 unnumbered leaves]. Leaf with title 'Photographs. New South Wales.' recto and 35 leaves of thick card, each with large albumen print photograph to recto and verso within printed green decorative border and with captions, the 70 photographs printed from glass negatives in sepia, several with additional captions in white in the image, each leaf mounted on canvas tab; sheet size: 348 x 418 mm, image size: 226 x 278 mm. Contemporary full red morocco, front and rear boards with elaborate decorative gilt borders, front board with additional gilt title: 'Photographs / New South Wales' and presentation: 'His Excellency Prince Bismarck / from / The Government of New South Wales', banded spine with elaborate gilt tooling in six compartments, turn-ins with decorative roll tool borders, marbled endpapers, a.e.g. [PROVENANCE: Presentation to front board to the 'Iron Chancellor', Otto Eduard Leopold von Bismarck-Schönhausen (1815 - 1898), Prince of Bismarck and Duke of Lauenberg]. An exceptional album of Australian photographs presented to the unifier of Germany and 'Iron Chancellor', Otto von Bismarck. This very fine album, bound in red morocco and with a gilt presentation stamped to the front board (see below), includes 70 fine albumen print photographs from glass negatives representative of early Australian subjects. The photographs include images of important buildings in Sydney ('Government House', 'Colonial Secretary's Office', 'Lands Office', 'Town Hall' etc.) as well as notable landmarks ('Prince Albert Statue', 'Captain Cook's Statue', 'Picton Viaduct', the 'Argyle Cutting', 'Saddle Cutting' etc.), particular events (the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' and a 'Naval Sham-Fight') as well as several discrete series. The first of these is an extensive depiction in 14 photographs of Sydney's 'Botanic Gardens' and the second illustrates the 'Jenolan Caves' in the Blue Mountains. The third and most extensive series, occupying the final third of the album, contains a number of panoramic views - some of breathtaking accomplishment - of the Blue Mountains, the Southern Highlands, the Nepean River and other striking areas. None of the photographs in the album are credited - it is most likely that the album was issued under the auspices of the New South Wales Government Printing Office - but the album does include images by Charles Pickering, Joseph Bischoff, Nicolas Caire, and possibly Charles Bayliss. The Government Printing Office of New South Wales employed a number of photographers in the late nineteenth century to document and promote Australia and today holds an archive of over 200,000 negatives; the majority of the negatives are uncredited, noted only as having been taken 'by the staff of the Photographic Branch'. The album is not dated, but the majority of the photographs appear to date from the 1870s with the latest likely to be the four photographs of the 'Naval Sham-Fight' which occurred on April 12th, 1881, while the visit of the 'Detached Squadron' (probably the impetus for the 'sham-fight') was also in 1881. A date in the 1880s also seems plausible in the light of the presentation to Bismarck: a firm opponent of German colonialism, Bismarck had a change of heart in 1883 - 1884 and the colonisation of German New Guinea with the annexation of the Bismarck Archipelago in 1884 are representative. Whether the Government of New South Wales sought by the presentation of the album - presumably not an isolated gift - to promote a sense of personal goodwill or as fan indirect indication that no further encroachments on a sphere that must have seemed its own would be tolerated, is a matter for speculation and further research. '[Photographs] were mostly promotional images for publications, exhibitions and presentation albums. The collection also incorporated . the work of other photographers, such as Joseph Bischoff's 1875 'Grose Valley'. As the Government Printer employed many photographers, the attribution of the photographs to any one photographer is difficult . Most of the 200,000 negatives that constitute the collection, still housed by the NSW Government Printer, are only identified as being by staff of the Photographic Branch. Contemporary prints from the negatives are rare, and very few are held by the Government Printer today. Most images were presented in albums; it is rare to find individual images of high quality.' (Alan Davies writing in 'Masterpieces of Australian Photography', 1989).
Bailey H H photographer Hobartview full entry
Reference: see Sloane Street AuctionsLondon, UK, 1.7.22, lot 55:
A collection of oversized albumen prints, some mounted to original board; some late 19th century. Including photographs of: Honolulu, Emma Square, Magepa 1889;Australia, including:Bondi;Manly (x3);St Patrick's College;Botanic Gardens, Sydney;Circular quay;St Andrew's Cathedral;Paramatta River (x2);a Kangaroo and an Emu (both signed jp);Cape Raoul (with 'H. H. Bailey Hobart' stamp); Banjarmasin;A portrait of four Ainu men (historically called Ezo) (19th century);Four Polynesian (?) men;Ships off a tropical coast;A portrait of a Burmese couple with a child;an interesting photograph (x 4).
Walter Alfred Wishart view full entry
Reference: see Vintage and Antique Fine Art and Decor
by District Auction
June 12, 2022, Seattle, US, lot 56: Landscape view of the Hawkesbury river, Austrailia. Signed lower right (partially hidden by frame). Canvas laid on dense cardstock panel. Appears in good condition; a few light spots. Gilded wood frame. Board 14 1/4" x 18". Frame 17 7/8" x 21 5/8". Walter (1887-1964) was active / lived in Austrailia. He studied under Will Ashton.
Voltz Fview full entry
Reference: see Luis Porretta Fine Arts Nanaimo, Canada, 1 July, 2022, lot 171: F. VOLTZ - AUSTRALIAN BUSH LANDSCAPE. This oil on board painting dates to c1975 and is described, signed and dated on its back, artists signature on the painting. The board measures 20" x 16" and overall framed size is 24" x 20". It depicts a view in Victoria with a gum tree and the Grampian mountains in the background.
Rowan Ellisview full entry
Reference: THE BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA
A. H. S. Lucas; W. H. Dudley Le Souef
6 colour plates, black and white illustrations. Colour plates by Ellis Rowan.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Whitcombe & Tombs, 1911.
First Edition.
22.5cm x 14cm. xii, 489 pages,
Ref: 1000
BIRDS OF BRISBANE AND ENVIRONSview full entry
Reference: BIRDS OF BRISBANE AND ENVIRONS (QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BOOKLET NO. 5), by Donald P. Vernon
Illustrations by Mary E. McKenzie and Susan M. Hiley.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Museum, 1968.
First Edition.
24cm x 18cm. 130 pages, black and white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
McKenzie Mary E view full entry
Reference: see BIRDS OF BRISBANE AND ENVIRONS (QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BOOKLET NO. 5), by Donald P. Vernon
Illustrations by Mary E. McKenzie and Susan M. Hiley.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Museum, 1968.
First Edition.
24cm x 18cm. 130 pages, black and white illustrations.
Hiley Susan Mview full entry
Reference: see BIRDS OF BRISBANE AND ENVIRONS (QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BOOKLET NO. 5), by Donald P. Vernon
Illustrations by Mary E. McKenzie and Susan M. Hiley.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Museum, 1968.
First Edition.
24cm x 18cm. 130 pages, black and white illustrations.
Medland Lilianview full entry
Reference: BIRDS OF NEW GUINEA, by Tom Ireland. Illustrations by Lillian Medland. 2 Volumes.
Publishing details: Melb. Georgian House. 1956. Or. qt. morocco and cloth sides. Dustjackets. 230,261pp. Illustrated with 35 plates in colour figuring 347 birds. Folding map of New Guinea.
Ref: 1000
Portraits of the Famous and Infamousview full entry
Reference: Portraits of the Famous and Infamous, Australia; New Zealand and the Pacific 1492-1970, by Rex Nan Kivell and Sydney Spence. "The Portraits compiled in this book are in the Portraits Section of the Rex Nan Kivell Collection of Australiana except those in the possession of Galleries or Museums, or held privately.  The Collection is now in the possession of The National Library, Canberra, Australia." [to be indexed urgently]
Publishing details: Lond. 1970. Elephant folio. Or.cl. Clear wrapper 332pp. col. & b/w. ills.
Governor Davey's Proclamationview full entry
Reference: see Governor Davey's Proclamation: Comics and Social Contract during Colonial War against Aboriginal Australians, by Breixo Harguindey

Publishing details: 2017, Revista Sans Soleil
Crawford Benview full entry
Reference: see DREWEATTS 1759, UK, 21.6.2022, lot 54-57
eg lot 54
Ben Crawford
Tell My Sister, 2022
Oil, Acrylic, Oil Stick, Charcoal on Gesso
Signed on Verso
10 x 15cm (3¾ x 5¾ in.)
About
 
Ben Crawford is a figurative painter. He mostly paints about his life, exploring the story telling possibilities of distorted memories and dreams. Surreal elements transform the landscapes he paints into somewhat mystical realms, bursting with colour and charged with mystery. Figures, architecture and landmarks drawn from his life imbue Ben's paintings with a sense of narrative, anchoring his work tentatively to reality.
 
Education
 
Born in Cork, Ireland, Ben studied painting at The Crawford College of Art & Design and graduated with a first class honours degree in fine art in 2007.
 
Select Exhibitions/Awards
 
The Unwritten Places
Solo show with Boom Gallery Geelong AUS.
February 2022

Darlings
Group show with Curatorial and Co, Sydney AUS. December 2021.

Natura Morta
Group show with Boom Gallery Geelong AUS.
December 2021

Art for Charity Collective
Online art auction.
November 2021

Big Boom Selection of works alongside other Boom artists, Boom Gallery Geelong AUS. October 2021.

An Outlaw for My Love
Solo show with Curatorial and Co, Sydney AUS.
August 2021.

Top 100
Group show with The Auction Collective, London UK.
June 2021.

Bucolia
Group show with Blue Shop Cottage, London UK.
June 2021.

A Space Between,
Online art auction with Art For Charity Collective, UK.
March 2021.

Darlings
Group Show with Curatorial and Co, Sydney AUS. December 2020.

Eighty Eight Miles Per Hour
Solo show with Boom Gallery, Victoria AUS. November 2020

Art For Charity Online Art Auction,
Instagram September 2020
 
Gallery Representation
 
Boom Gallery Australia.

Curatorial and co. Australia.
 
Statement about AOAP Submitted Artwork
 
These paintings are little vignettes from my life: 'Tell my sister' is about my mother and aunt, but by extension it's also about my two daughters and that special bond siblings have. 'History repeating itself'. The house in this painting is referencing a lot of the houses I grew up in. My parents enjoyed renovating, and as a kid these old crumbling structures had a warm association with the idea of home. These buildings were homes to many generations before us and will be for a long time to come, so that idea of layers of history in a place really intrigues me. 'Starting line' is based on a photo from my primary school. It's sports day and the kids are lining up to start a race. The 'starting line' refers to this event, but also to this time in our lives when we're so young and impressionable. 'Short cut' is about walking back to a friend's house after school. It always seemed to take ages and there would always be elaborate 'short cuts' through fields and convents.
 
 
You must not reproduce, duplicate, copy, sell, resell or exploit any works. In doing so, you endanger our relationships with artists, and directly jeopardizes the charitable work we do. Anyone found doing will subject to legal action.
Barker-Mill Peterview full entry
Reference: THE FIRST FLEET. The record of the foundation of Australia from its conception to the settlement at Sydney Cove. From the original documents in the Public Record Office, with extracts from the log-books of H.M.S. Sirius, and an introduction and notes by Owen Rutter. with wood-engravings by Peter Barker-Mill and facsimiles;
Publishing details: [London], Golden Cockerel Press, 1937. Small folio, original gilt-decorated cloth. Slight foxing. Edition limited to 375 numbered copies on handmade paper.
Ref: 1000
Gill S Tview full entry
Reference: GILL, Samuel Thomas (1818-1880) - Nicholas CHEVALIER (1828-1902), and Others.
Victoria Illustrated. Second Series, with Descriptive Letterpress.

Comparable: Australian Book Auctions, 2016 - AUD 1,137.60

Oblong 4to., (6 3/8" x 9 3/4"). Additional engraved title-page with fine vignette of Point Gellibrand, 41 steel engraved plates on heavy stock all with ORIGINAL HAND-COLOR HEIGHTENED WITH GUM ARABIC, interleaved with pages of descriptive text (last plate with vertical crease, some offsetting of plates onto text, one or two pale stains, some light toning). Original maroon morocco, gilt, all edges gilt (extremities a bit scuffed).

Provenance: from the library of Jacques Levy, his sale, Sotheby's, 20th April 2012, lot 335 (Group Lot).

RARE COLORED COPY. The very successful first series, after drawings by Gill, was published in 1857, and this the much rarer second series was designed as a companion volume. As Gill had since moved to Sydney, and was in decline, this second volume included the work of a number of other artists as well, including the celebrated Nicholas Chevalier, who is credited on the title-page vignette, all other plates are unsigned. This is an important historical record of Victorian Victoria in Australia, including detailed images of prominent and important buildings such as Banks, the Melbourne Club, hospitals, schools, the Bridge over the Yarra, and many river views. Gill emigrated to Australia with his family in 1839, by 1852 he had arrived at the Victorian gold diggings, "and in the next twenty years produced drawings of Victoria and New South Wales, many published as lithographs. Evidence of visits to New South Wales in 1856 and 1861 exists in the form of lithographs of scenes in that colony in those years. Twenty-four lithographed sketches by Gill, 'Victoria Gold Diggings and Diggers As They Are', were published in Melbourne and London in 1853; moreover, most of the illustrations in 'The Gold-Finder of Australia; How He Went, How He Fared, And How He Made His Fortune' (London, 1853), said to have been edited but probably actually written by John Sherer, were taken from the book. In the 1850s Gill had a studio in Collins Street, Melbourne, over the premises of James J. Blundell & Co., booksellers and publishers. 'Victoria Illustrated', a book of steel engravings, not engraved by Gill but after his drawings, was published in Australia in 1857, and the colour lithographs in Edward Wilson's 'Rambles at the Antipodes' (London, 1859) are after Gill's drawings. Gill's 'Scenery in and Around Sydney' (1856) appeared in two parts, each including six 'lithographic sketches'. Several editions were published of 'The Australian Sketchbook' by S. T. G., a portfolio of lithographed views, mostly of rural life. In 1869 he was commissioned by the trustees of the Melbourne Public Library to do forty sketches of the Victorian goldfields during 1852-53" (Australian Dictionary of Biography online). Chevalier emigrated from Russia to Australia in 1855, and while illustrating for Punch and exhibiting his watercolours introduced chromolithography Victoria "where it became an important and flourishing art. He exhibited some of his delicately painted water- colours in December 1856 at the exhibition in Melbourne from which sprang the Society of Fine Arts. As an oil painter he was less successful, although his oil, 'The Buffalo Ranges', was selected as the best painting by a resident Victorian in an exhibition sponsored by the government in 1864. It was bought for ?200, the first Australian painting obtained for the new National Gallery of Victoria. He continued to paint in oil and water-colour, often travelling about the countryside. His rather grandiose works in the style of the later Romantics were then popular, but his skilled technique, attention to detail and prolific output did not produce great painting. Although he had opportunities to observe much of interest, his over-conventionalized works lacked the atmosphere and inspiration of some contemporaries; probably his influence and importance as a personality were greater than his ability as an artist" (Australian Dictionary of Biography online).Ferguson, 9924b; Wantrup, 261.[72lib762]
(information from Arader Galleries, New York, NY, United States. Jun 26, 2022, lot 80)
Publishing details: Melbourne: Sands, Kenny & Co., 1862.
Ref: 1000
Chevalier Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see GILL, Samuel Thomas (1818-1880) - Nicholas CHEVALIER (1828-1902), and Others.
Victoria Illustrated. Second Series, with Descriptive Letterpress.

Comparable: Australian Book Auctions, 2016

Oblong 4to., (6 3/8" x 9 3/4"). Additional engraved title-page with fine vignette of Point Gellibrand, 41 steel engraved plates on heavy stock all with ORIGINAL HAND-COLOR HEIGHTENED WITH GUM ARABIC, interleaved with pages of descriptive text (last plate with vertical crease, some offsetting of plates onto text, one or two pale stains, some light toning). Original maroon morocco, gilt, all edges gilt (extremities a bit scuffed).

Provenance: from the library of Jacques Levy, his sale, Sotheby's, 20th April 2012, lot 335 (Group Lot).

RARE COLORED COPY. The very successful first series, after drawings by Gill, was published in 1857, and this the much rarer second series was designed as a companion volume. As Gill had since moved to Sydney, and was in decline, this second volume included the work of a number of other artists as well, including the celebrated Nicholas Chevalier, who is credited on the title-page vignette, all other plates are unsigned. This is an important historical record of Victorian Victoria in Australia, including detailed images of prominent and important buildings such as Banks, the Melbourne Club, hospitals, schools, the Bridge over the Yarra, and many river views. Gill emigrated to Australia with his family in 1839, by 1852 he had arrived at the Victorian gold diggings, "and in the next twenty years produced drawings of Victoria and New South Wales, many published as lithographs. Evidence of visits to New South Wales in 1856 and 1861 exists in the form of lithographs of scenes in that colony in those years. Twenty-four lithographed sketches by Gill, 'Victoria Gold Diggings and Diggers As They Are', were published in Melbourne and London in 1853; moreover, most of the illustrations in 'The Gold-Finder of Australia; How He Went, How He Fared, And How He Made His Fortune' (London, 1853), said to have been edited but probably actually written by John Sherer, were taken from the book. In the 1850s Gill had a studio in Collins Street, Melbourne, over the premises of James J. Blundell & Co., booksellers and publishers. 'Victoria Illustrated', a book of steel engravings, not engraved by Gill but after his drawings, was published in Australia in 1857, and the colour lithographs in Edward Wilson's 'Rambles at the Antipodes' (London, 1859) are after Gill's drawings. Gill's 'Scenery in and Around Sydney' (1856) appeared in two parts, each including six 'lithographic sketches'. Several editions were published of 'The Australian Sketchbook' by S. T. G., a portfolio of lithographed views, mostly of rural life. In 1869 he was commissioned by the trustees of the Melbourne Public Library to do forty sketches of the Victorian goldfields during 1852-53" (Australian Dictionary of Biography online). Chevalier emigrated from Russia to Australia in 1855, and while illustrating for Punch and exhibiting his watercolours introduced chromolithography Victoria "where it became an important and flourishing art. He exhibited some of his delicately painted water- colours in December 1856 at the exhibition in Melbourne from which sprang the Society of Fine Arts. As an oil painter he was less successful, although his oil, 'The Buffalo Ranges', was selected as the best painting by a resident Victorian in an exhibition sponsored by the government in 1864. It was bought for ?200, the first Australian painting obtained for the new National Gallery of Victoria. He continued to paint in oil and water-colour, often travelling about the countryside. His rather grandiose works in the style of the later Romantics were then popular, but his skilled technique, attention to detail and prolific output did not produce great painting. Although he had opportunities to observe much of interest, his over-conventionalized works lacked the atmosphere and inspiration of some contemporaries; probably his influence and importance as a personality were greater than his ability as an artist" (Australian Dictionary of Biography online).Ferguson, 9924b; Wantrup, 261.[72lib762]
(information from Arader Galleries, New York, NY, United States. Jun 26, 2022, lot 80)
Publishing details: Melbourne: Sands, Kenny & Co., 1862.
Kelly John view full entry
Reference: John Kelly: The Lazarus Series will open on Monday 20 June, 2022, at 30 Queen Street, Woollahra. 
During the past two and a half decades, John Kelly has developed a distinguished reputation in Australia and internationally for his work which combines his unique intellect and humour.  Featuring 16 new works, the present exhibition includes major paintings and sculptures that include the most prominent motifs in his oeuvre.  In the artist's words, it marks the moment 'the kangaroo met the cow – a marriage of old ideas with new ideas and everything in-between.'
Born from adversity, John Kelly: The Lazarus Series shows Kelly's renowned sense of humour and irreverent 'culture-jamming' are as fierce as ever in his practice.  It will be open to the public Monday-Friday, 10 am – 5 pm, 20 June – 8 July 2022 at 30 Queen Street, Woollahra.
To enquire about the exhibition, please contact our specialists below.
Publishing details: Smith & Singer, 2022, online catalogue
Ref: 1000
Whiteley Brettview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Morning Herald front page article 20.6.2022 re Wendy Whiteley giftingvworks to AGNSW
Publishing details: SMH, 20.6.22, page 1 and page 4 [a copy inserted in Brett Whiteley - A Sensual Line 1957-67, by Kathy Sutherland]
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Morning Herald article 20.6.2022 on upcoming exhibition at National Art School (interview with Kay Lanceley)
Publishing details: SMH, 20.6.22, page 14 [a copy inderted in Colin Lanceley by Robert Hughes, 1987]
Lahey Vidaview full entry
Reference: see Menzies auction 29 June, 2022, lot 6:
VIDA LAHEY
Brisbane From South Bank c1930

oil on plywood
24.5 x 29.5 cm

signed lower right: V. LAHEY.
Provenance:
Collection of Dr V.N.B. Willis, Queensland
Gift from the above to Mrs Conde, Queensland
Thence by descent, private collection, Queensland
Private collection, Queensland
Menzies, Sydney, 23 September 2014, lot 89
Collection of Geoffrey Villiers Lahey, Melbourne
While the later years of Vida Lahey’s career were characterized by still lifes and flower studies, her impetus throughout the 1920s and 30s was landscape painting. As a Queenslander, her paintings of Brisbane are undoubtedly among her most coveted, as exemplified by the recent auction result for of Fig.1. Waterfronts and architecture are recurrent elements in her landscapes, both of which we see skillfully executed here. The composition of Brisbane from South Bank is like that of her 1928 Italian landscapes, where architecture is set against a high-horizon line in morning or afternoon light.1 Lahey returned to Brisbane in 1929, and this work comes from a group of her city landscapes from 1930-31 which depict buildings with a European ambience.
The key component of Lahey’s artistic practice is undoubtedly her use of colour. The forms, patterns and space within her paintings derive chiefly from colour, so that if we were to view a desaturated reproduction, it would become difficult to read the composition. As author Bettina MacAulay explains, ‘It is colour that is the dictionary and grammar of her ‘language of art,’ the visual lexicon to her artistic world.’2 This consummate use of colour is seen in the brilliant aqua and deep green of the river that immediately draw the viewer into the painting. Poet Martin Haley described Lahey’s paintings aptly as ‘songs of colour.’3
Lahey’s parents were unusual in their day in allowing their daughters to follow professional careers of their choosing. Accordingly, Lahey was among the first wave of Queensland artists who superseded the amateur lady artists of the nineteenth century, instead seeing themselves as professionals, seeking to earn a living from practicing art. As an exhibiting painter, art educator and advocate, Lahey became one of the most influential figures in the history of art in Queensland.
Art education was central to Lahey’s life, beginning primarily with her own training. Lahey was tutored in drawing and painting at Brisbane’s Technical College under Godfrey Rivers (1858-1925), before studying at the preeminent National Gallery School in Melbourne in 1905 and 1909, under Frederick McCubbin (1855-1917) and Bernard Hall (1859-1935).4 Lahey also took private lessons in watercolour from Walter Withers (1854-1914). After three years of war work in London during World War One, Lahey travelled to broaden her artistic and cultural horizons, and joined Ethel Carrick’s (1872-1952) still life classes in Paris and absorbed aspects of Modernism from New Zealand artist Frances Hodgkins (1869-1947) in Cornwall.5
Upon returning to Queensland, the deficiencies in art education and the availability of art publications appeared glaringly obvious. Lahey immediately sought to change this by giving lectures and arguing publicly for art to be an integral part of life in Queensland. Her greatest initiatives include the establishment of the Queensland Art Fund and the Queensland Art Library, which offered free access to Australian and international art to the then ‘culturally and artistically deprived citizens of Brisbane’.6 After World War Two Lahey began teaching children’s art classes at Queensland Art Gallery – an initiative still thriving today at QAGOMA’s Children’s Art Centre. Her legacy as an art educator and advocate in early twentieth century Queensland is unparalleled.
Unsurprisingly, with this persistent advocacy work, her own artistic practice suffered; between 1921 and 1936, she was prolific with twenty three solo exhibitions (including shows in Paris, London, and the United States) but from 1946 to 1963 she had just eleven solo exhibitions, only two of which were outside Queensland. We can only speculate on the artistic heights she would have reached had she not been distracted by her cause. Certainly, her mid-career works, including the present lot, are equal in quality to those being painted by the highly praised artists from the dominant Melbourne-Sydney axis.
FOOTNOTES
1. MacAulay, B., Songs of Colour: The Art of Vida Lahey, Queensland Art Gallery, Brisbane, 1989, p.59
2. Ibid., p.33
3. Haley, M., ‘In Memoriam’, The Catholic Leader, 1968; reproduced in Ibid., p.14
4. Ibid., p.15
5. Ibid., p.19
6. Ibid., p.24
Asta Cameron
Wallace Anneview full entry
Reference: see Menzies auction 29 June, 2022,
LOT 86
ANNE WALLACE
Sour The Boiling Honey 1991

oil on canvas (triptych)
200.0 x 325.5 cm (overall); (i) 200.0 x 100.0 cm; (ii) 200.0 x 129.5 cm; (iii) 200.0 x 99.0 cm

(i) signed and inscribed verso: ANNE WALLACE/ (LEFT PANEL)
(ii) signed and dated verso: ANNE WALLACE/ NOVEMBER 1991
(iii) signed and inscribed verso: ANNE WALLACE/ (RIGHT PANEL)
Provenance:
Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney
Collection of Louis Nowra and Mandy Sayer, Sydney
Literature:
Butler, R., 'Anne Wallace's Confessions,' Art & Australia, Autumn 1995, vol.32, no.3, p.392 (illus. p.393)
Brown, G., Plagne, F. & Van Ooyen, V., Anne Wallace: Strange Ways, Queensland University of Technology Art Museum, Brisbane, 2019 (illus. pp.38-39)
Moore, T., 'Brisbane Painter Anne Wallace's Strange Ways in their Final Days,' Brisbane Times, Brisbane, 20 February 2020 (illus.)
Sawyer, H., 'Some Notes on Anne Wallace's "Strange Ways",' Art Monthly Australia, Winter 2020, p.68 (illus. p.70)
Exhibited:
Inaugural Exhibition, Darren Knight Gallery DKW, Melbourne, 12 September - 4 October 1992
Private Rooms: 10 Years of Painting by Anne Wallace, Brisbane City Gallery, Brisbane, 28 July - 28 September 2000
Anne Wallace: Strange Ways, Queensland University of Technology Art Museum, Brisbane, 9 November 2019 - 23 February 2020; Art Gallery of Ballarat, Victoria, 28 March - 14 June 2020; Samstag Museum of Art, Adelaide, 16 October - 28 November 2020
The two-metre high, three-metre-wide triptych, Sour the Boiling Honey 1991, is the work that introduced Anne Wallace to the Australian art scene. Completed at the age of just twenty-one, the work is an ambitious, early example of Wallace’s figurative painting and singular commitment to contemporary realism.
‘I wanted to create something so big in a way I couldn't back down from it.’1
With three decades of practice to her credit, Wallace has been securing her name as a notable figure in Australia’s contemporary art world and has earned a reputation as one of Queensland’s ‘quintessential’ artists.2 Her work features in the collections of major Australian galleries, including the National Gallery of Victoria and the National Gallery of Australia as well as the Macquarie Bank Collection. In addition to her recent touring retrospective Strange Ways (2019-20), Wallace has also been included in prominent exhibitions such as Know My Name — Australian Women Artists 1900 to Now (2020), National Gallery of Australia, with her work, She Is (2001), a painting noted in several publications.3
First displayed at Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney 1992, Sour the Boiling Honey had rarely been seen until Wallace’s retrospective Strange Ways, where it enjoyed centre-stage as one of the exhibition’s highlights.
The work depicts groupings of adolescent boys and girls by the sea – inspired by Dylan Thomas’ 1934 poem I See the Boys of Summer. In sharp contrast to the sparsely dressed and nude figures enjoying each other’s company is the central androgynous figure, who is almost fully clothed and facing the viewer. This figure is thought to be Wallace, herself. The tension and isolation between the lone figure and the beach goers is palatable – they seem to belong to different worlds.
Sour the Boiling Honey laid the foundation for Wallace’s unique practice. In it, we can see elements that have since gone on to define her oeuvre: a strong reference to poetry and contemporary, popular source material, an overarching sense of tension, and representational images which curiously defy simple narrative readings.
The basis of my practice is about using clear representational imagery…I’m using that in a way that is deliberately not supplying straightforward meaning to create an experience that is part of life.4
Wallace enjoys the status of one of Australia’s great figurative painters alongside Jeffrey Smart (1921-2013).5 It is a style that is often associated with antiquated, unmodern art forms. And yet, artists like these demonstrate that style can not only be contemporary, but that it is also timeless.
 
FOOTNOTES
1. Anne Wallace, quoted in Moore, T., ‘Brisbane Painter Anne Wallace’s Strange Ways in their Final Days’, Brisbane Times, 20 February 2020
2. Llewellyn, J., ‘Anne Wallace: Real and Unreal’, The Adelaide Review, issue 448, 28 September 2020
3. McDonald, J., ‘A Spectacle Worth Seeing: Celebrating the Vitality of Women Artists’, The Sydney Morning Herald, 7 January 2022; Higgie, J., ‘A New Kind of History: `Know My Name’’, The Monthly, April 2022; Gaskin, S., ‘National Gallery of Australia Launches `40:40:20; Gender Equity Plan’’, Ocula Magazine, 8 March 2022
4. Anne Wallace, quoted in Llewellyn, op. cit.
5. Wallace, A., ‘From the Side of the Road – Jeffrey Smart and Painting’ in Hart, D., and Edwards, R., Jeffrey Smart, edited by Armstrong, C., National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 2021
Alice Evatt
Boyd Danielview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, interview with Daniel Boyd and his selection of art from the Gallery, p16-25 and article by Isobel Parker Philip and Erin Pink p35-39
de Souza Kegview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by June Miskell
Boyd Danielview full entry
Reference: Daniel Boyd - Treasure Island
Daniel Boyd (b 1982) is one of Australia’s most acclaimed young artists. His practice is internationally recognised for its manifold engagement with the colonial history of the Australia–Great Ocean (Pacific) region. Drawing upon intermingled discourses of science, religion and aesthetics, Boyd’s work reveals the complexities through which political, cultural and personal memory is composed. With both Aboriginal and ni-Vanuatu heritage, Boyd’s work traces this cultural and visual ancestry in relation to the broader history of Western art.
Working with an idiosyncratic painting technique that partially obscures the composition, Boyd refigures archival imagery, art historical references and his family photographs, forcing us to contend with histories that have been hidden from view. His recent work draws on Gestalt theory, the allegory of Plato’s cave, dark matter and the Necker cube.
Daniel Boyd: Treasure Island unpacks the ways Boyd holds a lens to colonial history, explores multiplicity within narratives, and interrogates blackness as a form of First Nations’ resistance. It provides a thoughtful and thought-provoking response to the current moment where critical dialogues on ideas of community, connectivity and cultural repatriation carry particular urgency.
With new writing by the exhibition curators and commissioned First Nations authors, the book offers both critical insight into Daniel Boyd’s practice as well as creative and experimental responses to his work.
Boyd has exhibited widely in Australia and recognised internationally with his Up in smoke tour exhibition at the Natural History Museum, London in 2011 (following his artist-in-residence there); inclusion in the 56th Venice Biennale All The World’s Futures exhibition in 2015; and solo exhibition Treasure Island at the Kukje Gallery, Seoul, South Korea in 2021.
Daniel Boyd: Treasure Island is published in conjunction with the artist’s first major exhibition to be held in an Australian public institution. The book will feature over 100 works from across his nearly two-decade career and includes new work and commissioned spatial interventions.
Edited by Isobel Parker Philip and Erin Vink with essays by Daniel Browning, Léuli Eshrāghi, Isobel Parker Philip, Michael Mossman, Nathan ‘mudyi’ Sentance and Erin Vink, poems by Jazz Money and Ellen van Neerven.
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2022, hc 240pp
Ref: 1000
Atem Atongview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by Tony Magnusson p45-7
Ramsay Hugh Lady in Blue restorationview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by Denise Mimmocchi p49-52
Publishing details: a copy inserted in Hugh Ramsay by Deborah Hart
Whiteley Brett ceramicsview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by Leanne Santoro p54-5
Ref: 145
Rodway Florence portrait of Stella Rodwayview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by Leanne Santoro p66-7
Ref: 145
Smith Grace Cossingtonview full entry
Reference: see Look - AGNSW Members magazine, June - July, 2022, article by Anabel Dean p70-3
Publishing details: a copy inserted in Grace Cossington Smith by Bruce James
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: see artist’s website at https://www.anthonywhite.art
BIOGRAPHY

Anthony White’s artwork has been exhibited in Australia, Europe, and Asia. He has received support through cultural agencies such as The Trust Company Australia, The National Association for the Visual Arts,(NAVA) and The Copyright Agency Limited (CAL). He has also received critical acclaim by recognition in the form of art prizes and reviews most notably The Marten Bequest Travelling Scholarship (2007) The Creative Art Fellowship at The National Library of Australia (2020) and acknowledgements in The Australia Financial Review, Art Collector Magazine Australia and also Elle Décor US edition

Anthony White’s artistic work revolves around the notion of reclaiming the act of dissent through the production of cultural objects. His research is situated at the intersection of several fields in the social space including, politics, human rights, and postcolonialism. His practice is centered around concepts of design and its history as a form of social and political expression. He works with painting, drawing, collage, and printmaking. Through this practice, he tackles relevant questions to our time, to encourage emancipation and new ways of thinking.

  In 2020 White was the recipient of The Creative Arts Fellowship at the National Library of Australia. This fellowship is to research the library’s archive material related to the Australian artist Sir Sidney Nolan (1917-1992) The research will inform a new body of work examining sovereign power, dissent, and the efficacity of civil disobedience. During his career White has been the recipient of The Marten Bequest Travelling Scholarship to the United States (2007), The Vermont Studio Centre Residency U.S.A. (2008), The National Art School Paris Studio Award at La Cite Internationale Des Arts (2009), The Leipzig International Art Programme Residency, Germany (2010) and the International Painting Symposium at The Mark Rothko Centre in Latvia during (2017) 

 The work that he has produced as a result of these residencies has led to critical recognition in Australia’s national prizes including from the Churchie Emerging Art Award (2005, 2007) and The Paddington Art Prize (2005,2016,2017), and The Glover Prize (2018) and (2021) 
White has shown throughout Europe Australia, Asia, and the UK. His work has been collected by public institutions such as The Mark Rothko Art Center in Latvia and The Tweed Heads Regional Gallery in Australia.
The artwork Flight (After Exodus) 2015 a painting informed by themes of historical and contemporary developments in migration was shortlisted in The Royal Academy’s annual Summer Exhibition during 2015


Campbell Cressidaview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article by Elizabeth Fortescue in upcoming exhibition at NGA, p10-15
Ref: 145
Newton Helmutview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article by Margot Riley p38-45
Ref: 145
Smith’s Weeklyview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7.
Ref: 145
Smith’s Weeklyview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to in this article.
Ref: 145
Endean Johnview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
Begg Bruceview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
Dixon Lesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
Hallett Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
Morrison Joanview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
White Unkview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
cartooningview full entry
Reference: see Open Book, magazine of the State Library of NSW, Winter 2022, article ‘The life and death of Smith’s Weekly’, by Robert Phiddian. p74-7. The cartoonist is referred to and illustrated in this article.
Grand Vistasview full entry
Reference: Grand Vistas - panoramas from the collection, introduction by Richard Neville. Exhibition at SLNSW, (the inaugural exhibition of the State Library’s new Drawings, Watercolours and Prints Gallery. 2022)
Publishing details: SLNSW, 2022, 24pp
Ref: 1
Janssen Jacobview full entry
Reference: see Grand Vistas - panoramas from the collection, introduction by Richard Neville. Exhibition at SLNSW, (the inaugural exhibition of the State Library’s new Drawings, Watercolours and Prints Gallery. 2022)
Publishing details: SLNSW, 2022, 24pp
Rae Johnview full entry
Reference: see Grand Vistas - panoramas from the collection, introduction by Richard Neville. Exhibition at SLNSW, (the inaugural exhibition of the State Library’s new Drawings, Watercolours and Prints Gallery. 2022)
Publishing details: SLNSW, 2022, 24pp
Close Edward Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Grand Vistas - panoramas from the collection, introduction by Richard Neville. Exhibition at SLNSW, (the inaugural exhibition of the State Library’s new Drawings, Watercolours and Prints Gallery. 2022)
Publishing details: SLNSW, 2022, 24pp
Feint Adrian bookplatesview full entry
Reference: see EWBANK'S auction, 23 Jun 2022 Woking, Surrey, UK, lot 2106:
Adrian Feint (Australian 1894-1971). 3 bookplates, one for Richard Smart, depicting a sailing ship. Wood engraving, signed lower right. 8 x 7cm, one for Patrick White, classical maidens by a temple, initialled in the plate 10 x 8.5cm and another for Elizabeth Watson Diamond depicting leaves/pages falling from a tree, signed in the plate. 12 x 9.5cm. Plus one created for Elizabeth Diamond by an unknown artist (M). 8 x 7cm. (4). 
Catalogue notes; The collection of Ernest Pearce (1930-2012) a dedicated art collector and connoisseur of the bookplate.
His files of letters reveal that he was in regular correspondence with many well-known artists and fellow collectors from the 1950s onwards, sharing with them his in-depth knowledge and often exchanging rare prints and other works of art. Of particular note is his collection of works by the Romanticist artist Samuel Palmer many of which were purchased from Carlos Peacock, author of 'Samuel Palmer, The Shoreham Years' who himself acquired a number from AH Palmer, Samuel's son. Also works by well-known 20thcentury artists, some, unusually, accompanied by personal notes or cards. Finally, of course, his extensive collection of bookplates including British and Continental artists and some illustrious libraries.
Ewbank's is delighted to have this opportunity to bring Ernest Pearce's lifelong collection to the market. 
Provenance: The family of Ernest Pearce.

Hansen Peter decoratorview full entry
Reference: see VICKI SHUTTLEWORTH
In search of ‘Hansen, decorator’: finding Peter Hansen.
Publishing details: The La Trobe Journal No 102 September 2018
Potage Michaelview full entry
Reference: FauveParis auction, Paris, France,2.7.22, lot 141: Michel Potage (1949-2020)
Laughter in the desert - Aborigines series 1982 Acrylic and mixed media on cardboard panel signed, titled and dated on the back 15,5 x 22,5 cm "To paint is to face the impossible." Michel Potage went to Australia in 1978, and his ambition was to represent "the aboriginal dream".
Condition report : Framed (frame 31,5 x 39 cm)
Wetzel Fview full entry
Reference: see Leski Auction, 26 June, 2022, lot 1263: F. WETZEL, (Australia, 19th Century),
Western Port Bay, 1892,
oil on board,
signed lower left, titled at lower centre,
46 x 86cm, framed 84 x 104cm overall.

Anderson Theoview full entry
Reference: see see Leski Auction, 26 June, 2022, lot 1266:
THEO ANDERSON (working in Australia 1900-1915),
(river scene landscape),
oil on board,
signed lower right "Theo Anderson",
Whitelaw's framing label verso,
30 x 40cm, 38 x 47cm overall
Watkins Paulview full entry
Reference: A Portrait of the City of Blue Mountains, by Paul Watkins
Publishing details: Bathurst, N.S.W. : Robert Brown & Associates, c1988 
64 p. : chiefly ill.
Ref: 1000
Schmidt Basilview full entry
Reference: see Elder Fine Art auction see Elder Fine Art auction, 10 July, 2022,
Lot 132
LIEUTENANT BASIL HENRY SCHMIDT (1909-1987)
"The 148th Australian General Transport Company AIF Dance Band 1944"
Pen and Watercolour
30.5x39cm
Signed Lower Left Dated 1944, Titled Lower Right.
=Condition: No foxing, some minor discolouration. Some tears to paper near margins in various spots, with centre crease line.
Frame Size: 43x52cm
Estimate: $2,500-3,500
Prov: Private Collection, Adelaide
Note: This ink and watercolour painting depicting the AIF 148th Australian General Transport Company Dance Band, which is signed by all the band members and dated 17/4/1944, is a wonderful historical record of some enjoyment afforded the personnel who were a vital supply link in the Oceania region during World War 2.
A photograph in the collection of the Australian War Memorial and also dated 17/4/1944 by official war photographer Gordon Herbert Short, entitled “Rest Day” shows some band members with Australian Army Medical Women’s Service Members, participating in a rehearsal or impromptu performance. Photograph and more information Verso.
Gordon Herbert Shortview full entry
Reference: see Elder Fine Art auction, 10 July, 2022,
Lot 132
LIEUTENANT BASIL HENRY SCHMIDT (1909-1987)
"The 148th Australian General Transport Company AIF Dance Band 1944"
Pen and Watercolour
30.5x39cm
Signed Lower Left Dated 1944, Titled Lower Right.
=Condition: No foxing, some minor discolouration. Some tears to paper near margins in various spots, with centre crease line.
Frame Size: 43x52cm
Estimate: $2,500-3,500
Prov: Private Collection, Adelaide
Note: This ink and watercolour painting depicting the AIF 148th Australian General Transport Company Dance Band, which is signed by all the band members and dated 17/4/1944, is a wonderful historical record of some enjoyment afforded the personnel who were a vital supply link in the Oceania region during World War 2.
A photograph in the collection of the Australian War Memorial and also dated 17/4/1944 by official war photographer Gordon Herbert Short, entitled “Rest Day” shows some band members with Australian Army Medical Women’s Service Members, participating in a rehearsal or impromptu performance. Photograph and more information Verso.
Wilkie Leslieview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Leslie Wilkie’s artist’s palette 1908, Cedar, width 495 mm, height 330 mm.
An artist’s palette is a thin, flat board that has a hole for the thumb at one end and is used by the painter to mix colours during painting. This cedar example has the artist’s name and date 1908 incised on the reverse.
Leslie Andrew Alexander Wilkie (1878–1936) was born in Melbourne where he attended the National Gallery schools 1896–1901 followed by two years study in Britain and Europe.
On his return he worked for the Age as an art critic and later for both the Argus and the Australasian. Wilkie was described as ‘a conscientious and careful painter of portraits, he painted in the tradition of the Royal Scottish Academy’ though he also painted still life and landscapes.
The artist’s name and date 1908 are incised on the reverse when he was acting master of drawing at the NGV (1907–1908) while Frederick McCubbin was overseas.
Wilkie was also a teacher, illustrator and curator. During WWI he painted banners for the Australian Red Cross.
In 1926 he was appointed curator (and later director) of the National Art Gallery of South Australia, now the Art Gallery of South Australia. In 1934 he joined an Adelaide anthropological expedition to Central Australia and painted portraits of Aborigines near Cooper Creek which were later exhibited in AGSA.
He is represented in numerous state and regional galleries including NLA and AWM.

Fischer E silversmithview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Silver Cup by E Fischer, Geelong presented by David Munro
Inscription: ‘Awarded to W.G. Williams for best model of Automatic Gate for Farm or Station purposes. The Gift of David Munro Melbourne, Member of the Council of the National Agricultural Society.’ Edward Fischer, Geelong, c 1879 Sterling silver, height 18.4 cm, diam of base 8.8 cm, diam of gilded bowl 8.5 cm, weight 221.3g.
David Munro (1844–1898), engineer, speculator, and contractor, was born in Kirkintilloch, Dunbartonshire, Scotland, son of a blacksmith. The family and some close relatives migrated to Victoria in 1854 on the Tudor.
After working for his father for some years, he started his own engineering business. His trademark was a phoenix arising from the flames and his motto Resurgum. In the construction and railway boom of the 1870s and 1880s David Munro and Co. was one of the colony’s biggest employers of labour. Two of his best works still carry traffic across the Yarra: Queen’s Bridge built on the site of the old Falls bridge for £45,000 and opened in April 1890 and the new Princes Bridge built in 1888 for £137,000.
Munro sold every type of sawmilling, threshing and mining equipment, either for cash or on his new ‘Purchasing Lease System.’
His patented or improved machines were used by selectors and included a post-boring machine, the ‘Victory Self-adjusting Windmill’ and portable engines using ‘the colonial fire-box, the steam jacketed cylinder, the variable expansion gear, the sliding crank shaft bracket, the three-way force – pumps’.
This cup was presented at the Intercolonial Juvenile Industrial Exhibition, Melbourne, 1879/1880 in the section Class 1- Machinery of every description as follows: ‘W.G. Williams, Melbourne, model of automatic gate for farm, silver medal and silver cup, value £5,5s, the gift of Mr D Munro.’
Like many capitalists Munro was harsh on his employees and in the temporary slump of 1887 cut their wages from 7s. to 6s. 6d. a day. Unmoved by protests he told the men that their union leaders were ‘vermin to be squelched’.
Kangaroo Art view full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
BETA Airship by Kangaroo Art.
Crested china miniature BETA airship with the hand coloured 1912 Commonwealth Australian Coat of Arms, marked on base: ’Kangaroo” Art, China, Valentine & Sons Ltd, Melbourne. Length 8 cm, width 4 cm, height 6 cm.
The BETA was a pre-WWI British non-rigid airship constructed by the Army Balloon Factory in 1910 with a rubberized fabric skin and was prone to accidents. It was followed by BETA II, with a new design ‘envelope’ of goldbeaters skin (processed animal gut skin gut membrane), with four bladed propellers and took part in 1912 manoeuvres.
It was later used by the Royal Naval Air as HMA 17. With a Clerget engine and a crew of three, the airship had a maximum speed of 35 mph, could reach an altitude of 400 feet and had an endurance of five hours.
After time doing air reconnaissance over enemy
lines during WWI, she escorted ships across the English Channel and returned to Britain where she was used for preliminary training for all airship pilots. The BETA was retired in 1916.
Valentine & Sons Ltd Melbourne was originally known as a postcard company, founded in Dundee, Scotland in 1850.
It is very likely that the Melbourne company commissioned Willow Art of Longton, Staffordshire to produce these items, with hand-coloured transfer prints, to be sold under the Valentine name.
Valentine & Sons Ltd, Melbourneview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
BETA Airship by Kangaroo Art.
Crested china miniature BETA airship with the hand coloured 1912 Commonwealth Australian Coat of Arms, marked on base: ’Kangaroo” Art, China, Valentine & Sons Ltd, Melbourne. Length 8 cm, width 4 cm, height 6 cm.
The BETA was a pre-WWI British non-rigid airship constructed by the Army Balloon Factory in 1910 with a rubberized fabric skin and was prone to accidents. It was followed by BETA II, with a new design ‘envelope’ of goldbeaters skin (processed animal gut skin gut membrane), with four bladed propellers and took part in 1912 manoeuvres.
It was later used by the Royal Naval Air as HMA 17. With a Clerget engine and a crew of three, the airship had a maximum speed of 35 mph, could reach an altitude of 400 feet and had an endurance of five hours.
After time doing air reconnaissance over enemy
lines during WWI, she escorted ships across the English Channel and returned to Britain where she was used for preliminary training for all airship pilots. The BETA was retired in 1916.
Valentine & Sons Ltd Melbourne was originally known as a postcard company, founded in Dundee, Scotland in 1850.
It is very likely that the Melbourne company commissioned Willow Art of Longton, Staffordshire to produce these items, with hand-coloured transfer prints, to be sold under the Valentine name.
Plate Margoview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Pottery bowl hand painted with flannel flowers, signed Margo Plate. Base marked Margo’s Pottery 26. Diameter 18 cm.
Hettie Margaret (Margo) Lewers nee Plate (1908– 1978) was born in Perth, the daughter of German born grazier-artist Adolf Plate who died soon after the family returned to Sydney in 1914. She met
her husband
Gerald Lewers (1905-1962) at
Antonio Dattilo-Rubbo’s evening art-classes in the
late 1920s and they married in 1932. In 1934 they
went overseas and enrolled at the Central School
of Arts and Crafts, London. Gerald studied under
John Skeaping and Margo worked at textile design,
painting and drawing with John Farleigh.
On their return to Sydney in 1935, Margo set up her own studio printing textiles and made hand painted pottery; this piece probably dates from that period. Until 1939 she operated the Notanda Gallery, a fashionable interior decorating shop in Rowe Street.
Her brother painter Carl Plate r
gallery in 1940, where he exhibited British and
Australian modern art, and sold art books and
posters.
e-established the

Margo Lewers' career continued to develop and she became one of the most influential figures in the Sydney art scene.

Lewers’ house in Emu Plains became a popular meeting place for the close modernist arts circle in NSW much like the Reeds’ Heide in Victoria. When Margo died in 1978 her daughters Darani and Tanya gave the family home to Penrith City Council on behalf of the local community as a heritage site and arts centre. Largely funded from the family’s construction, concrete and quarry business, Farley and Lewers, it was opened as The Lewers Bequest & Penrith Regional Gallery in 1981.
Plate Carlview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Pottery bowl hand painted with flannel flowers, signed Margo Plate. Base marked Margo’s Pottery 26. Diameter 18 cm.
Hettie Margaret (Margo) Lewers nee Plate (1908– 1978) was born in Perth, the daughter of German born grazier-artist Adolf Plate who died soon after the family returned to Sydney in 1914. She met
her husband
Gerald Lewers (1905-1962) at
Antonio Dattilo-Rubbo’s evening art-classes in the
late 1920s and they married in 1932. In 1934 they
went overseas and enrolled at the Central School
of Arts and Crafts, London. Gerald studied under
John Skeaping and Margo worked at textile design,
painting and drawing with John Farleigh.
On their return to Sydney in 1935, Margo set up her own studio printing textiles and made hand painted pottery; this piece probably dates from that period. Until 1939 she operated the Notanda Gallery, a fashionable interior decorating shop in Rowe Street.
Her brother painter Carl Plate r
gallery in 1940, where he exhibited British and
Australian modern art, and sold art books and
posters.
e-established the

Margo Lewers' career continued to develop and she became one of the most influential figures in the Sydney art scene.

Lewers’ house in Emu Plains became a popular meeting place for the close modernist arts circle in NSW much like the Reeds’ Heide in Victoria. When Margo died in 1978 her daughters Darani and Tanya gave the family home to Penrith City Council on behalf of the local community as a heritage site and arts centre. Largely funded from the family’s construction, concrete and quarry business, Farley and Lewers, it was opened as The Lewers Bequest & Penrith Regional Gallery in 1981.
Lewers Margoview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Pottery bowl hand painted with flannel flowers, signed Margo Plate. Base marked Margo’s Pottery 26. Diameter 18 cm.
Hettie Margaret (Margo) Lewers nee Plate (1908– 1978) was born in Perth, the daughter of German born grazier-artist Adolf Plate who died soon after the family returned to Sydney in 1914. She met
her husband
Gerald Lewers (1905-1962) at
Antonio Dattilo-Rubbo’s evening art-classes in the
late 1920s and they married in 1932. In 1934 they
went overseas and enrolled at the Central School
of Arts and Crafts, London. Gerald studied under
John Skeaping and Margo worked at textile design,
painting and drawing with John Farleigh.
On their return to Sydney in 1935, Margo set up her own studio printing textiles and made hand painted pottery; this piece probably dates from that period. Until 1939 she operated the Notanda Gallery, a fashionable interior decorating shop in Rowe Street.
Her brother painter Carl Plate r
gallery in 1940, where he exhibited British and
Australian modern art, and sold art books and
posters.
e-established the

Margo Lewers' career continued to develop and she became one of the most influential figures in the Sydney art scene.

Lewers’ house in Emu Plains became a popular meeting place for the close modernist arts circle in NSW much like the Reeds’ Heide in Victoria. When Margo died in 1978 her daughters Darani and Tanya gave the family home to Penrith City Council on behalf of the local community as a heritage site and arts centre. Largely funded from the family’s construction, concrete and quarry business, Farley and Lewers, it was opened as The Lewers Bequest & Penrith Regional Gallery in 1981.
Taylor & Sharp jewellers Tasmaniaview full entry
Reference: see 17th Australiana Virtual Show and Tell Report MAY/JUNE 2022, on line: https://www.australiana.org.au/news
Taylor & Sharp Tasmania snake or tendril, silver spoon, Engraved ‘Tasmania’, maker’s mark T & S, Stg Silver, length 12.5 cm
Taylor and Sharp were a substantial jewellery
manufacturing, watchmaking and engraving
business based in Hobart from 1894 into the
1950s. Their stock included ‘a choice assortment of
diamond goods, modern designs in Art jewellery,
Sterling Silverware, Novelties and the latest Melba
bracelet’ (Advertisement in Hobart Mercury in
January 1903).
Perhaps the addition of the snake was as a
souvenir of a medical conference held in Tasmania
or possibly a conference for herpetologists?
There was a medical conference held in Hobart in
February 1902 which discussed the formation of
the Australian Medical Association.
From the description supplied by the owner, ‘the
snake is held in place by its shape but is not
actually attached and is slightly mobile’ may suggest that the snake is ‘an addition’ to a standard stock spoon sold by Taylor and Sharp. Perhaps the addition of the snake was as a
souvenir of a medical conference held in Tasmania
or possibly a conference for herpetologists?
There was a medical conference held in Hobart... The Ancient Greeks regarded snakes as sacred and used them in healing rituals to honour Asclepius, as snake venom was thought to be remedial and their skin-shedding was viewed as a symbol of rebirth and renewal. It is a traditional symbol of medicine used by many medical organisations around the world.
Barak Williamview full entry
Reference: William Barak - Remembering. By Judith Ryan, Carol Cooper, Joy Murphy-Wandin. [Remembering Barak celebrates the memory of a remarkable Aboriginal leader, William Barak, Yarra Yarra chief (1824 - 1903), a man whose troubled but dignified life bridged two very disparate cultures and whose art has not only survived but strengthened over this past century, continuing to communicate something both unique and significant about Aboriginal life.]

Publishing details: Melbourne, National Gallery of Victoria, 2003, 64 pages, paperback, soft cover,
Numerous illustrations in and out of the text
Ref: 1009
Heilview full entry
Reference: see NIGEL WARD & COMPANY, auction, UK, 2.7.22, lot 1259 A tablecloth designed in Australia by Heil 4' 2" x 3' 11" depicting Australian wild flowers together with an embroidered square cloth, an embroidered picture (unframed), etc.
Bridgeland Judithview full entry
Reference: see BENTLEY'S AUCTION ROOMS, 2.7.22. lot 541, Judith Bridgland (Scottish/Australian, b. 1962) - 'Lochranza, Arran', oil on canvas, signed, label verso, 80cm x 120cm, framed. NB: For further info please see www.jibridgland.com Condition report: Large, bright and vibrant, no issues.
Wells Samuel cartoonistview full entry
Reference: see KNIGHTS SPORTING AUCTIONS, UK, 8-10 July, 2022, lot 543 and 544
Samuel Wells cartoons. Victoria 1956/57 and 1959/60. Three excellent large original pen and ink caricature/ cartoon artworks by artist Samuel Wells, two with blue shading, presumably for the Age newspaper, Australia. In one, the top portion reports on the Sheffield Shield matches played 29th December 1956- 2nd January 1957, commenting on 'Centuries from Shield Games which we never expected to see again in our cricket', the highest being a 'Bradman like' 198 by Willie Watson to save New South Wales 'from the jaws of the Q'land alligator'. Also featured is the athlete, Betty Cuthbert, winner of the 'Sportsman of the Year' award for 1956. Another relates to the Victoria v South Australia match at Melbourne, South Australia captain, 'McRidings' and bowler, 'McDrennan' are depicted 'Piping in the "Sag"gis' having reduced Victoria from 202/3 to 252/8 at the close of the first day's play, Barry Jarman who 'did a good "bottling good job"' having taking five catches and a stumping. Don Bradman is depicted below in suit and trilby 'smackin' 'em to the boundary as of yore'. Victoria went on to win by 152 runs. Both 11.25"x18". The third cartoon reports on Victoria v South Australia at Melbourne, 1st- 5th January 1960, in which '[J.C.] Lill scored 176 in South Australia's first innings, in reply Bill Lawry is seen at the end of the second day's play singing 'Anything they can do we can do better' having scored 85, Furlong 68, Wildsmith 22no etc. Below are depicted 'New (South) Australians', Ray McCormick, Howard Mutton, Brian Quigley, Mick Clingly etc. Victoria won by six wickets. 14.5"x21". The cartoons signed by Wells. Excellent images. G/VG - cricket
Ainsworth Kerriview full entry
Reference: ADAMS, L. & G. THE BLACK SWANS. Illustrated by Kerri Ainsworth. Tells the story of how Australian swans were originally white, but after a flock of eagles is hunted with boomerangs, a group of crows band together to help camouflage them with their crow feathers.
Publishing details: SRA Australian Stories. Syd. Science Research Associates 1979. 4to. Col.ill.bds. 24pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Olive Barryview full entry
Reference: ADAMS, L. & G. THE BUTTERFLIES OF SPRING. Illustrated by Barry Olive. The story of how the very first butterflies appeared in Australia begins when a young parrot falls out of a tree & dies. A wise lizard tells the bush animals that its spirit will return in a new form.

Publishing details: SRA Australian Stories. Syd. Science Research Associates 1979. 4to. Col. ill. bds. 24pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Riordan Chrisview full entry
Reference: ADAMS, L. & G. THE WHIRLWIND AND THE FROGS. Illustrated by Chris Riordan. Tells the story of how frogs went from being quite bold & brave to timid & frightened creatures after a big whirlwind sweeps
through their pond.
Publishing details: SRA Australian Stories. Syd. Science Research
Associates 1979. 4to. Col.ill.bds. 24pp. Profusely illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Olley Margaret calendar for Home exhibitionview full entry
Reference: OLLEY, Margaret. MARGARET OLLEY: HOME. Interiors at Duxford Street. Museum of Sydney, 10 November 2012 to 2 April 2013. Exhibition Catalogue. An exhibition of paintings, photographs & memories of the artist Margaret Olley’s house in Duxford Street, Paddington that was organised as part of the Sydney Open 2012 event that opened many houses.
Publishing details: Syd. Museum of Sydney. 2012. Col.Ill.wrapps. 48pp. col & b/w ills
Ref: 1000
Olley Margaretview full entry
Reference: Margaret Olley 1923 - 2011, by Barry Pearce, foreword by Edmund Capon,
Publishing details: Beagle Press 2012 1st Ed Hardcover with dustjacket, 264pp
Ref: 1009
Collecting Australian Pot Lids view full entry
Reference: Collecting Australian Pot Lids and the Lives of Our Early Pharmacists by Robert Keil ‘What a fabulous contribution to Australian social history concerning the history of medicinal drugs in colonial Australia and the men and occasional woman who sold them.’

Publishing details: Published by the Author in Whyalla in 1981. Hardback Dustwrapper, illustrations, special limited edition
Ref: 1000
Pot Lids view full entry
Reference: see Collecting Australian Pot Lids and the Lives of Our Early Pharmacists by Robert Keil ‘What a fabulous contribution to Australian social history concerning the history of medicinal drugs in colonial Australia and the men and occasional woman who sold them.’

Publishing details: Published by the Author in Whyalla in 1981. Hardback Dustwrapper, illustrations, special limited edition
Lids for potsview full entry
Reference: see Collecting Australian Pot Lids and the Lives of Our Early Pharmacists by Robert Keil ‘What a fabulous contribution to Australian social history concerning the history of medicinal drugs in colonial Australia and the men and occasional woman who sold them.’

Publishing details: Published by the Author in Whyalla in 1981. Hardback Dustwrapper, illustrations, special limited edition
Australian War Photographs view full entry
Reference: Australian War Photographs A Pictorial Record from November 1917 to the End of the War. Edited by Captain Geo H Wilkins.
Publishing details: Published by A.I.F 1919.
Ref: 1000
War Photographs view full entry
Reference: see Australian War Photographs A Pictorial Record from November 1917 to the End of the War. Edited by Captain Geo H Wilkins.
Publishing details: Published by A.I.F 1919.
Photographs of warview full entry
Reference: see Australian War Photographs A Pictorial Record from November 1917 to the End of the War. Edited by Captain Geo H Wilkins.
Publishing details: Published by A.I.F 1919.
Earle Augustusview full entry
Reference: see EARLE: HIS BUNGAREE, Augustus Earle, Bungaree, a native of New South Wales, c.1826, by Roy Forward, National Gallery of Australia Research Paper no. 19
Publishing details: https://www.academia.edu/3962120/EARLE_HIS_BUNGAREE_Augustus_Earle_Bungaree_a_native_of_New_South_Wales_c_1826_by_Roy_Forward_National_Gallery_of_Australia_Research_Paper_no_19?email_work_card=thumbnail
Michelmore Maryview full entry
Reference: see Asian Antiques and Estate Auction, Columbia, MD, United States, 7/10/2022, lot 2327: Bronze Wombat Sculpture by Mary Michelmore, Australia.. L 7 cm
Tracker Natview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, Rediscovering the art of Tracker Nat: ‘the Namatjira of carving’
Published: July 4, 2022, by Darren Jorgensen Senior lecturer in art history, The University of Western Australia, and Joseph Yugi Williams Artist and Men’s Art Facilitator, Nyinkka Nyunyu, Indigenous Knowledge. ‘A tribal painter, said to be more famous than the late Albert Namatjira, has just died at Warrabri welfare settlement, near Tennant Creek. He was Nat Warano, of whose skill few white men had heard.
Locally, Warano is remembered as Tracker Nat. Born in the 1880s, Nat worked as a drover during the 1930s, before becoming a police tracker. He was also a leader and diplomat of the Warumungu people during a tumultuous period of their history.
During the 1940s and 1950s Nat was a prolific carver of coolamons, spearthrowers, shields and water carriers, painting them with men dancing in ceremonial dress and body paint, as well as men hunting with boomerangs and spears...’
Nat - Tracker Natview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, Rediscovering the art of Tracker Nat: ‘the Namatjira of carving’
Published: July 4, 2022, by Darren Jorgensen Senior lecturer in art history, The University of Western Australia, and Joseph Yugi Williams Artist and Men’s Art Facilitator, Nyinkka Nyunyu, Indigenous Knowledge. ‘A tribal painter, said to be more famous than the late Albert Namatjira, has just died at Warrabri welfare settlement, near Tennant Creek. He was Nat Warano, of whose skill few white men had heard.
Locally, Warano is remembered as Tracker Nat. Born in the 1880s, Nat worked as a drover during the 1930s, before becoming a police tracker. He was also a leader and diplomat of the Warumungu people during a tumultuous period of their history.
During the 1940s and 1950s Nat was a prolific carver of coolamons, spearthrowers, shields and water carriers, painting them with men dancing in ceremonial dress and body paint, as well as men hunting with boomerangs and spears...’
Warano Nat , - Tracker Natview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, Rediscovering the art of Tracker Nat: ‘the Namatjira of carving’
Published: July 4, 2022, by Darren Jorgensen Senior lecturer in art history, The University of Western Australia, and Joseph Yugi Williams Artist and Men’s Art Facilitator, Nyinkka Nyunyu, Indigenous Knowledge. ‘A tribal painter, said to be more famous than the late Albert Namatjira, has just died at Warrabri welfare settlement, near Tennant Creek. He was Nat Warano, of whose skill few white men had heard.
Locally, Warano is remembered as Tracker Nat. Born in the 1880s, Nat worked as a drover during the 1930s, before becoming a police tracker. He was also a leader and diplomat of the Warumungu people during a tumultuous period of their history.
During the 1940s and 1950s Nat was a prolific carver of coolamons, spearthrowers, shields and water carriers, painting them with men dancing in ceremonial dress and body paint, as well as men hunting with boomerangs and spears...’
Wendt jewellers Adelaideview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Silver polo trophy in the form of a hydria, by Wendt, Adelaide, c1902. Height 19 cm. The inscription reads: “SOUTH AUSTRALIAN POLO ASSOCIATION / CHALLENGE CUP / Presented by / R. Barr-Smith / Won by / ADELAIDE POLO CLUB / 1902”. Robert Barr Smith (1824-1915) was a Scotsman who came to Australia in 1854, becoming in 1863 with Thomas Elder one of the two partners in the firm of Elder Smith & Co. With its widespread pastoral, mining and shipping interests the firm generated a vast amount of wealth for Smith and Elder, who were brothers-in-law, both of whom were renowned for their support of charitable causes. Both were keen sportsmen, with Smith playing in Adelaide’s first polo match in 1876, and his sons Tom and Bertie following suite.
There was considerable interest in Adelaide at the time in the archaeological relics being found in excavations at Pompeii, and when Smith presented a “cup” for polo in 1901 the Advertiser newspaper described it as “...a perfect piece of silverware, but it represents, in shape and form, a rare and old relic saved from the ruins of Pompeii, the original being rightly carefully and jealously kept by the Adelaide School of Art.” The following year when he presented this prize for the same competition it seems likely that the same design would have been adopted. In 1903 Brig.-Gen. Gordon presented a “handsome cup” but its form is not known to the writer.
Attempts to find the model for these trophies have been unsuccessful, and it could well be hidden away in the collection of the Adelaide University’s (now closed) Museum of Classical Archaeology. As late as 1927 the jewellery firm of Wendt’s presented another such hydria to the Adelaide Hunt Club, to be the Hunt Club Cup for that year. With similar markings to the trophy above, it could well have been old stock.
Matthews Peterview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Oil painting on board, Elder Range from Arkapena, signed Peter Matthews, 1970.
Sight 38 x 68 cm.
Painted by Peter Matthews (1934-2022), a farmer near Victor Harbor, who often as here used a palette knife for his paintings. His main body of work was produced between 1968 and 1979. The current owners had mentioned to an Adelaide neighbor that they would like to have a painting of the Flinders Ranges, a place they had loved to visit over a married lifetime. The neighbor had a holiday house near the Matthews farm, knew of his skills, and arranged it all. And on Christmas Eve of 1970 Peter turned up on their doorstep holding the still wet painting, with instructions to let it dry out for three weeks undisturbed. No mean feat in a house with four small children. He suggested that if they decided they liked it, they could post him a cheque, otherwise he would pick it up later, saying “... it will probably do for now until you find a better painting to replace it.”
Although details of Peter’s life are scanty, the Victor Harbor Council named a street after him, and described him as a farmer, artist, inventor, councilor and the builder of an industrial complex in Maude Street. One of the tributes at his funeral in March this year was from another artist who “... was originally inspired by observing Peter Matthews, who used to paint in a camping ground outside the shop at Wilpena. He was an oil painter that absolutely fascinated me.” Peter’s son Christopher, a watercolourist, was born in 1958.
Matthews Christopher son of Peterview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Oil painting on board, Elder Range from Arkapena, signed Peter Matthews, 1970.
Sight 38 x 68 cm.
Painted by Peter Matthews (1934-2022), a farmer near Victor Harbor, who often as here used a palette knife for his paintings. His main body of work was produced between 1968 and 1979. The current owners had mentioned to an Adelaide neighbor that they would like to have a painting of the Flinders Ranges, a place they had loved to visit over a married lifetime. The neighbor had a holiday house near the Matthews farm, knew of his skills, and arranged it all. And on Christmas Eve of 1970 Peter turned up on their doorstep holding the still wet painting, with instructions to let it dry out for three weeks undisturbed. No mean feat in a house with four small children. He suggested that if they decided they liked it, they could post him a cheque, otherwise he would pick it up later, saying “... it will probably do for now until you find a better painting to replace it.”
Although details of Peter’s life are scanty, the Victor Harbor Council named a street after him, and described him as a farmer, artist, inventor, councilor and the builder of an industrial complex in Maude Street. One of the tributes at his funeral in March this year was from another artist who “... was originally inspired by observing Peter Matthews, who used to paint in a camping ground outside the shop at Wilpena. He was an oil painter that absolutely fascinated me.” Peter’s son Christopher, a watercolourist, was born in 1958.
Rieken Gladys view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Student’s Brushwork Exercise Book, Class 1, published by the Education Department of South Australia, 1906. Price 2d, 28 x 19 cm high.
Comprising sixteen pages of brush and watercolour exercises begun on 24.8.1910 and completed 12.5.1911 by student Gladys Rieken, each exercise marked in pencil by the teacher. The back cover has five printed illustrations as well as instructions on how to hold a brush and mix the colours; the front cover has an elaborate design incorporating the piping shrike. In small letters bottom left are the designer’s initials H.P.G. (Harry Pelling Gill).
8
HP Gill was an English born and trained artist, a capable art teacher and curator who in 1882 came to South Australia and was appointed master of the Adelaide School of Design and in 1892 appointed honorary curator of the Art Gallery of South Australia.
The name of the school handwritten on the cover of the book tells us that Gladys Rieken attended the Le Fevre Peninsula Primary School (established 1878); the suffix Peninsula was used for the name of the primary school—it was omitted from the name of the high school, gazetted in 1911 as LeFevre High School.
Gill H P art teacherview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Student’s Brushwork Exercise Book, Class 1, published by the Education Department of South Australia, 1906. Price 2d, 28 x 19 cm high.
Comprising sixteen pages of brush and watercolour exercises begun on 24.8.1910 and completed 12.5.1911 by student Gladys Rieken, each exercise marked in pencil by the teacher. The back cover has five printed illustrations as well as instructions on how to hold a brush and mix the colours; the front cover has an elaborate design incorporating the piping shrike. In small letters bottom left are the designer’s initials H.P.G. (Harry Pelling Gill).
8
HP Gill was an English born and trained artist, a capable art teacher and curator who in 1882 came to South Australia and was appointed master of the Adelaide School of Design and in 1892 appointed honorary curator of the Art Gallery of South Australia.
The name of the school handwritten on the cover of the book tells us that Gladys Rieken attended the Le Fevre Peninsula Primary School (established 1878); the suffix Peninsula was used for the name of the primary school—it was omitted from the name of the high school, gazetted in 1911 as LeFevre High School.
Mora Mirka 1928-2018view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 79th Meeting, 2 June 2022:
Mirka Madeleine Mora, nee Zelik (1928-2018) “29.6.81 - 2 Heures pm” (1981)
20.00 (h) x 13.00 (w) cm.
Pen and ink on paper
Mirka was born in Paris to a Romanian seamstress mother, and a Lithuanian father who loved antiques, armoury and rare books. Both fled their homelands to escape the persecution of Jewish people in World War One. As a child, Mirka loved learning and thrived at school. During World War Two, she narrowly escaped the holocaust and in 1951, she and her husband Georges arrived in Melbourne. He became an art dealer and together, they operated three significant cafes: the Mirka Café in Exhibition St, Cafe Balzac in East Melbourne and Tolarno in St Kilda.
Mirka Mora’s mosaics, paintings, drawings, textiles and painted dolls became part of the visual landscape in Melbourne over seven decades and are still ever present today in public spaces such as the large mixed media mural at Flinders Street Station. She was part of a close artistic circle at Heide with the Reeds and the Heide Museum has held regular exhibitions of
10
her work. Only a few years ago, she collaborated with fashion designer Lisa Gorman for a range of clothing that has become increasingly valuable.
This pen and ink drawing is of a female being cuddled by a male figure at 2pm in the afternoon on the 29th of June, 1981. It is an example of Mirka Mora’s intimate subjects where we interpret the scene from the perspective of the female figure. An elongated goose neck and head extends from the female which Mirka explained as part of her own sexuality. The male is afforded the patterned clothing, just as in nature a male bird is often more elaborate. Mirka explained to the owner of the drawing that there were two things they should be sure to do in life: 1. Have lots of lovers and 2. Read widely, particularly on subjects in which they were unfamiliar. At the time of the advice, Mirka was reading the work of Stephen Hawking, Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at Cambridge University.In Melbourne, she lived in a number of well-known studios, the last being a purpose built space in Richmond, characteristically crammed with her treasures. She painted her own windows with curvilinear coloured strokes and she typically had two canvasses on the go at once so as not to waste paint.
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: see ‘Memories of a Dreamer, by John McDonald in Sydney Morning Herald, Spectrum, p11, 2 July, 2022, on Lanceley’s exhibition at the National Art School
Lanceley Colinview full entry
Reference: Colin Lanceley - Earthly Delights, introduction by Kay Lanceley, essay by Sioux Garside, curator. Includes chronology.
Publishing details: National Art School, 2022, hc, 152pp
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: As the sleeper wakes - Anthony White, essay by Ashley Crawford. 13 wowks illustrated.
Publishing details: Metro Gallery, Melbourne, pb, 16pp
Ref: 145
Bramley-Moore Mostynview full entry
Reference: see Discrepant Subjects, exhibition of works by Mostyn Bramley-Moore, Anthony White and Miles Hall
Publishing details: Pave d’Orsay, 2019 [catalogue details unknown
Discrepant Subjectsview full entry
Reference: Discrepant Subjects, exhibition of works by Mostyn Bramley-Moore, Anthony White and Miles Hall
Publishing details: Pave d’Orsay, 2019 [catalogue details unknown
Ref: 1000
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: see Discrepant Subjects, exhibition of works by Mostyn Bramley-Moore, Anthony White and Miles Hall
Publishing details: Pave d’Orsay, 2019 [catalogue details unknown
Hall Milesview full entry
Reference: see Discrepant Subjects, exhibition of works by Mostyn Bramley-Moore, Anthony White and Miles Hall
Publishing details: Pave d’Orsay, 2019 [catalogue details unknown
Young Guns Summer Showview full entry
Reference: Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Ref: 145
COMODAAview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Contemporary Modern Australian Artview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Fontane Janeview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Kitson Juzview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
MacDonell Zoeview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Smith Erinview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Vextaview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
Meagher Lintonview full entry
Reference: see Young Guns Summer Show, exhibition at Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, June 21-26 2011. (Exhibition by COMODAA Contemporary Modern Australian Art), featuring 7 artists. An essay and at least one illustration for each artist.
Publishing details: Gallery Maya, Notting Hill London, 2011, 20pp, pb.
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Anthony White - Signs of Civilization, nanda/hobbs gallery catalogue, April, 2018, essay by Robert Maconachie, 4 illustrations.
Publishing details: nanda’hobbs gallery, 2018, 6-page folding card.
Ref: 145
Martens Conrad and Beagle scrimshawview full entry
Reference: see Eldred's
August 4, 2022, 9:30 AM EST
East Dennis, MA, US, lot 3031:
IMPORTANT SCRIMSHAW WHALE'S TOOTH ATTRIBUTED TO JAMES ADOLPHUS BUTE, CREW MEMBER ON CHARLES DARWIN'S EXPEDITION
Circa Early 1830s
Believed to be engraved aboard the H.M.S. Beagle during Charles Darwin's second voyage, the 1831-1836 expedition. Obverse depicts "Natives of Tierra del Fuego.", a scene of two figures on a mountainous coastline, one holding a spear and the other paddling a canoe. Signed lower right "J.A. Bute". Reverse depicts a bust portrait of a "New Zealander" with barbed spears and a hatchet. Edge with "Britons United" in a banner below a floral motif. Wide feathery fan-like borders at tip and base.
Dimensions
Length 6.25". Includes a glass and wood case with mirrored base. Case height 5.5". Width 8.75".
Condition Report
Inking faint in some places. Typically uneven base. Slight fracture at tip.

The absence of a condition report does not imply an object is free of defects. All items may have normal signs of age and wear commensurate with their age; these issues will likely not be mentioned in the condition report. Please contact Eldred's before the auction with any condition questions. Questions about condition will not be answered after purchase. Condition reports are provided as a courtesy, and we are not responsible for any errors or omissions. Important note on frames: Frames are not guaranteed to be in the same condition as they are in the item photograph. Due to handling and shipping, many frames, especially antique ones, are prone to losses. If you have questions about the condition of a frame, please contact us prior to the auction. 
Provenance
Notes:
Accompanied by copies of correspondence between William J. Boylhart and Dr. Stuart M. Frank, Senior Curator Emeritus of the New Bedford Whaling Museum and founder of the Scrimshaw Forensics Laboratory, discussing the tooth's authenticity and attribution to Bute, in which Frank writes "I do believe that it's authentic ...".

The signature, lettering and style of workmanship on this tooth are identical to a tooth by James Adolphus Bute that is part of the collection of the Western Australia Museum in Perth and two Bute examples sold at Eldred's, The Marine Sale, July 19, 2018, Lots #76 and #109.

According to the Dictionary of Scrimshaw Artists by Stuart M. Frank (Mystic, Ct.: Mystic Seaport Museum, 1991), p. 24, Englishman James Adolphus Bute was born around 1799 and joined the Royal Navy around 1819. There was great crossover of personnel between whaling and naval service in England, much more so than in the United States, and Bute may have been introduced to scrimshaw during a whaling voyage in between stints on naval vessels. "The Journal of Syms Covington", assistant to Darwin on his second voyage aboard the "Beagle", December 1831-September 1836, lists James Bute as a crew member, one of six crew members listed as a Royal Marine. Given the similarities between images on this and other Bute teeth and drawings by Conrad Martens, the official artist onboard the "Beagle", it is possible Bute was influenced by or collaborated with the artist in creating his pieces of scrimshaw.

Bute James Adolphus scrimshawview full entry
Reference: see Eldred's
August 4, 2022, 9:30 AM EST
East Dennis, MA, US, lot 3031:
IMPORTANT SCRIMSHAW WHALE'S TOOTH ATTRIBUTED TO JAMES ADOLPHUS BUTE, CREW MEMBER ON CHARLES DARWIN'S EXPEDITION
Circa Early 1830s
Believed to be engraved aboard the H.M.S. Beagle during Charles Darwin's second voyage, the 1831-1836 expedition. Obverse depicts "Natives of Tierra del Fuego.", a scene of two figures on a mountainous coastline, one holding a spear and the other paddling a canoe. Signed lower right "J.A. Bute". Reverse depicts a bust portrait of a "New Zealander" with barbed spears and a hatchet. Edge with "Britons United" in a banner below a floral motif. Wide feathery fan-like borders at tip and base.
Dimensions
Length 6.25". Includes a glass and wood case with mirrored base. Case height 5.5". Width 8.75".
Condition Report
Inking faint in some places. Typically uneven base. Slight fracture at tip.

The absence of a condition report does not imply an object is free of defects. All items may have normal signs of age and wear commensurate with their age; these issues will likely not be mentioned in the condition report. Please contact Eldred's before the auction with any condition questions. Questions about condition will not be answered after purchase. Condition reports are provided as a courtesy, and we are not responsible for any errors or omissions. Important note on frames: Frames are not guaranteed to be in the same condition as they are in the item photograph. Due to handling and shipping, many frames, especially antique ones, are prone to losses. If you have questions about the condition of a frame, please contact us prior to the auction. 
Provenance
Notes:
Accompanied by copies of correspondence between William J. Boylhart and Dr. Stuart M. Frank, Senior Curator Emeritus of the New Bedford Whaling Museum and founder of the Scrimshaw Forensics Laboratory, discussing the tooth's authenticity and attribution to Bute, in which Frank writes "I do believe that it's authentic ...".

The signature, lettering and style of workmanship on this tooth are identical to a tooth by James Adolphus Bute that is part of the collection of the Western Australia Museum in Perth and two Bute examples sold at Eldred's, The Marine Sale, July 19, 2018, Lots #76 and #109.

According to the Dictionary of Scrimshaw Artists by Stuart M. Frank (Mystic, Ct.: Mystic Seaport Museum, 1991), p. 24, Englishman James Adolphus Bute was born around 1799 and joined the Royal Navy around 1819. There was great crossover of personnel between whaling and naval service in England, much more so than in the United States, and Bute may have been introduced to scrimshaw during a whaling voyage in between stints on naval vessels. "The Journal of Syms Covington", assistant to Darwin on his second voyage aboard the "Beagle", December 1831-September 1836, lists James Bute as a crew member, one of six crew members listed as a Royal Marine. Given the similarities between images on this and other Bute teeth and drawings by Conrad Martens, the official artist onboard the "Beagle", it is possible Bute was influenced by or collaborated with the artist in creating his pieces of scrimshaw.

Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see Conrad Martens & the Picturesque: Precursor to Australian Impressionism
Michael Organ 1 July 1993. ‘When Conrad Martens arrived in Sydney Harbour in 1835 aboard the Black Warrior from Tahiti via New Zealand, he brought with him the experiences of a professional landscape painter who had spent the previous two years travelling to South America and the Pacific as a member of the crew of the HMS Hyacinth and HMS Beagle, following on a decade of painting in his native England..
Publishing details: 1993
https://www.academia.edu/2799058/Conrad_Martens_and_the_Picturesque_Precursor_to_Australian_Impressionism
Yandell Christianview full entry
Reference: see Christian Yandell's illustrations for Alice in Wonderland 1924, by Michael Organ

‘In 1924 New Zealand publishing house Whitcombe & Tombs, based in Auckland, issued an edition of Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland for the Australasian education market. This small, 64 page primary school reader was edited by EA Stewart and featured an original cover design by the Carlton Studio of Melbourne plus twelve black and white engraved line drawings by Australian artist Christian Yandell (1894-1954).’
Publishing details: https://www.academia.edu/2799067/Christian_Yandells_illustrations_for_Alice_in_Wonderland_1924
Wallace Anneview full entry
Reference: Anne Wallace: Strange Ways, Curated by
Vanessa Van Ooyen. Samstag Museum of Art, 2020. [’On the surface, Anne Wallace's figurative paintings might seem conventional, however they are anything but ordinary. Her meticulously painted canvases satisfy our visual habits and conform to our expectations of paintings, leading us to expect a narrative; however, on a deeper level, they conspire to deny us the satisfaction. They exude a strangeness derived from her unusual use of perspectives, the superimposing of images, and the borrowing of disparate sources.
Wallace's paintings are at times difficult to look at. She combines the familiar with the unfamiliar, capturing a tension between the real and the imagined to create slightly awkward moments. Like any good 'story', there is sexual and social confusion, vulnerability and violence, alienation and loneliness, feelings of the abject, or fantasies of power and revenge. Wallace's paintings have an uncanny ability to tap into a shared psyche, drawing upon the language of pop culture.
Bringing together more than 80 works from public and private collections, and spanning three decades, this is the most comprehensive survey of Wallace's practice to date. The exhibition will include a screening program of films selected by the artist, and is accompanied by a major publication, featuring new essays by Gillian Brown, Francis Plagne and Vanessa Van Ooyen.’]

Publishing details: Samstag Museum of Art, 2020.

Ref: 1000
Binns Vivienne view full entry
Reference: On and through the surface - Vivienne Binns. Publication coincides with exhibition at MUMA, Melbourne, until April 14, 2022, then the Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney, from July 15 to September 25, 2022.
Vivienne Binns is an important and singular figure in the history of Australian visual art. Her groundbreaking and experimental work has tested the philosophical underpinnings of art itself, both preempting and participating in the most significant cultural discourses of our times: from women's social and sexual liberation to Australia's regional identity.
Her outstanding, multifaceted and sustained contribution to Australian art was recognized in 2021 with an Australia Council Award for Visual Arts.
Vivienne Binns: On and Through the Surface is the first monograph on the artist's six-decade career and accompanies a major survey presented at Monash University Museum of Art, Melbourne, and Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney, in 2022.
Edited by Anneke Jaspers and Hannah Mathews, the publication charts the dynamism of Binns's conceptual and material investigations with an extensive, full-colour plate section; new essays by writers and art historians Terence Maloon, Kyla McFarlane, Gemma Weston, Quentin Sprague and Helen Hughes; a 2021 interview by Merryn Gates; a detailed chronology by Penny Peckham; and historic interviews and texts with and by the artist. Design by Stuart Geddes and Ziga Testen.
Publishing details: Monash University Museum of Art, softback, 280 pages
Ref: 1009
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Morning Herald article by Anfrew Stephens on Vivienne Binns’ exhibition at MCA - On and through the surface - Vivienne Binns
Publishing details: SMH Spectrum, 9.7.22 p7
Ricard-Cordingly Georgesview full entry
Reference: see Pichon & Noudel-Deniau (Azur Enchères) auction, Wednesday 20 July 2022, Cannes, France, lot 174
Georges RICARD-CORDINGLEY (1873-1939)
Travel notebook
Studies and sketches
BLACK PEN
Titled and dated by his daughter "The trip to Australia on the Warpara - 1909
18,5 x 11,5 cm
Provenance: Estate of the painter's daughter, Gabrielle Ricard-Cordingley
and lot 203
Georges RICARD-CORDINGLEY (1873-1939)
Large notebook of drawings
Studies and sketches
BLACK PENCIL AND HIGHLIGHTS
Entitled "Towards Australia" by his daughter
30,5 x 24 cm
Provenance: Estate of the painter's daughter, Gabrielle Ricard-Cordingley



Quilty Benview full entry
Reference: Free Fall. A stunning art book of Quilty's most recent collection of paintings from his series 'Free Fall'. 'This series, titled "Free Fall", was heavily influenced by American realist George Bellows' early 20th-century boxing series. Where Bellows looked to boxing, the premier bloodsport of his age, Quilty has turned to the modern phenomenon of the Ultimate Fighting Championships (UFC). Looking back on Quilty's work in recent years, his ongoing exploration of heavily abstracted, tortured anatomies, perhaps it was inevitable these figures, or their kin, would end up in a fighting pit, aka the 'UFC Octagon'. Crucially, while studying Bellows, Quilty revisited the iconic images taken by photojournalist (and cousin) Andrew Quilty of the 2005 Cronulla riots. Here, the beach and the Octagon are corresponding zones, symbolically potent places steeped in friction, violence and ritual.' -- from the Foreword by Milena Stojanovska.
Publishing details: Lantern and Art Ink, 2022 , hc, 112 pages : colour illustrationsLantern and Art Ink, 2022 
©2022 
112 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Pike Jimmyview full entry
Reference: Ngirramanujuwal : the art and country of Jimmy Pike.
Ngirramanujuwal is one who adds colour. Walmajarri man Jimmy Pike (c. 1940–2002) manifests colour as strokes of ink on paper: the saturated hues of the desert sky at dusk, and the glimmers of the sun on the water’s surface. His vivid and exceptional drawing, painting and printing skills reveal the desert as a place teeming with colourful life, history and stories. Ngirramanujuwal: The Art and Country of Jimmy Pike is a specially curated selection of the internationally renowned artist’s work from the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies collection. It invites the reader to journey through the Great Sandy Desert, experiencing the Walmajarri seasons – makurra, parranga, yitilal and jutalkarra – as revealed through Pike’s art and intimate relationship with Country. (from back cover).
Full contents • Kurntikujarra Jimmy Pike
• Makurra
• Parranga
• Yitilal
• Jutalkarra.
Contains selected Walmajarri and Juwaliny wordlist.
Bibliography: pages 125-126.
Publishing details: Canberra, ACT : Aboriginal studies Press, 2022,
127 pages : colour illustrations, map, portraits
Ref: 1000
Queerview full entry
Reference: Queer : stories from the NGV collection / edited by Ted Gott, Angela Hesson, Myles Russell-Cook, Meg Slater, and Pip Wallis with contributors. [To be indexed]
QUEER: Stories from the NGV Collection is more than an exhibition catalogue. This 628-page publication expands on the themes explored in the NGV’s QUEER exhibition to document the queer past, present and future of the NGV collection. More than 60 essays from authors with comprehensive knowledge of the historical and contemporary subjects encompassed by the NGV’s QUEER project are presented along side stunning reproductions of more than 200 works from the NGV collection, either by queer artists or engaging with queer issues. The essays in QUEER: Stories from the NGV Collection explore the history of LGBTQ+ activism; the creation of queer spaces and communities; queerness as an artistic strategy; the expression of love, desire and sensuality; queer aesthetics; and the concepts of camp and the fantastic.
Notes Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Melbourne, Victoria : National Gallery of Victoria, 2021,
xxvii, 598 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Balgo : creating country view full entry
Reference: Balgo : creating country / John Carty
In the early days we did painting. Cultural way. For ourselves. Then on the mission Sister Alice was working with the young men and women, like Gracie Green and Matthew Gill. We did a lot of landscapes at the start. Then after that people did a lot of paintings for the church. Then we decided we gotta do our own painting now. About ngurra and tjukurrpa. Ngurra are the places we came from, our Country. We came to the mission from Kiwirrkurra, from Canning Stock Route, from Mulan lake Country. All the different families. All now to this Country we call Balgo. And we have always enjoyed our culture. We never stopped. Always dancing and singing, teaching our kids and keeping our culture strong. Here in Balgo. We keep our ceremonies, we visit our Country. That's why we still live here. That's why we paint. That story from our Tjamu and Tjatja (grandfather and grandmother). Our rockholes and waters where we used to live. We paint that. This monograph features countless images of full colour artworks from communities including Birrundudu, Papunya, Yuendumu and Balgo and language groups including Kukatja, Djaru, Warlpiri, Nyining, Ngarti, Wangkajunga and Manjilyjarra. It is deeply grounded in country has been put together in conjunction with the Warlayirti Arts Centre.
Notes This book was supported in its creation and production by the Australia Council for the Arts.
Includes bibliographical references (pages 387-391)
Publishing details: Crawley, Western Australia : UWA Publishing, 2021  
vii, 395 pages : colour illustrtions
Ref: 1000
Justin Miller Art,view full entry
Reference: Justin Miller Art, - Autumn Winter exhibition 2022
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2022, pb 58 pp,with price list inserted
Ref: 133
Gabori Sallyview full entry
Reference: see ‘The Art of the Steal’ article by Gabriella Coslovich in Spectrum, Sydney Morning Herald, 16.7.22, p12-16
Publishing details: [copy in The Corrigan Collection of Paintings by Sally Gabori]
Hobson Naomiview full entry
Reference: see Geelong Art Gallery press release, 15.7.22: ‘Congratulations to the recipient of our 2022 Geelong Contemporary Art Prize, Naomi Hobson. Naomi is a  Kaantju/Umpila woman and lives and works on the traditional lands of the Southern Kaantju people in Coen, Queensland.
The selection panel included Lisa Byrne, Director, McClelland Sculpture Park+Gallery, Kyla McFarlane, Senior Academic Programs Curator, Museums & Collections, The University of Melbourne, and Lisa Sullivan, Senior Curator, Geelong Gallery, who were drawn to the energy and structural complexity of Hobson’s interpretation of the natural world.  

Sand dunes on the coast is representative of the artist’s distinctive style: her vibrant multi-layered compositions emerge from and convey a deep ancestral connection to the traditional lands of the Kaantju/Umpila people.
Come and visit the Prize open until Sunday 11 September and have your chance to vote in the People's Choice Award. 
Rielly Henryview full entry
Reference: see Lauraine Diggins Fine Art press release, 15,7.22:
Lauraine Diggins Fine Art continues our ongoing series taking a closer look at a variety of artworks available to view at the Gallery. In the Spotlight today, a painting by colonial artist Henry Rielly. 

Henry Rielly arrived in Australia with his family as a child. He was a foundation member of the Victorian Academy of Arts in 1870 and exhibited with them between 1870 – 1895. His work was also included in the Melbourne Exhibition Building in 1872, an exhibition which toured to London the following year; the Sydney International Exhibition in 1879; and the Calcutta Exhibition in 1883-84. He later moved to Queensland, in 1885, probably to be closer to his sisters, Louisa and Isa (who were  both also artists) and exhibited with the Queensland Art Society between 1892 – 1902. The move may also have been prompted to seek a warmer climate following tuberculosis. Rielly died in Brisbane Hospital, aged only 47.

Rielly is known to have exhibited watercolours and oils depicting landscapes, around Melbourne, north-east Victoria and later Stanthorpe, Qld. His work has been compared with other nineteenth century artists including Buvelot, H.J. Johnstone and J.W. Curtis and described as being expressive, intimate and at times, having an air of melancholy. 

His work is represented in the National Gallery of Victoria (Bush Scene Near Ballan 1877) and the Queensland Art Gallery (including Ghost Gully evening 1894) .


HENRY RIELLY 1845 – 1905
Shooting Near Heidelberg  1875
oil on canvas
53 x 82 cm
signed lower right: Henry Rielly
 
Provenance:
unknown
Leonard Joel, Melbourne, Nov 1985
private collection, Melbourne
Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, Melbourne, 1988
private collection, Melbourne
 
Exhibited:
19th and 20th Century Australian Painting, Sculpture and Decorative Arts 1998, Lauraine Diggins Fine Art, Melbourne, 1998

Brown Eileen illustratorview full entry
Reference: Flying South. llustrated by Aileen Brown.
‘This fable, written by Loretta Re, tells of the search by two pelicans WIlli and Millimurro for a new home. Their flight from Central Australia to the South Coast and the impact of their arrival on the local wildlife is poignantly told in word and image.’ – from the prospectus.


Publishing details: Port Kembla, N.S.W. : Southern Typothetae, 1987. Folio, binding by Tony Anderson in pure cotton duck with covers decorated and pink endpapers screen printed by Aileen Brown, pp. [24], with ten hand-printed and stencilled linocuts by Aileen Brown, each signed by the artist. Limited to 45 signed and numbered copies. Enclosed is a hand-printed bookmark and prospectus.
Ref: 1000
Books and Boatsview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of books and boats . Jay Arthur, Alexander Hamilton, Petr Herel, Paul Uhlmann, an introductory essay by Alex Selentisch, biographies and checklist of works, for folded sheets, each pp. 6, on each of the artists, illustrated. Fine copy. Layout and design by Paul Uhlmann (Trembling Hand Books) and Jay Arthur, Canberra.
A finely printed book exhibition catalogue.


Publishing details: Melbourne : State Library of Victoria, 1991. Octavo, printed card folio containing loose sheets.
Ref: 1000
Arthur Jayview full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of books and boats . Jay Arthur, Alexander Hamilton, Petr Herel, Paul Uhlmann, an introductory essay by Alex Selentisch, biographies and checklist of works, for folded sheets, each pp. 6, on each of the artists, illustrated. Fine copy. Layout and design by Paul Uhlmann (Trembling Hand Books) and Jay Arthur, Canberra.
A finely printed book exhibition catalogue.


Publishing details: Melbourne : State Library of Victoria, 1991. Octavo, printed card folio containing loose sheets.
Hamilton Alexander view full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of books and boats . Jay Arthur, Alexander Hamilton, Petr Herel, Paul Uhlmann, an introductory essay by Alex Selentisch, biographies and checklist of works, for folded sheets, each pp. 6, on each of the artists, illustrated. Fine copy. Layout and design by Paul Uhlmann (Trembling Hand Books) and Jay Arthur, Canberra.
A finely printed book exhibition catalogue.


Publishing details: Melbourne : State Library of Victoria, 1991. Octavo, printed card folio containing loose sheets.
Herel Petrview full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of books and boats . Jay Arthur, Alexander Hamilton, Petr Herel, Paul Uhlmann, an introductory essay by Alex Selentisch, biographies and checklist of works, for folded sheets, each pp. 6, on each of the artists, illustrated. Fine copy. Layout and design by Paul Uhlmann (Trembling Hand Books) and Jay Arthur, Canberra.
A finely printed book exhibition catalogue.


Publishing details: Melbourne : State Library of Victoria, 1991. Octavo, printed card folio containing loose sheets.
Uhlmann Paul ,view full entry
Reference: see Exhibition of books and boats . Jay Arthur, Alexander Hamilton, Petr Herel, Paul Uhlmann, an introductory essay by Alex Selentisch, biographies and checklist of works, for folded sheets, each pp. 6, on each of the artists, illustrated. Fine copy. Layout and design by Paul Uhlmann (Trembling Hand Books) and Jay Arthur, Canberra.
A finely printed book exhibition catalogue.


Publishing details: Melbourne : State Library of Victoria, 1991. Octavo, printed card folio containing loose sheets.
Norman Lindsay Does Not Careview full entry
Reference: Norman Lindsay does not care
An outburst by P. R. Stephenson. A humorous outburst by Stephenson (who, with Norman’s son Jack Lindsay, founded the Fanfrolico Press),
Publishing details: London: Fanfrolico Press, [1928]. Price one farthing. Duodecimo, folding sheet, cover illustration, text. No other Fanfrolico pamphlets were issued.
Ref: 1000
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: Tracey Moffatt. Edited by Paula Savage and Lara Strongman.
Publishing details: Wellington, NZ : City Gallery Wellington, 2002. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers, previous owner’s name to half-title, pp. 103, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Bedford Paddy view full entry
Reference: Paddy Bedford : crossing frontiers. PETITJEAN, Georges et al.
Bedford’s work transcends the levels of the local and the culturally determined in a surprising and convincing way. In 2006, Paddy Bedford’s oeuvre was honoured with a grand retrospective in the Museum of Contemporary Art in Sydney. This book was published for the occasion of his first solo exhibition outside Australia, in the AAMU Museum of contemporary Aboriginal art in Utrecht, the Netherlands.
Publishing details: Utrecht : AAMU–Museum of Contemporary Aboriginal Art ; [Heule, Belgium] : Snoeck, 2009. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. 95, illustrated. Text in French. New copy.


Ref: 1000
Borland Pollyview full entry
Reference: Polly Borland : Australians.Essay by Peter Conrad, biographies and interviews by Virginia Ginnane. Foreword by Nick Cave. Includes portraits of Barry Humphries, Ron Mueck, Marc Newson, Harry Kewell, Clive James, Elisabeth Murdoch, Germaine Greer, Natalie Imbruglia, Richie Benaud, Cate Blanchett, Kylie Minogue and many others.
$50.00 AUD

Publishing details:
London : National Portrait Gallery, 2000. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 120, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Oppen Margaret view full entry
Reference: Do not lament (The song of the axe)
Publishing details:
Sydney : the artist, 2018. Oblong quarto, drum-leaf binding (330 x 450 mm), decorated bookcloth, each copy unique, cloth covered clamshell box. Printed in an edition of 7 copies of which 6 are for sale.
Ref: 1000
Selenitsch Alexview full entry
Reference: Delta blocks

Publishing details: Melbourne : the artist, 2009. Small quarto, diet black wrappers, pp. [8], graphically designed text. Artist’s book limited to 26 copies.

Ref: 1000
Moffatt Traceyview full entry
Reference: Visionaire 30 : the game. Australia edition
Publishing details: [New York] : Visionaire Publishing, 1999. Limited to 6000 numbered copies. A couple of minor cracks to the perspex box. Issue 30 of the avant garde photography magazine, presented in the form of a game, featuring photographs by Australian artists and sitting in a box designed by Louis Vuitton.
Ref: 1000
Tipoti Alickview full entry
Reference: Alick Tipoti : Malungu (from the sea).Alick Tipoti was born in 1975 on Thursday Island in the Torres Strait. He has completed an Associate Diploma of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Art at Tropical North Queensland Institute of TAFE.
Publishing details:
Brisbane : Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2007. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [24], illustrated. Biography. Printed in an edition of 1000 copies. ‘
Ref: 1000
Beck Lucy Boydview full entry
Reference: Lucy Boyd Beck : Life and Art. By Colin G. Smith.
Lucy Boyd Beck Life and Art is the first biography of this member of Australia’s foremost artistic family – the Boyds. Her parents, Merric and Doris Boyd raised Lucy and her siblings, Arthur, Guy, David and Mary in a highly creative environment at their home in Murrumbeena. Lucy developed a strong sense of line in her art which she applied to her drawing and painting. Later, she worked with her husband Hatton Beck to create the highly expressive ceramic paintings she is most remembered for, continuing a family tradition of artistic innovation and excellence.
Lucy Boyd Beck Life and Art provides a comprehensive overview of the artist’s family history, her career in art and the major influences on her life. It is a highly pictorial book that features many of her drawings and paintings. It also includes countless photographs of Lucy throughout her life, many never published before.
Colin Smith met Lucy Boyd Beck in 1996 whilst carrying out research into his first book on the life of renowned Australian potter, Merric Boyd. In 1997 he interviewed Lucy about the life of her father and her time growing up at their family home, Open Country in Murrumbeena. It was through this meeting that he established a friendship with Lucy that would endure until her death in 2009. Borne of that friendship Lucy Boyd Beck Life and Art is her story.


Publishing details: Melbourne : the author, 2021. Quarto, illustrated laminated boards, pp. 340, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Over the Fenceview full entry
Reference: Over the fence : contemporary indigenous photography from the Corrigan collection Includes works by Dr. Christian Thompson, Michael Riley, Fiona Foley, Ricky Maynard, James Taylor, Vernon Ah Kee, Tony Albert, Brook Andrew, Tracey Moffatt, Leah King-Smith and others.
Publishing details:
[Brisbane, Queensland] : The University of Queensland Art Museum, 2016. Quarto, illustrated wrappers by Destiny Deacon, pp. 93, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Over the fence : contemporary indigenous photography from the Corrigan collection Includes works by Dr. Christian Thompson, Michael Riley, Fiona Foley, Ricky Maynard, James Taylor, Vernon Ah Kee, Tony Albert, Brook Andrew, Tracey Moffatt, Leah King-Smith and others.
Publishing details:
[Brisbane, Queensland] : The University of Queensland Art Museum, 2016. Quarto, illustrated wrappers by Destiny Deacon, pp. 93, illustrated.
Aboriginal photographyview full entry
Reference: see Over the fence : contemporary indigenous photography from the Corrigan collection Includes works by Dr. Christian Thompson, Michael Riley, Fiona Foley, Ricky Maynard, James Taylor, Vernon Ah Kee, Tony Albert, Brook Andrew, Tracey Moffatt, Leah King-Smith and others.
Publishing details:
[Brisbane, Queensland] : The University of Queensland Art Museum, 2016. Quarto, illustrated wrappers by Destiny Deacon, pp. 93, illustrated.
Panting Johnview full entry
Reference: John Panting : a record of structure
Publishing details: Brisbane : Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2013. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 24, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 500 copies.
Ref: 1000
Robinson G printer Londonview full entry
Reference: Robinson, G. (Printer).
VIEW OF BOTANY BAY. COPPER ENGRAVING.
[London]: Published by G. Robinson & Co., (1790). First printing. Print. Published in the Ladies Magazine, this early engraving of Sydney features three ships of the First Fleet in Botany Bay (one in the far distance) with two aboriginals in a canoe in the foreground, one fishing and two other canoes to the right. It varies from a similar drawn by Clevely for the "View of Botany Bay" include in Phillip's "The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay with an Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of Port Jackson & Norfolk Island..." published in 1789. The Phillip image has the ships in a very different configuration and a single aboriginal in a canoe in the foreground. Both images show the shore behind with some agricultural developement. The 1790 date is stated by the "dictionaryofSydney.org" website.

6 3/4 x 4 3/4" tipped on paper 8 3/4 x 11 1/4", laid paper, Libraries Australia ID 8417226, in the Dixson Collection at the SLNSW. Faint thin line of glue residue in upper margin from placemnt on an album page. [From Antipodean Books, July 2022]

Clevely - related printview full entry
Reference: Robinson, G. (Printer).
VIEW OF BOTANY BAY. COPPER ENGRAVING.
[London]: Published by G. Robinson & Co., (1790). First printing. Print. Published in the Ladies Magazine, this early engraving of Sydney features three ships of the First Fleet in Botany Bay (one in the far distance) with two aboriginals in a canoe in the foreground, one fishing and two other canoes to the right. It varies from a similar drawn by Clevely for the "View of Botany Bay" include in Phillip's "The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay with an Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of Port Jackson & Norfolk Island..." published in 1789. The Phillip image has the ships in a very different configuration and a single aboriginal in a canoe in the foreground. Both images show the shore behind with some agricultural developement. The 1790 date is stated by the "dictionaryofSydney.org" website.

6 3/4 x 4 3/4" tipped on paper 8 3/4 x 11 1/4", laid paper, Libraries Australia ID 8417226, in the Dixson Collection at the SLNSW. Faint thin line of glue residue in upper margin from placemnt on an album page. [From Antipodean Books, July 2022]

Obarzanek Alexandra view full entry
Reference: Alexandra Obarzanek.
Finkelstein Gallery is honoured to announce a posthumous representation of Mrs. Alexandra Obarzanek. Mrs. Obarzanek was born in Bailystok Poland at the end of the war in 1945. She grew up in Communistic Poland until the age of 13 and immigrated with her mother to Melbourne in 1958 where she attended Elwood high school. She immigrated to Israel just after the six-day war in 1967 and lived and worked on Kibbutz Gal-On until 1974 when she returned to Melbourne. Back in Melbourne she enrolled to RMIT completing a BA in fine arts followed by a Masters in painting.
Obarzanek exhibited commercially in the eighties. Prone to periods of depression, she struggled with her painting and the isolation it entailed she incorporated ceramics in her practice as a social and craft activity, which later in her career became a dominant art form of her practice. The WWII shaped Obarzanek’s life and the outcome of the holocaust in Eastern Europe was the sole driver for her to immigrate to Australia. Obarzanek’s creativity and struggles were directly influenced by the dominant past and to a great extent, her art was a way to make sense of things that could not be reconciled.Mrs. Obarzanek's works are featured in the Jewish Museum of Australia, where they embrace their respected and inestimable permanent collection.
Publishing details: Finkelstein Gasllery, Melbourne 2022, 13pp (downloaded from Fin Gallery website]
Ref: 146
Cadorin Ettoreb sculptorview full entry
Reference: see references p25 in THEO SCHARF - NIGHT IN A CITY, exhibition catalogue, Art Gallery of New South Wales 5 April to 14 May, 2006. Essay by Anne Ryan, listing of the 20 etchings from the ‘Night in the City’ series, biography, etc
Scharf Theoview full entry
Reference: Theo Scharf, Oil paintings, watercolours drawings and prints
Publishing details: Melbourne, 1914
Ref: 1009
White Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Anthony White - Mobilising Materials. At the Mark Rothko Art Centre, Daugavpils, Latvia. With biography and cv and essay. 20 works.
Publishing details: Mark Rothko Art Centre, 2022, hc, 20pp
Ref: 145
Prenzel Robertview full entry
Reference: see Joel’s press release July, 2022:
Leonard Joel is honoured to offer the Laidlaw bedroom suite by Robert Prenzel (1866–1941) in our August Decorative Arts auction.
The suite, made circa 1908, is one of five similar suites made by Prenzel between 1905 and 1910, all to commission for prominent Western District patrons, that, together, form one of the most important bodies of work in earlier Australian furniture design. The suite has remained within the Laidlaw family since its creation and is perhaps the last of these suites to remain intact in original ownership.

A Carved Australian Blackwood Dressing Table by Robert Prenzel, Circa 1908 $20,000 – 25,000
Born and trained as a carver in Germany, Prenzel arrived in Melbourne in 1888. For the next thirteen years, he worked as a designer and carver of decorative elements for use on furniture and in architectural schemes, mostly in fashionable historically-inspired styles. Around 1900, Prenzel turned to new, seemingly disparate sources of inspiration; the European Art Nouveau and Australian fauna and flora, the latter reflecting the current of national pride in Australia surrounding federation in 1901.
These interests are evident, usually separate from each other, in Prenzel’s work in the following years but came together in a more substantial and dramatic way in his 1905–1910 bedroom suites. The first of these was that commissioned by Steuart and Isabella Black as part of a major renovation of their historic Western District homestead ‘Glenormiston’. The Glenormiston suite is, however, only partly a precursor of the following suites for while it is generally similar to these in composition and design, its carved decoration is entirely in the Art Nouveau idiom with no Australian motifs at all.
The change was to come with Prenzel’s next bedroom suite, the ‘Mathias suite’ of 1906–1907, now in the National Gallery of Victoria. This was commissioned by Isabella Black’s visiting sister May, who, despite being Canadian, requested that her suite be decorated with Australian fauna and flora. This suite attracted much attention in Prenzel’s Melbourne workshop before being shipped off and was replicated for another Western District patron (this latter suite now dispersed).
Next was the Laidlaw suite of 1908, commissioned as a gift to Thomas Haliburton Laidlaw, a prosperous auctioneer, station agent, and pastoralist, by his wife Margaret for ‘Kilora’, their fine house in Hamilton for which Prenzel also provided architectural woodwork.
The decoration of the Laidlaw suite is the richest and most exuberant of Prenzel’s 1905–1910 suites. The design and carving of the Glenormiston suite is restrained even by comparison with some of Prenzel’s earlier work, restraint he continued in the Mathias suite even with its introduction of Australian motifs, but Prenzel seems to have cast this restraint aside for the Laidlaws, in so doing reaching for the first time the full-blown style for which he is best known. More boldly carved overall in deeper relief than its predecessors, the Laidlaw suite is also richer in faunal decoration, including, most spectacularly, near-freestanding figures perched atop three pieces in the suite that are not found on any of the other suites.

A Carved Australian Blackwood Wardrobe By Robert Prenzel
Circa 1908 $50,000 – 70,000
In its freedom, Prenzel’s work for the Laidlaws marks a high point among these suites. The last of these, the ‘Davies suite’ of 1910 for another part of the Black family, retains much of the character of the Laidlaw suite but at a more subdued level.
It appears Prenzel made no further suites, turning instead to producing the smaller works – stand-alone faunal panels and occasional single pieces of furniture – that are now the most commonly seen of his work. Typically carved in deep relief, and sometimes surmounted with figures carved almost in the round, these relate most closely to the particular manner of the Laidlaw suite.
Seen in this context, the Laidlaw suite may fairly be regarded as the fullest expression of what we now associate with Robert Prenzel.
DAVID PARSONS / Head of Decorative Arts
Reference: Terence Lane, Robert Prenzel 1866–1941: His Life and Work (National Gallery of Victoria, 1994)
Banner Image (detail): A Carved Australian Blackwood Chest of Drawers by Robert Prenzel, Circa 1908. $20,000 – 25,000
July 2022
Thomas Davidview full entry
Reference: When a still painting shows us that we are moving : Impermanences and other projects 2010-2016, by David Thomas.
"When a still painting shows us that we are moving' presents Melbourne painter and installation artist David Thomas' latest body of work, Impermanences. Featuring contributions from Kit Wise, Professor of Fine Art and Director of the Tasmanian College of the Arts, University of Tasmania; Dr Michael Graeve, a visual and sound artist; and David Thomas."--Website.
Publishing details: Surpllus Pty Ltd, 2016.
Ref: 1000
When a still painting shows us that we are moving : Impermanences and other projects 2010-2016,view full entry
Reference: see When a still painting shows us that we are moving : Impermanences and other projects 2010-2016, by David Thomas.
"When a still painting shows us that we are moving' presents Melbourne painter and installation artist David Thomas' latest body of work, Impermanences. Featuring contributions from Kit Wise, Professor of Fine Art and Director of the Tasmanian College of the Arts, University of Tasmania; Dr Michael Graeve, a visual and sound artist; and David Thomas."--Website.
Publishing details: Surpllus Pty Ltd, 2016.
Namadbara Paddy Compass view full entry
Reference: Clever Man, the life of Paddy Compass Namadbara, by Big Bill Neidjie (Narrator), Bluey Ilkgirr (Narrator), Jacob Nayinggul (Narrator), Jim Wauchope (Narrator), Johnny Williams Snr. (Narrator), Ron Cooper (Narrator), Thompson Yuludjiri (Narrator), and others (Narrator), Ian White (Compiler).
Clever Man: The Life of Paddy Compass Namadbara offers a unique perspective on the life and making of this Aboriginal Western Arnhem clever man or marrkidjbu.
Born at the end of the 19th Century when the Western world had scarcely touched Arnhem Land, Paddy Compass Namadbara acted as a healer for his countrymen and became a powerful and revered leader. Using his clever abilities and wisdom to nurture his community, he enabled the community to deal with the cultural and social changes of the encroaching Western world. He achieved the reputation of being one of the most powerful and clever of traditional marrkidjbu described as 'a proper number one champion!'
Based on stories told by the people he helped, some profoundly and in extraordinary ways. This unique biography looks at his life through the eyes of his Western Arnhem countrymen who witnessed his extraordinary abilities. Ian White, researcher and compiler for Clever Man: The Life of Paddy Compass Namadbara, encourages readers to give greater consideration to the reality of the extraordinary abilities of clever people such as Paddy Compass.
'Ian White's book offers a unique historical glimpse into an Aboriginal world on the cusp of change due to European incursion; it reveals an authentic insight into the special relationship of the 'clever man' with his Dreaming spirits and his process of initiation into the special knowledge of a marrkidjbu. White compiled his generalised account of 'Old Paddy', aka Paddy Compass Namadbara, from a number of West Arnhem people for whom Old Paddy had been a major figure in their lives. Recording various accounts, White's extraordinary work shows Old Paddy's special talent for healing the sick, exercising wisdom, and having visions in which he foresaw future events, for which he offered guidance and strategies for dealing with Western encroachment. Old Paddy's visions of the future foretold major events that were astonishing in the 1950s: Aborigines would get paid for their work, would own land and cars, and that money issues would bring division. All of his predictions came true. A rare insight into the world of the Dreaming, this book is unique and essential reading.' ― Susan Greenwood, University of Sussex

'Forty years since the passing of Paddy Compass Namadbara, his legacy still looms large amongst the people of western Arnhem Land. Ian White has dedicated decades to recording the story of Namadbara's life and here he presents an extraordinary biography as told by the people of this region of the Northern Territory. The anecdotes about Namadbara's exceptional powers as a 'clever man' portray him as a community leader, teacher, sage, mystic, counsellor and healer. These are however more than just marvellous stories that defy explanation and evoke our wonder. The events of Namadbara's life, described by so many witnesses from both sides of the cultural divide, and collated so respectfully in this book, are an ongoing challenge to how various fields of the social and cognitive sciences should deal with such matters.' ― Dr Murray Garde OAM, ANU

Publishing details: Aboriginal Studies Press, 2020, 128pp
Ref: 1000
Ormandy Stephenview full entry
Reference: Stephen Ormandy - Only Dancing.
With decades of international recognition as one half of Dinosaur Designs, Australian artist and designer Stephen Ormandy has spent the past 15 years expanding on his personal artistic practice to further acclaim. Only Dancing is the first publication dedicated to surveying Ormandy's vibrant, large-scale oil painting and the playfulness he brings to everything he does. This latest Formist Edition(Sydney) is produced with a screenprinted PVC dust jacket, metallic reproductions and features an essay by New York-based curator and critic Lilly Wei. The book is a tactile, elegant, and slightly mischievous take on the traditional monograph — an object that catches the eye and keeps it moving, much like Ormandy's seductive paintings.

Publishing details: Formist Editions (Sydney), 96 pages, hardcover,
Ref: 1000
Done Kenview full entry
Reference: Reef by Ken Done
Publishing details: Port Melbourne, Victoria : Thames & Hudson Australia, 2020
Ref: 1000
Done Kenview full entry
Reference: Beach by Ken Done
Publishing details: Port Melbourne, Victoria : Thames & Hudson Australia, 2020
Ref: 1000
Done Kenview full entry
Reference: Sydney by Ken Done
Publishing details: Port Melbourne, Victoria : Thames & Hudson Australia, 2020
Ref: 1000
Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914view full entry
Reference: Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Dowling W Paul photographerview full entry
Reference: see WALKER, Anna Frances (1830-1913); PERRY, George William (photographer)
Studio portrait of botanical artist Anna Frances Walker. Taken in Melbourne, circa 1865. [with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, August, 2022]

ster, Adela (1847-1932), taken in Launceston, Tasmania, 1864. Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 106 x 63 mm (mount); verso imprinted ‘W. Paul Dowling, Photographic Artist. Quadrant, Launceston’, and with a fully contemporary inscription in ink ‘Adela Russell Walker. Rhodes, 1864’ (the Walker family’s Van Diemen’s Land property, near Longford, was called Rhodes House); the print a little pale and with a couple of tiny marks.
A rare mid-1860s portrait photograph of one of the most significant Australian women artists of the nineteenth century, Anna (Annie) Frances Walker, of Rhodes (Sydney) and Longford, Tasmania. 
Another example of this studio portrait of the botanical artist and plant collector is held in a Walker family album in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.
From the Australian National Herbarium website:
Walker, Anna (Annie) Frances (1830-1913). Born in June, 1830, at Rhodes, the family home on Parramatta River, Concord, NSW. She died there in 1913. Her father Thomas Walker was deputy assistant Commissary General in charge of stores at Paramatta and Port Jackson; her mother Anna Elizabeth Blaxland belonged to the high society Blaxland family, famous for the explorer Gregory Blaxland. Her parents married in 1823 and took their young family to Van Diemen’s Land in 1832 to another family property.
Anna inherited her mother’s interest in botany and botanical illustration. When she was about 16 or 17 she spent about two years living with her grandmother at Newington, the Blaxland family’s home on the Parramatta River, who further encouraged her interest in botany. At Newington she received instruction in watercolour painting from Henry Curzon Allport (once a pupil of John Glover).
Thomas Walker died in 1861, and in 1870 the family returned permanently to Rhodes in Concord. Annie remained there with her two unmarried sisters for the rest of their lives. A few years after Anna appears to have begun exhibiting her artwork. In 1873 she submitted ten wildflower works to the NSW Academy of Art exhibition and the Agricultural Society’s show. That same year she won a gold medal in the London Internatiional Exhibitiion for her watercolours of Tasmanian flowers. When the Internatiional Exhibition was held in Sydney in 1879 her collection of wildflower paintings garnered her a ‘Highly Commended’.
In 1881 she sought and received help from Ferdinand von Mueller to annotate some of her paintings in an effort to have them published. In 1887, having had no luck with publishers, she self-funded the publication of Flowers of New South Wales, a small collection of her many flower paintings, perhaps intending to add further volumes if the venture was successful. The poor quality of the ten chromolithographs did not do justice to her paintings.
Over the years she amassed eight volumes of botanical watercolours, some 1,700 illustrations, done in Tasmania and NSW between 1875 and 1910, which she hoped to publish. In this venture she was unsuccessful. In the end she sold her extensive collection to David Scott Mitchell, the founder of the Mitchell Library in NSW for 70 pounds.
“I let it go at the absurd price being too annoyed, & disheartened to trouble any more about the matter.”‘

Perry George William photographerview full entry
Reference: see WALKER, Anna Frances (1830-1913); PERRY, George William (photographer)
Studio portrait of botanical artist Anna Frances Walker. Taken in Melbourne, circa 1865. [with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, August, 2022]

ster, Adela (1847-1932), taken in Launceston, Tasmania, 1864. Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 106 x 63 mm (mount); verso imprinted ‘W. Paul Dowling, Photographic Artist. Quadrant, Launceston’, and with a fully contemporary inscription in ink ‘Adela Russell Walker. Rhodes, 1864’ (the Walker family’s Van Diemen’s Land property, near Longford, was called Rhodes House); the print a little pale and with a couple of tiny marks.
A rare mid-1860s portrait photograph of one of the most significant Australian women artists of the nineteenth century, Anna (Annie) Frances Walker, of Rhodes (Sydney) and Longford, Tasmania. 
Another example of this studio portrait of the botanical artist and plant collector is held in a Walker family album in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.
From the Australian National Herbarium website:
Walker, Anna (Annie) Frances (1830-1913). Born in June, 1830, at Rhodes, the family home on Parramatta River, Concord, NSW. She died there in 1913. Her father Thomas Walker was deputy assistant Commissary General in charge of stores at Paramatta and Port Jackson; her mother Anna Elizabeth Blaxland belonged to the high society Blaxland family, famous for the explorer Gregory Blaxland. Her parents married in 1823 and took their young family to Van Diemen’s Land in 1832 to another family property.
Anna inherited her mother’s interest in botany and botanical illustration. When she was about 16 or 17 she spent about two years living with her grandmother at Newington, the Blaxland family’s home on the Parramatta River, who further encouraged her interest in botany. At Newington she received instruction in watercolour painting from Henry Curzon Allport (once a pupil of John Glover).
Thomas Walker died in 1861, and in 1870 the family returned permanently to Rhodes in Concord. Annie remained there with her two unmarried sisters for the rest of their lives. A few years after Anna appears to have begun exhibiting her artwork. In 1873 she submitted ten wildflower works to the NSW Academy of Art exhibition and the Agricultural Society’s show. That same year she won a gold medal in the London Internatiional Exhibitiion for her watercolours of Tasmanian flowers. When the Internatiional Exhibition was held in Sydney in 1879 her collection of wildflower paintings garnered her a ‘Highly Commended’.
In 1881 she sought and received help from Ferdinand von Mueller to annotate some of her paintings in an effort to have them published. In 1887, having had no luck with publishers, she self-funded the publication of Flowers of New South Wales, a small collection of her many flower paintings, perhaps intending to add further volumes if the venture was successful. The poor quality of the ten chromolithographs did not do justice to her paintings.
Over the years she amassed eight volumes of botanical watercolours, some 1,700 illustrations, done in Tasmania and NSW between 1875 and 1910, which she hoped to publish. In this venture she was unsuccessful. In the end she sold her extensive collection to David Scott Mitchell, the founder of the Mitchell Library in NSW for 70 pounds.
“I let it go at the absurd price being too annoyed, & disheartened to trouble any more about the matter.”‘

Walker Anna Frances 1830-1913 botanical artist view full entry
Reference: see WALKER, Anna Frances (1830-1913); PERRY, George William (photographer)
Studio portrait of botanical artist Anna Frances Walker. Taken in Melbourne, circa 1865. [with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, August, 2022]

ster, Adela (1847-1932), taken in Launceston, Tasmania, 1864. Albumen print photograph, carte de visite format, 106 x 63 mm (mount); verso imprinted ‘W. Paul Dowling, Photographic Artist. Quadrant, Launceston’, and with a fully contemporary inscription in ink ‘Adela Russell Walker. Rhodes, 1864’ (the Walker family’s Van Diemen’s Land property, near Longford, was called Rhodes House); the print a little pale and with a couple of tiny marks.
A rare mid-1860s portrait photograph of one of the most significant Australian women artists of the nineteenth century, Anna (Annie) Frances Walker, of Rhodes (Sydney) and Longford, Tasmania. 
Another example of this studio portrait of the botanical artist and plant collector is held in a Walker family album in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.
From the Australian National Herbarium website:
Walker, Anna (Annie) Frances (1830-1913). Born in June, 1830, at Rhodes, the family home on Parramatta River, Concord, NSW. She died there in 1913. Her father Thomas Walker was deputy assistant Commissary General in charge of stores at Paramatta and Port Jackson; her mother Anna Elizabeth Blaxland belonged to the high society Blaxland family, famous for the explorer Gregory Blaxland. Her parents married in 1823 and took their young family to Van Diemen’s Land in 1832 to another family property.
Anna inherited her mother’s interest in botany and botanical illustration. When she was about 16 or 17 she spent about two years living with her grandmother at Newington, the Blaxland family’s home on the Parramatta River, who further encouraged her interest in botany. At Newington she received instruction in watercolour painting from Henry Curzon Allport (once a pupil of John Glover).
Thomas Walker died in 1861, and in 1870 the family returned permanently to Rhodes in Concord. Annie remained there with her two unmarried sisters for the rest of their lives. A few years after Anna appears to have begun exhibiting her artwork. In 1873 she submitted ten wildflower works to the NSW Academy of Art exhibition and the Agricultural Society’s show. That same year she won a gold medal in the London Internatiional Exhibitiion for her watercolours of Tasmanian flowers. When the Internatiional Exhibition was held in Sydney in 1879 her collection of wildflower paintings garnered her a ‘Highly Commended’.
In 1881 she sought and received help from Ferdinand von Mueller to annotate some of her paintings in an effort to have them published. In 1887, having had no luck with publishers, she self-funded the publication of Flowers of New South Wales, a small collection of her many flower paintings, perhaps intending to add further volumes if the venture was successful. The poor quality of the ten chromolithographs did not do justice to her paintings.
Over the years she amassed eight volumes of botanical watercolours, some 1,700 illustrations, done in Tasmania and NSW between 1875 and 1910, which she hoped to publish. In this venture she was unsuccessful. In the end she sold her extensive collection to David Scott Mitchell, the founder of the Mitchell Library in NSW for 70 pounds.
“I let it go at the absurd price being too annoyed, & disheartened to trouble any more about the matter.”‘

Rae Iso 1860 - 1940view full entry
Reference: RAE, Iso (1860 - 1940), The Cook, Étaples, 1917 [with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, August, 2022]
Pastel, pencil and wash on cream paper, 23 x 12.5 cm, signed in ink lower left, inscribed in pencil lower centre ‘Cook at Canteen behind convent run by ‘Officer’s Club’ Mrs. Marcus Peterson’, framed.
Iso Rae was born in Melbourne in 1860 and trained at the National Gallery School alongside fellow students Rupert Bunny and John Longstaff from 1877 to 1887. In 1887 she moved to Paris with her mother and sister, before settling in 1890 in the artists’ colony at the fishing village of Étaples. She was a long term resident in the village, painting with fellow Australians Hilda Rix Nicholas and Rupert Bunny, exhibiting works in Australia as well as Europe. When war broke out in 1914 a number of artists fled to England, however Rae remained in Étaples, becoming (along with Jessie Traill) the only Australian woman artist to document wartime in France. Despite this, she was not selected as one of the sixteen official Australian War Artists during the First World War, in fact when assembled in 1918, no woman was represented in that group.
Since then, her work has been collected by a number of Australian museums, including the Australian War Memorial. Curator Betty Snowden observes:
‘In her drawings she uses black outlines filled with flat areas of colour, a post-impressionist technique reminiscent of some of the French poster artists of the late nineteenth century…The regular patterning of men, tents and buildings in many of the works suggests the control that was imposed by the vast machine of men and modern war. In many drawings there is a strong sense of waiting: waiting to move into battle, waiting for the war to end, waiting to be sent home.’ Betty Snowden, “Iso Rae in Étaples: another perspective of war”. Australian War Memorial. p. 37 https://www.awm.gov.au/sites/default/files/121426/files/isorae0.pdf
Intimate and direct, Iso Rae’s works rarely appear in the market, and are first hand impressions from an Australian woman of daily camp life during the First World War.
Howe George Government Printer, printed 1802-06view full entry
Reference: [EARLY SYDNEY PRINTING] Receipt for payment of quit rent made to the Crown by Edward Robinson. Sydney, 29 January 1806. [with Douglas Stewart Fine Books, August, 2022]
Sydney, NSW : [George Howe, Government Printer], [printed 1802-06]. Printed in black ink on laid paper, 40 x 98 mm; manuscript date of 29 January 1806, with further clerical entries recording the receipt from Edwd. Robinson of 11 shillings, ‘being the Amount of one Year’s Quit-Rent due to the Crown the 28th of Sept. 1805 on one Grant and one Lease.’; signed D.D. Mann (David Dickenson Mann, government clerk); complete and fine.
There can be little doubt that this official receipt from the Crown, made out to Edward Robinson for his (slightly overdue) annual quit rent payments for the year 1805, was printed by George Howe on the same wooden screw-press that had arrived with the First Fleet, and had been used by George Hughes to print the oldest known Australian imprints. It is an extremely early example of an ephemeral Australian printing, which could conceivably have been printed anywhere between 1802, when Howe was made Government Printer, and January 1806, when the receipt was dated and signed by Mann. Its diminutive size reflects the imperative to conserve the limited stocks of paper and ink in the fledgling colony.
GEORGE HOWE & EARLY PRINTING IN SYDNEY
George Howe (1771-1821) was the son of a government printer on Basseterre, Saint Christopher Island (Saint Kitts). As a young man he went to London and worked as a journeyman printer for The Times newspaper. In 1799 he was convicted of larceny and sentenced to death, but this was commuted to transportation for life to New South Wales. Howe arrived in Sydney in November 1800.
The first issue of Australia’s first newspaper, The Sydney Gazette, and New South Wales Advertiser, was published on Saturday, March 5, 1803, by Howe, who had been appointed Government Printer due to his experience working on the London Times. In a despatch to Lord Hobart dated May 9, 1803, Governor King refers to George Howe as an ‘ingenious man’ (Ferguson 383). Howe not only printed but was also the editor of the Gazette, although the content of the newspaper – published under the initiative of Governor King – was under strict government censorship. The paper was printed on a small wooden screw-press which had been brought to the colony by Arthur Phillip in the First Fleet, along with some metal type, paper and ink. (It would not be long before ink had to be improvised using local resources: a charcoal base mixed with fat, whale and fish oils, and tree resins). David Collins (Account of the English Colony in New South Wales) noted in November 1795 that a young printer, George Hughes, had used the press to print numerous government notices and orders. Copies of some of these ephemeral printed items are held in the Record Office, London (Ferguson, Foster & Green.The Howes and their Press, p 15). This almost certainly makes Hughes responsible for the very earliest Australian imprints (Ferguson, op. cit.), of which the oldest to have survived is a playbill dated 30 July 1796 (now in the National Library of Australia). George Howe used the same press to print the colony’s first book, The New South Wales General Standing Orders, in 1802 – probably confirming him as the colony’s second printer – and also its second, the first edition of the New South Wales pocket almanack and colonial remembrancer, in 1806. In May 1804 a complete set of new type had been brought from London, although it would not be until 1814 that a replacement for the wooden screw-press – a new iron Stanhope printing press, ordered by Governor Macquarie – would arrive.
McInnes William Beckwithview full entry
Reference: William Beckwith McInnes : an artist’s life, by Margot Tasca. With Index. [To be indexed fully - artists with only one reference in the book’s index have not yet been added to the Scheding Index].
‘The artist William Beckwith McInnes was a paragon of early 20th century Australian art, and the seven-time winner of the renowned Archibald Prize. An Artist’s Life is the first time his full story is being told.
Winner of the Art Gallery of New South Wales’ first four Archibald Prizes (1922 to 1925) – and several more thereafter – was Melbourne’s William Beckwith McInnes. With the Archibald wins, and then in his early 30s, McInnes was already an acclaimed landscape artist and had exhibited works painted in the British Isles, Spain and Morocco. After his Archibald successes he became, arguably, the country’s most sought-after portrait painter with official commissions to paint war heroes, prime ministers, lord mayors and other notables. In 1927 he was commissioned to paint the opening of Canberra’s new Parliament House and 1933 saw him in London painting The Duke of York who was soon to take the throne.
In 1904, at age 14, McInnes was enrolled at Melbourne’s National Gallery of Victoria Art School with the support of its occasionally controversial Director, L. Bernard Hall. McInnes’s later success was founded on the academic training received at the School which, very much of its time, taught traditional skills of drawing and pictorial composition. After art school he became an active member of the arts community, participating in painting trips with well known fellow artists and keeping abreast of new galleries and arts associations at a time when some knowledge of European Modernism was beginning to infiltrate the local culture. In 1916 he was appointed master of the Gallery’s Drawing School, replacing his former teacher Frederick McCubbin. Later he became Director of the Art School and acting-Director of the Gallery itself, thus faithfully maintaining his connection with the institution until his early death in 1939.
While not averse to the contemporary developments emanating from overseas, McInnes was intent on maintaining the School’s stellar reputation and equipping his students with the skills needed to succeed in a rapidly changing art world. It was a time of unavoidable unrest in the arts community, debates about Modernism escalated and controversies appeared in the press. McInnes was caught in a time of exponential change which could not be avoided and he handled it with care and equanimity as is attested by the wide range of artists and friends of that time whose views and opinions appear in the book.
Margot Tasca’s sympathetic, assiduously researched text, with numerous previously unpublished images, also traces the artist’s personal and family life. Married to fellow artist Violet McInnes in 1915, they had six children and lived an idyllic life alongside other artists in Melbourne’s Bohemian suburb of Alphington. With ‘movie-star’ looks and a kind and generous personality his story, which is not without tragedy, is now told in this important publication which hopefully sheds some new light on an occasionally misunderstood period of Australian art history.’

Publishing details: Thames & Hudson Australia Pty Ltd, 2022. Quarto, laminated boards, pp. 232, illustrated.
Treasures : highlights of the cultural collections of the University of Melbourneview full entry
Reference: Treasures : highlights of the cultural collections of the University of Melbourne, Chris McAuliffe and Peter Yule, (editors). Includes within the extensive volume sections on the collections of fine art, antiquities, ethnographic art, rare books, manuscripts, early prints, decorative arts, scientific instruments and sculpture.

Publishing details: Melbourne : The Miegunyah Press, 2003. Quarto, boards in dustjacket (light handing wear), pp. 315, extensively illustrated.

Scully Seanview full entry
Reference: Sean Scully visited Australia and spent some time travelling in the Centre

Brash Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Barbara Brash—Holding Form, Geelong Art Gallery Exhibition. Saturday 25 June to Sunday 9 October 2022 
Barbara Brash was a key artist in Melbourne’s printmaking revival of the 1950s and ’60s. Her richly coloured and dynamic works convey a unique visual language built on experimentation and a proficiency across a multitude of printmaking techniques. Throughout her career Brash consistently tested the boundaries of the printed medium, often combining several printmaking processes in her works, and embracing the power and potential of abstract forms through the synthesis of colour, gesture and texture in her impressions of landscapes and the natural world. Bringing together woodcuts, linocuts, lithographs and screenprints from throughout the artist’s career, Barbara Brash—Holding Form provides an insight into the evolution of Brash’s innovative and expressive practice.

Publishing details: Geelong Art Gallery, 2022, [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Parke Trentview full entry
Reference: Trent Parke: The Black Rose. Catherine Hunter
Publishing details: DVD
Ref: 1000
Sages Jennyview full entry
Reference: Jenny Sages: Paths to Portraiture, by Catherine Hunter
Publishing details: DVD
Ref: 1000
Jarver Peterview full entry
Reference: The Top End of Down Under
Publishing details: Thunderhead Photographics, Darwin, 1988. Reprint. Square quarto hardcover; grey boards with black upper board and spine titling, grey endpapers; 118pp, colour plates.

Ref: 1000
Swift Ianview full entry
Reference: Avant Guard Dogs: Sculptural Cartoons
Publishing details: Katoomba Fine Art, 2006. Quarto paperback; 60pp., colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Caporael Suzanne view full entry
Reference: see Heritage Auctions, Dallas, US, August, 2022, Lot 28002, Suzanne Caporael (American, b. 1974) Shoalhaven, New South Wales, from Salt Marsh Suite, 2003 Lithograph in colors with hand painting, pencil, chine collé on kozo paper 19-1/4 x 14 inches (48.9 x 35.6 cm) (sheet) Ed. 25/30 Signed, numbered and dated in pencil along lower edge Property from the G.E. Corporate Art Collection HID03101062020
Floated and framed under acrylic. Not examined out of frame. Presents well with no visible issues to note.
Framed Dimensions 26.5 X 21.5 Inches

Hinton Howardview full entry
Reference: Howard Hinton Memorial Exhibition. Catalogue for a memorial exhibition of works presented by the late Mr. Howard Hinton, O.B.E. to the National Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, including some of the works bequeathed by him to the Teachers College, Armidale. Introduction by Lionel Lindsay.

Publishing details: Sydney: Thomas Henry Tennant, Government Printer, 1948. First Edition.
24cm x 18.5cm. 18 pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1009
Howard Hinton Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hinton Howard
Survey 6view full entry
Reference: Survey 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery.
Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices. Featuring Frank Chavat, Ray Coles, Stan de Teliga, Stephen Earle, John Firth-Smith, Col Jordan, Mike Kitching, Elwyn Lynn, Rod Milgate, Ken Reinhard, Henry Salkauska, Peter Travis, Stephen Walker, Guy Warren, and Dick Watkins.


Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Chavat Frank view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Coles Ray view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

de Teliga Stan view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Earle Stephenview full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Firth-Smith John view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Col Jordanview full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Mike Kitchingview full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Elwyn Lynnview full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Milgate Rod view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Reinhard Ken view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Salkauska Henry view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Travis Peter view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Walker Stephen view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Warren Guy view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Watkins Dick

view full entry
Reference: see 6 Art Exhibition, Farmer's Blaxland Gallery. Exhibition catalogue. Short biographies of the artists with list of works and prices.
Publishing details: Sydney: Farmer's Blaxland Gallery, 1966. [8] pages. Saddle-stapled wrappers.

Newton Helmut view full entry
Reference: Us and Them. Helmut Newton; Alice Spring.
Publishing details: Zurich, Berlin and New York: Scalo, 1999. 199 pages, black and white illustrations. Black papered boards, gray lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
The Scoreview full entry
Reference: The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Neish Edithview full entry
Reference: see CAPRICORNIA QUEENSLAND: A HERITAGE SKETCHBOOK, Edith Neish; Lorna McDonald

Publishing details: Rockhampton: Central Queensland University Press, 2001. [viii], 152 pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

McDonald Lornaview full entry
Reference: see CAPRICORNIA QUEENSLAND: A HERITAGE SKETCHBOOK, Edith Neish; Lorna McDonald

Publishing details: Rockhampton: Central Queensland University Press, 2001. [viii], 152 pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

CAPRICORNIA QUEENSLAND: A HERITAGE SKETCHBOOKview full entry
Reference: CAPRICORNIA QUEENSLAND: A HERITAGE SKETCHBOOK, Edith Neish; Lorna McDonald

Publishing details: Rockhampton: Central Queensland University Press, 2001. [viii], 152 pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Ciccarone Juliaview full entry
Reference: Julia Ciccarone - Between Worlds
Publishing details: Melbourne: Niagara Galleries, 2018. 32 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Dominguez Nelsonview full entry
Reference: Nelson Dominguez, by Manuel Lopez Oliva

Publishing details: Sydney: Craftsman House, 1998.168 pages, colour illustrations. Gray cloth, silver lettering, illustrated french fold jacket.

Ref: 1000
Figueiredo Marta (b. 1979)view full entry
Reference: Marta Figueiredo, exhibition at FINKELSTEIN GALLERY.
Marta Figueiredo (b. 1979) is a Portuguese architect & multidisciplinary artist based in NAARM/Melbourne. In 2016, she founded her design practice which unites innovative technology and craft to produce playfulness, joy, and sensory experimentation.

With her works she wants to challenge beliefs about standardisation, sustainability, and prompt discussions about new ways design can speak to a broader sensory experience.
With this approach, she’s pushing into a new kind of artistic expression in design that aims to instigate a richer, more layered interaction between individual and object - one that has the potential to be different for each person, depending on the particularities of their mind and body.

Marta is motivated by a desire to challenge the notion of design and find alternatives to irresponsible mass production and the concept of the "average individual" as a consumer.
Marta has received various awards (High Commendation Clarence Prize for Excellence in Furniture Design 2021, Fringe Furniture Experimental Design Award 2018) and nominations for several others (Finalist Australian Furniture Design Award (AFDA) 2020).

Her works have been included in a number of shows both in Australia and abroad, including Shanghai, Paris, the Brussels Collectible Fair, and Milan Design Week and collections (Metaphores - Hermès Holding Textiles).

“What if the practical objects in our lives could engage us playfully, kindly, lovingly? Reminding us of our brighter, lighter, more childlike selves through their very function?”


The Elementary Abacus offers a new kind of inclusive sensory experience, while featuring familiar references and performing everyday functionality. Keeping visual and physical experimentation at the forefront of the design process, the Elementary Abacus embodies the desire to see more designs that induce a state of ‘openness to experience’- design that caters to everyone, regardless of their sensory abilities. A piece that challenges standardisation and speaks of product design’s potential to feature more sensory richness, traditional craftspersonship and modern technologies, without environmental compromise.

The Elementary Abacus has components that have to be moved along a tubular arch to enable one of the two integrated tables to be used. One of them is a coffee table, and the other is a counter-height cocktail table. The beads are covered in seductive colours and textures: velvety burgundy flocking, glossy sorbet looking lacquer, heavenly glow 24 carat gold leaf, red and pearl white 3Ddimensional hand stitched wool fabric and braille bumps, to captivate and invite people to touch, to enjoyment.
-Marta Figueiredo
Publishing details: FINKELSTEIN GALLERY, 2022.
Ref: 1000
Mosman Art Prize 1947-1996 Theview full entry
Reference: The Mosman Art Prize 1947-1996, Pamela Bell; Allan Gamble.
The collector's copy, limited to 5 hand assembled and numbered copies, of which this is number 4, illustrating, in colour, each year's winner of the Mosman Art Prize starting with Margaret Olley in 1947 through to Elizabeth Cummings in 1996 published on the eve of the 50th year of the prize. Foreword by Virginia Howard, Mayor of Mosman, introductory essays by Pamela Bell and Allan Gamble.
Publishing details: [Sydney]: [Pamela Bell and Allan Gamble], [1997].
Collector's Edition. Signed by Author
30.5cm x 21cm. [90], [2] pages, colour illustrations. Bonded leather.

Ref: 1009
Gibson Bessie view full entry
Reference: Bessie Gibson, 1868-1961.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Philip Bacon Galleries, 2001. [8] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled self- wrappers.
Exhibition catalogue. Price list laid in.

Ref: 1009
War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relationsview full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
German Australian Artistic Relationsview full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
von Guérard Eugene view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Ostoja-Kotkowski Stanislaus view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Lange Eleanore view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Hirschfeld-Mack Ludwig view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Frankel Tilli view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Scharf Theoview full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Friederberger Klaus view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Fabian Erwin view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Kaiser Peter view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Heckroth Hein view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Moore Alan view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Feuerring Maximilian view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Sellbach Udo view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Feddersen Jutta view full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Hoppé E Oview full entry
Reference: See War and Peace: 200 Years of Australian-German Artistic Relations, BY Butler, Rex; Donaldson, A D S. 


Publishing details: Electronic Melbourne Art Journal, Iss. 8,  (2014/2015): P1-24.
Melbourne Savage Clubview full entry
Reference: A Social-cultural reading: the Melbourne Savage Club through its collections. By Graeme H. Williams FRMIT (Arch), M. Bus. (Property) Grad Dip (Real Estate Development and Investment)
Submitted in total fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
Masters of Arts (by Thesis only)
Publishing details: Faculty of Arts & Education
School of Communication and Creative Arts Deakin University
May 2013
Ref: 1000
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: Sidney Nolan - The Heide Years, 1938-1947, Bonhams auction, Sydney, 23 AUGUST 2022.
In the opinion of the late Edmund Capon, director of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, 'Nolan is the best known, the most familiar, name in the history of modern Australian art'. Nolan's first decade as an artist has had more written about it than any other period of his career. The story is of ground-breaking art and a tangled love affair, a story as intriguing and captivating as that of the Bloomsbury Group in England or of Peggy Guggenheim in Venice. Nolan's abstracts, such as Boy and the Moon, often called Moonboy (now in the National Gallery of Australia), scandalised contemporary reviewers and artists; his St Kilda images combined contemporary international iconography with the tawdry imagery of his spent youth; the Wimmera series redefined the depiction of the Australian landscape, the first significant shift since Arthur Streeton and Tom Roberts in the 1880s; and, of course, the Ned Kelly series that has made him Australia's most famous artist outside this country. The enduring influence on this pioneering work was the house called Heide and his relationship with its owners, John and Sunday Reed. One of the most famous storeys in Australian art history began as Nolan turned twenty-one, the son of a tram driver, determined to make a name for himself as a radical modern artist. It ended when he was thirty, his Ned Kelly series just completed, with a one-way flight away from the Reeds, from Heide, and ultimately from Australia.
In 1938, when Nolan first met John and Sunday Reed at Heide, he was almost unknown in the art world. After practical training in the Department of Design and Crafts at Prahran Technical College and some classes at the National Gallery School, he developed his skills in the art department at Fayrefield Hats, designing shop displays and advertising. However, his outlook was anything but parochial or commercial, and his objective then was to move to Europe to paint. Nolan's earliest paintings date to the summer of 1936-37, three landscapes painted in the Kiewa Valley (see lot 1) that suggest familiarity with van Gogh and European Post-Impressionism. A few months later, on an infamous trip to Selby near Melbourne, he produced three more, this time influenced, it appears, by Paul Klee and other European contemporaries (see lot 3). After his attempt to stow away aboard a ship failed dismally, he bluffed his way into the office of Sir Keith Murdoch in the hope of being awarded an overseas travel scholarship. He took a folio of experimental abstract drawings (such as lot 5), to which Sir Keith responded well, referring him to the newspaper's art critic Basil Burdett. The latter turned him down for a scholarship but recommended he contact John and Sunday Reed, prominent patrons of contemporary art.
John Reed, a Cambridge-educated lawyer of Tasmanian pastoralist heritage, married cosmopolitan Sunday Baillieu, of the prominent Melbourne family, in 1932. Two years later, they bought the house and land on Melbourne's eastern fringe that became known as Heide and there, they threw their energy into nurturing the arts. When Nolan entered their orbit, a new world of opportunity opened to him: the company and conversation of intellectual and influential friends, access to the Reed's library of art, Literature, and poetry, and, in due course, financial support that allowed him to focus on his art. Other young artists also congregated around the Reeds, including Albert Tucker, John Perceval, Joy Hester, and Arthur Boyd – a group known today as The Angry Penguins. But, as is well known, Nolan's relationship with the Reeds assumed even greater intimacy and complexity when he and Sunday became lovers, apparently with John's knowledge. The affair ended Nolan's marriage to Elizabeth Patterson in 1941, and he moved to Heide, leaving behind his infant daughter, Amelda. Sunday became his muse, collaborator, and studio assistant, while John's influence in art circles and publishing made connections for him and opened doors.
Nolan's art evolved continually after his first meeting with the Reeds, and with their encouragement during 1938-39, he worked assiduously developing abstraction, a rarity in Australia then. He even attracted mild controversy at the recently formed Contemporary Art Society (of which John Reed was vice-president) when he exhibited Head of Rimbaud, an experimental abstract that challenged at least one fellow artist (see lots 5 to 12 for other abstract works dating to 1937-39). From this period emerged a language of repeated symbols associated with his adolescent haunts around St Kilda conflated with images derived from his interpretation of poetry and Literature. These attracted the attention of Serge Lifar, choreographer of the Ballets Russes, then performing in Australia, who, in early 1940, commissioned him to design the sets and costumes for his radical ballet, Icare. Nolan received prominent national press coverage and a standing ovation at the Sydney premiere, and, in a way, this served as his own public debut. (see lots 14-19). Encouraged by the success, he held his first solo exhibition that winter in his Russell Street studio showing works from the previous three years taped or pinned to the shocking pink walls. After Amelda's birth in 1941 and the start of his new relationship, his art took a gentler turn with richly coloured images of angels, girls with flowers, the Garden of Eden, and further development of his Luna Park theme (see lots 23-27). In early 1942 in the weeks before Nolan's military conscription, Sunday turned the debate at Heide to the possibility of reinventing Australian landscape painting. Nolan's attention shifted dramatically, and over two months, he began his first experiments using a flattened perspective and, in some, an almost childlike use of colour to depict the country around Heide and the urban landscape of St Kilda. In an interview decades later, Nolan said he had a soft spot for these works and kept them under his painting table. Following their exhibition in 2017-18, this auction is the first to include a group of them (see lots 23, 24, 25, 29, 30, 31, 32). Experiments with landscapes became Nolan's focus during his military service. The Wimmera series, named after the district in western Victoria, where he was stationed, is regarded as some of his most important work (see lots 37, 39 and 40). The great majority of these works are now in public collections.
Throughout his time in the army, Nolan was in constant contact by letter and telephone with Sunday and John; Sunday visited him when she could, and Heide remained his home when he was on leave. In 1944, fearing that he was about to be sent on active service overseas, Nolan failed to report for duty, assumed a false name, and went into hiding, moving between a friend's loft in Parkville and Heide. During this period as a fugitive, his painting assumed new, anxious energy and rawness seen in works such as Beach, painted in December that year (see lot 41). It also led him in 1945 to start painting the story of another outlaw, Ned Kelly. It is easy to forget that the Kelly series comprises so much more than the iconic group of paintings dating from 1946-47 now hanging at the National Gallery of Australia and that there are other works depicting additional episodes in the narrative (see lots 46 and 47).
The most enigmatic painting in this auction is Figure and Angel (see lot 43), which hung over the mantelpiece at Nolan's home for years. It is dated February 1946, days before Nolan painted the first of the Kelly works now at the National Gallery of Australia. Today we see a vertical painting of a figure that Mary Nolan, his widow, told me was Saint Joseph of Arimathea, walking away from us, leaning on a heavy staff and an angel flying above the rocky landscape. But turn the painting anticlockwise, so it is horizontal, and it becomes evident that Nolan painted over another work soon after its completion, making use of the original work to form new patterns: floral wallpaper can be seen, like that in Sunday's bedroom, and so too can the outline of a bentwood chair, both of which feature in one of the most famous Kelly paintings, Constable Fitzpatrick and Kate Kelly (the 1945 version is in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria; the larger 1946 version is in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia). Does the staff look like the metal barrel of a rifle? And what is the applique square shape under the top paint layer? Further investigation may determine what lies beneath.
The turmoil depicted in the Kelly series mirrored the turmoil in Nolan's life. He was thirty, his relationship with John and Sunday was increasingly fraught, he still had not travelled, nor had he sold a single picture in a commercial exhibition. The last Kelly painting from this era was painted in July 1947, and a few days later, 75 years ago, he left Heide and the Reeds behind forever.
Mark Fraser, 
The Estate of Lady Nolan
Publishing details: Bonhams, 2022
Ref: 1000
Grist Eleanor (Nellie) (1871-1957)
view full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Important Australian Art, 23 August 2022, Sydney, lot 55:
Eleanor (Nellie) Grist (1871-1957)
Weary, 1894
signed and dated lower right: 'N. Grist / 1894'
oil on canvas
91.5 x 71.0cm (36 x 27 15/16in).
Frame: Original, Isaac Whitehead, Melbourne
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne
thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

Eleanor 'Nellie' Beatrice Grist (1871-1957) was studying at the National Gallery School in Melbourne from 1894-1895 when the present work was executed. Little is documented of the artist. In the early 1890s she was known to have painted portraits in oils and subsequently was better recognized as a teacher and practitioner of porcelain painting in Melbourne. Active from the 1890s through to the 1940s, Grist was a member of the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors between 1912-1920.

The connection with her friend and colleague, Florence Fuller and her original painting Weary, 1888, now in the collection of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, is unknown. However, for centuries it has been common practice for students to copy the works of established artists as part of their training. 

Housed in an original Isaac Whitehead frame, Whitehead was the preeminent frame maker in Melbourne supplying frames to many established artists such as Eugene von Guerard, Nicholas Chevalier and Louise Buvelot.
Fuller Florence afterview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Important Australian Art, 23 August 2022, Sydney, lot 55:
Eleanor (Nellie) Grist (1871-1957)
Weary, 1894
signed and dated lower right: 'N. Grist / 1894'
oil on canvas
91.5 x 71.0cm (36 x 27 15/16in).
Frame: Original, Isaac Whitehead, Melbourne
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
Private collection, Melbourne
thence by descent
Private collection, Melbourne

Eleanor 'Nellie' Beatrice Grist (1871-1957) was studying at the National Gallery School in Melbourne from 1894-1895 when the present work was executed. Little is documented of the artist. In the early 1890s she was known to have painted portraits in oils and subsequently was better recognized as a teacher and practitioner of porcelain painting in Melbourne. Active from the 1890s through to the 1940s, Grist was a member of the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors between 1912-1920.

The connection with her friend and colleague, Florence Fuller and her original painting Weary, 1888, now in the collection of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, is unknown. However, for centuries it has been common practice for students to copy the works of established artists as part of their training. 

Housed in an original Isaac Whitehead frame, Whitehead was the preeminent frame maker in Melbourne supplying frames to many established artists such as Eugene von Guerard, Nicholas Chevalier and Louise Buvelot.
Balson Ralphview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams, Important Australian Art, 23 August 2022, Sydney, lot 39:
Ralph Balson (1890-1964)
Constructive Painting, c.1940
oil on cardboard
78.0 x 63.0cm (30 11/16 x 24 13/16in).
Footnotes
PROVENANCE
The artist's estate
thence by descent
Private collection
Philip Bacon Galleries, Brisbane
Private collection, Queensland

EXHIBITED
probably, Exhibition of Oil Paintings by Ralph Balson, Anthony Hordern and Sons Limited, Sydney, 29 July - 9 August 1941
Ralph Balson, Gallery A, Sydney, November 1979, cat. 12
Ralph Balson: 10 Constructive Paintings, Institute of Modern Art, Brisbane, 1 - 30 October 1980, cat. 1
R-Balson-/41 - Anthony Horderns' Fine Art Galleries, Ivan Dougherty Galleries, College of Fine Arts, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, 22 August - 27 September 2008

LITERATURE
R-Balson-/41 - Anthony Horderns' Fine Art Galleries, Ivan Dougherty Galleries, College of Fine Arts, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, 2008, p. 12 (illus.)
'Art Notes', Art Monthly Australia, August 2008, issue 212, p. 54 (illus.)

RELATED WORKS
Painting, 1941, oil on paperboard, 78.7 x 63.5cm, in the collection of the Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney
Painting no. 14, 1941, oil on cardboard, 47.3 x 78.8cm, in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Painting, 1941, oil on cardboard on composition board, 47.2 x 78.7cm, in the collection of the National Gallery of Australia, Canberra

A little over eighty years ago in July 1941, as Ralph Balson mounted his exhibition of constructive (or 'non-objective' paintings, he used both terms), the mood in Sydney was sombre. Britain and America had just frozen all Japanese assets in preparation for a war in the Pacific; the bombing of British towns and cities commenced; campaigns in Greece and North Africa suffered heavy losses; and the German Army moved relentlessly eastward into the Ukraine and towards Leningrad. 

At home the war was also beginning to bite. On the south coast of NSW, dairy farmers called for higher prices for milk and severe petrol restrictions slowed the delivery of food, clothing and household goods across the nation. Air raid shelters, curfews, sirens, drills and blackouts would soon come. But for Ralph Balson the war was also personal. A few months before, his 21 year old son Peter had enlisted in the R.A.A.F. and would soon see active duty in Europe. In 1943, he would be shot down over Germany and taken a prisoner of war. Months would pass before Balson and his wife knew whether Peter was still alive. 

By the beginning of the war, Balson had reached a stage of maturity and confidence in his art practice after decades of intense study and work. He took his first tentative moves towards abstraction with the 1939 group exhibition at the David Jones Art Gallery, showing works with prisms of vivid colour and fragmentation of form which, while abstracted, were still recognisably representational. The exhibition provoked a fierce critical backlash but rather than being tamed by the experience, Balson if anything, became more radical and over the next eighteen months worked hard on a startling new series of works.

After two years Balson had sufficient works to mount a solo exhibition. He presented twenty-one works of untitled completely abstract work, their only identifiers the number in the catalogue and the price. In contrast to 1939, the exhibition hardly caused a ripple. All the press notices were brief and attempted to explain, in the simplest terms, where 'this type of art' fitted. It belonged to the modern age the writer for the Truth declared – to the age of the motor car and machine – and was distinguished by simplicity of form and expression. Paul Haefliger, the newly-appointed art critic for the Sydney Morning Herald demonstrated his recent acquaintance with contemporary European art by acknowledging the influence of Leger, Gleizes and others. Balson, he wrote (albeit reluctantly), possessed 'an excellent colour sense and feeling for design' that too few Australian artists could claim. 

Balson had indeed been looking at the work of Leger and Gleizes, but there were many others he studied closely, ranging from Wassily Kandinsky and Rudolf Bauer to Piet Mondrian and Ben Nicholson. Although he would later say that the biggest influence came from Mondrian, the various books and catalogues known to have been either in his personal collection or borrowed from friends, reveal the true breadth and depth of his reading and thinking. 

In Balson's paintings of 1940/1941, circles, squares, rectangles and triangles float and swirl across the flat plane of the surface. Colours are muted rather than primary and, perhaps unsurprisingly, fashionable and contemporary. The faded pinks, pale yellows, pastel blues and mauve-greys that fill these compositions can be seen in the colour sections of the popular women's magazines and pattern books of the day, though this particular work and a couple of others also have another palette running in counterpoint, of military greens, blues and browns.

What Balson embraced in abstract painting, he later explained to fellow artist and writer Herbert Badham, was that 'the source of true design is to be found in cosmic laws and that this truth offers a better basis for progress than any other' (Adams, p.24, Edwards, p.38). This view of art was essentially optimistic, transcendent and utopian. It was beyond representation and above reality. It emphasised abstract art's positivity, its ability to lift humanity above the destructiveness and baseness of the material world. It was to herald a new expression of truth. Like the writings of Wassily Kandinsky, and later, Hilla Rebay – both of whom Balson read – it had its origins in Theosophy, though Balson's interests seemed to lean more to a mathematical and scientific direction rather than the overtly spiritual. 

None of the paintings sold and with the war deepening, the exhibition was packed up and sent back to his studio. Balson knew his art would be little understood by the average collector as those who bought from him tended to be among the more sophisticated in Sydney society. Patrons such as the Andre Lhote-trained artist Mary Evatt and her husband Herbert who was soon to be the next Attorney-General. This encouragement seems to have been sufficient for Balson persisted with abstraction and never returned to a figurative style. He remained convinced that this was the future. On 30th May 1945 Warrant-Officer Peter Balson was among thirty British, Australian and Canadian POWs liberated from Germany. 

For the next fifteen years Ralph Balson would concentrate on constructive compositions of pure colour and intricate geometry. He refined his technique and painted some of the most beautiful and profound works of his career. He exhibited, often more than once, every year from 1944 for the next twenty years, and was recognised in his lifetime as one of Australia's most important artists. 

Dr Candice Bruce
Savvas Nikeview full entry
Reference: see article in Look magazine, Aug-Sept, 2022
Douglas Blakview full entry
Reference: see article in Look magazine, Aug-Sept, 2022
Douglas Blakview full entry
Reference: see article in Look magazine, Aug-Sept, 2022
Publishing details: Look Magazine, Art Gallery of NSW Members Society, 2022
Famous Australian Artistsview full entry
Reference: Famous Australian Artists, by Lois Hunter


Publishing details: Sydney: New Holland, 2003.
Reprint.
104 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.
Ref: 1009
Lahey Vidaview full entry
Reference: Vida Lahey - Colour and Modernism
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Art Gallery, 2010.
First Edition.
27.5cm x 21cm. [8] pages, colour illustrations. Quad-fold.
Ref: 1009
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: OBSOLETE BODY / SUSPENSIONS / STELARC, by James B. Paffrath

Monograph documenting the suspension performance art of Stelarc, mostly in Japan and Australia, from his early performances in the 1970s through to the early 1980s. Mostly in English, a few Japanese texts.

Publishing details: Davis: JP Publications, 1984.
First Edition.
30.5cm x 22.5cm. 160 pages, illustrations, some colour. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Nolan Sidneyview full entry
Reference: Shaken to his Core: The Untold Story of Nolan’s Auschwitz, Sydney Jewish Muesum catalogue, 2022,
From July 21 - 23 October 2022, the Sydney Jewish Museum will exhibit Shaken to his Core: The Untold Story of Nolan’s Auschwitz. This rare exhibition will showcase 50 works by Sir Sidney Nolan from a series never before seen in Australia.
Best known for his bold modernist work, Nolan elevated the mythology of the Australian bush to global prominence and earned himself a place among the most significant artists of the 20th century.
Yet, his response to the Holocaust has until now remained unseen and unknown.
This exhibition uncovers an important chapter in his life and work: a series of images painted with great intensity during 1961, as the Adolf Eichmann trial came to a close and as Nolan prepared to visit Auschwitz.


Publishing details: Sydney Jewish Muesum catalogue, 2022, 15pp
Dobell Drawing Prize 22view full entry
Reference: Dobell Drawing Prize #22 [to be indexed]
Publishing details: National Art School, 2022,
Ref: 1000
Caught stealing view full entry
Reference: Caught stealing : National Art School Gallery 14 June - 10 August 2019 / [editors: Isabel Hesketh, Olivia Sophia, Jaime Tsai]. Published on the occasion of the exhibition held 14 June - 10 August 2019 at the National Art School, Sydney. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: National Art School Gallery, 2019. 61pp
Ref: 1000
Brown Reuben Ernestview full entry
Reference: Paralell Landscapes, exhibition at Bundanon Art Gallery Aug - Sept, 2022
Publishing details: Bundanon Art Gallery, 2022 [catalogue details to be entered.
Ref: 1000
Brown Reuben Ernestview full entry
Reference: Detective work uncovers unknown artist’s joyful images. By Steve Meacham, in Sydney Morning Herald, p15,
August 3, 2022
Ref: 145
Mitchell Thomas Livingstoneview full entry
Reference: Thomas Livingston Mitchell and his world, by Wlliam C. Foster
Publishing details: Institute of Surveyors, 1985, 594pp
Ref: 1000
Colonial Afterlivesview full entry
Reference: Colonial Afterlives, by Sarah Thomas, (ed.)
DANIEL BOYD
MAREE CLARKE
FIONA FOLEY
JULIE GOUGH
JAMES NEWITT
GEOFF PARR
YVONNE REES-PAGH
JOAN ROSS
CHRISTIAN THOMPSON
 
Publishing details: Salamanca Arts Centre, Hobart, 2015
Ref: 1000
Namatjira Albert North of MacDonells 1953view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Boyd Athur Evening Shoalhaven 1981view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
O’Brien Justin 2 works 1959 and 1971-2view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essays on the artworks
Badham Herbert The Bus Stop 1953view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Fox Phillips Blanche et Noire 1912view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Fox Ethel Carrick Sur la plage 1911view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
von Guerard Eugene The American Creek near Woollongongview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Piguenit W C The Lane Cove River 1887view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
McCubbin Frederick A Quiet Study 1886view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Nicholas Hilda Rix Colonel Barnes 1907view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Dickerson Robert Frteeway 1988view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Cook W Delafield Gundagai Revisited 2006view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Campbell Cressida Garden Island 1990view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork in a separate booklet, and other works by her with essays in the catalogue.
Onus Lin Guyi Bulgabulu 1992view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Dupain Max Sunbaker 1937 printed laterview full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Kerwick Jordy Rimbaud 2019view full entry
Reference: see Smith & Singer auction catalogue, 24 August, 2022, with essay on the artwork
Ferris Jeffview full entry
Reference: Jeff Ferris   Recent Paintings
‘I tend to paint urban landscapes. I live in the western suburbs of Melbourne – Altona. I grew up in Williamstown. Most of my images and ideas come from what I see around me. Petro chemical factories, industrial themes, things I see as I drive around. At the same time I am trying to capture a particular ‘light’ and a particular atmosphere - moment. The light and the shadows of early mornings – especially winter, has always interested me. The late evening light is wonderful. The shadows are long and the light is sharp. I like dark bold skies.’
Publishing details: Bridget McDonnell Gallery, 2022, [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Richards Clifford Francisview full entry
Reference: see eBay listing 7.8.22
Drawing  "DROVERS' AFTERNOON TEA"
Unframed
Original Ink Sketch 1989 by Clifford F. Richards.
27.5cm X 21.5cm
Page:  36.5cm X 27cm
ABOUT THE ARTIST

CLIFFORD FRANCES RICHARDS (21/06/1921 - 31/07/1998)  was born in Queensland to Irish-Australian parents.

A boilermaker/welder by trade, Cliff worked in Brisbane, Perth and Papua New Guinea before retiring to Bribie Island on Queensland’s Sunshine Coast in the early 1980s.  A staunch family man, Cliff and his wife of many years, Coral raised 3 daughters who all in turn followed them to retire on Bribie.  When he passed away, Cliff was adored by 6 grandchildren and 4 great-grandchildren.

An intelligent man, Cliff found it impossible to sit still.  He was passionate about fishing, gardening and was an accomplished lawn bowler.  Cliff painted in watercolours as well as oils.  Many works were sketched in charcoal or pen and pencil.  He was entirely self taught.

When he needed a break from painting or drawing, Cliff designed and built his own unique pieces of wooden furniture.

Cliff was witty, quick to laugh and joke and enjoyed a hearty debate.  He is dearly missed.

Whilst his art was revered by the family during its production, the full extent of Cliff’s talent and the number of works he completed were not realised until they were virtually stumbled upon in storage some 20 years after his passing
Booth Peterview full entry
Reference: Peter Booth - Works on Paper 1963 - 1985. Catalogue of the exhibition held at the University Gallery, the University of Melbourne, 13 Nov.-13 Dec., 1985.
Foreword by Frances Lindsay ; catalogue essay by Gary Catalano.
Bibliography: p. 40.
Publishing details: Parkville, Vic. : University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1985 
40 pages : illustrations (some col.)
Adorned established 2014view full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Ali Khadimview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Aydemir Cigdemview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
de Souza Kegview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Iqbal Mehwishview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Papanikolakis Elenaview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Santiago Marikitview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Tawale Saloteview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Taweel Shireenview full entry
Reference: see New sacred
Includes ‘artist CV?s’p48-50
The exhibition New Sacred has been developed as a partnership between Parramatta Artists Studios and Mosman Art Gallery in response to critical discourses in contemporary Australian art practices concerning storytelling through ritual, cultural traditions, narratives and folklore. 
New Sacred includes newly commissioned and recent artworks by nine contemporary Australian artists who are current residents or Alumni of the Parramatta Artists Studios. Together the artists work across a range of art media including installation, performance, video, painting and cross disciplinary practices, some with direct reference to and engagement with culturally rich artisan traditions.  
Artists include: Adorned, Khadim Ali, Cigdem Aydemir, Keg de Souza, Mehwish Iqbal, Elena Papanikolakis, Marikit Santiago, Salote Tawale and Shireen Taweel.  
Parramatta Artists Studios is an initiative of the City of Parramatta and is assisted by the NSW Government through Create NSW.


Publishing details: Mosman Art Gallery, 2018. pb, 56pp
Murray Johnview full entry
Reference: Adventures of Tomorrow, Man
(catalogue in book form from exhibition 13 March - 27 March 2021.
From Art Atrium website:
\’John Murray
The Adventures of Tomorrow, man !
In:
Going to the patisserie, and beyond.
This exhibition carries in it 20 years of thought upon the subject of not doing things, of solving things by inaction. Its purpose is to polarise the world in a helpful way. It is not a new idea, there are many fine examples of it particularly in eastern spirituality. Inaction is the other control lever, the break to an accelerator, it is the space that accentuates an object, the slowing down to so as not to miss out. This exhibition is in a way a thesis, late as you could expect as it has as it’s subject the nature of not doing things.
On it’s uppermost level these comics promote an alternate hero to the existing pantheon of impressive proactive super hero’s, a hopeless hero, one that could barely even exist, really the opposite, infinity is where the edge is and infinity is full of holes but it is still infinity.
It is about that duality, the holes in infinity.
This is how an inactive superhero would save the world, if we could believe in them, as much as we believe in superman.
It is a collection of comics presented large and out of note book form for the first time at the Art Atrium gallery on March 13th by John Murray and introduced by Richard Laplastrier.
John Murray graduated with his Bachelor of Fine Art degree from College of Fine Art, University of NSW in 2000 after completing his Associated Diploma of Fine Art from TAFE. He also completed a Printmaking and Education course at Southern Cross University at Lismore. He was the Winner of the Trustees’ Watercolour Prize as part of the Wynne Prize for landscape painting at Art Gallery of NSW in 2017, Finalist of NSW Plein Air Painting Prize and Finalist of Paddington Art Prize in 2016 and Finalist of Warringah Council Art Prize in 2015.  John Murray had also created a handmade ceramic tile installation for the outdoor bath at Newtown and was the illustrator for various magazines and journals.
‘My work is concerned with observation, from the beauty of our natural surroundings to the emotional landscape of my own internal being.  I try to paint without concern for time or difficulty involved in a proper description and finish a work when I have nothing left to add.
Art is a ghost, I say this because like a ghost it cannot really change anything except how we feel. It is just barely part of our physical world, the bulk of what it contains belongs to our ethereal selves, and its power is its ability to convey this information to a viewer. Even a bad feeling, if it is transferred forcefully to a viewer through a particular artwork, would be enough to have the artwork considered as a great artwork.
Art is a parallel world. A painting of a tree is not a tree. It cannot photosynthesise and it cannot change the physical world as a tree can. The art is not the paint or the canvas but what has been described or embedded in them. If someone is offended by an artwork and responds to this offence with another artwork, then very, very little in the physical world has changed. This makes art a safe place, particularly for conflict, providing that the conflict is not permitted to escape the confines of art and enter into a more physical world.
I can use art as a reason for seeing clearly, for examining and for describing. I can use it as a motive to search beyond the horizon of my ignorance for something that if it is described well, even the description will be of value.’
Publishing details: Art Atrium, Botany, NSW, 2021, 20pp (signed on last page.)
Ref: 145
Lewers Margoview full entry
Reference: Margo Lewers - No Limits, by T. Crothers, G. Harper, D. Lewers. With index. [Artists who have more than one reference in the index to this book have been entered in the Scheding Index. To be indexed fully?].
20th century modernist artist Margo Lewers (1908-1978) refused to be constrained by the traditional roles of women as wives and mothers. While embracing the technological and social advances of a new era, she also challenged the convention of art as representation, believing that creativity required the expression of feelings and emotions. 

Primarily known as an Abstract painter, Margo worked in a variety of other media that few artists would dare to tackle. In all aspects of her life 'she embraced modernism not as a style but an ideology for a new way of living.' This is represented in the holistic, integrated environment of her home at Emu Plains that has now become the Penrith Regional Art Gallery and Lewers Bequest. 

First-hand, personal experiences and independent, original research by the authors of five essays bring new insights to the power and range of Margo's creativity.
Publishing details: Grasstree Press, 2022, hc, 224pp
Cook Billview full entry
Reference: Bill Cook: A Deeper Beauty by Andrew Hill.

Obsessed by the human form, Bill Cook bucked the 1970s trend of abstract art, focusing instead on figurative painting and drawing during his art studies at the prestigious South Australian School of Art in North Adelaide. In addition to his paintings and drawings, he was soon producing political cartoons, caricatures and illustrations for a range of publications.

Over a career spanning five decades, he has produced a substantial oeuvre in a range of media and styles, most recently ceramic sculptures that combine 'the complexity of his painterly works with a multi-angled human ceramic canvas', and works that reference the 'exile, longing and marginalisation' of migration.

Bill's work is held in numerous public collections including the National Gallery of Victoria, several universities and in private collections nationally and internationally.
Publishing details: Wakefield Press, 2022. Hardback, 272 pages.
Ref: 1000
Beckett Clariceview full entry
Reference: The Worlds and Work of Clarice Beckett. By Edith M. Ziegler. Includes index and bibliography.
Clarice Beckett was one of Australia’s most important early Modernist painters, excelling in portraiture, still-life and landscape. The discovery of a trove of her artworks has led to her remarkable talent and evocative art being recognised afresh and greatly admired.
Clarice Beckett was self-effacing; she left no diaries or letters and was only occasionally mentioned in the diaries of her friends. For an insight into her enigmatic genius, Edith Ziegler focuses on Clarice’s family background, childhood; art education; philosophical, spiritual and psychological enquiries and influences; friendships and contacts. The reader is drawn into the world in which Clarice’s vision was formed and her talent developed.
Publishing details: Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2022,
Australian Painters In Etaplesview full entry
Reference: Australian Painters In Etaples, by Jean-Claude Lesage. [This is a reprint, in English, of Peintres Australiens a Etaples, by Jean Claude Lesage, with additiuonal illustrations. Originally published in French, however, an English translation by Pauline Le Borgne was printed in loose sheet form later, with the purpose of being inserted.]
In 1900, 30 Australian artists were working in Etaples, a French fishing village west of Paris. Charles Conder, Rupert Bunny, Isobel Rae and John Peter Russell were among these who lived and worked in France.
Publishing details: ETT IMPRINT, Bondi Junction, NSW, 2022, pb, 85pp
Brewer Rhettview full entry
Reference: see Day Gallery preess release 8.8.22:
Introducing Blue Mountains artist Rhett Brewer to Day Gallery
 

Rhett Brewer is a painter who works mostly with the Australian landscape as a plein air and studio painter. Trained in an environment that encouraged self-expression he incorporates elements of colour field painting, Pop, Surrealism and mid twentieth Century Modernism into his Romantic interpretations of the Australian outdoor environment. Nature for this artist is always in flux and rhythm and pattern are given high priority.

He has held over twenty solo shows along the East coast of Australia, been selected in Art Prizes notably twice selected into the Sulman Prize at the AGNSW, taught painting in universities in Australia and the UK and been in many group exhibitions. He lives and works in The Blue Mountains.
Anderson Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Dictionary of Biography entry on William Macleod (1850–1929), by B. G. Andrews:
‘’William Macleod (1850-1929), artist and businessman, was born on 27 October 1850 in London, son of William Macleod, cordwainer, and his wife Juliana, née Exness (or Esner). The family followed the gold rush to Victoria and after her husband's death in 1855 Julia settled in Sydney, where she married the portrait painter James Anderson. His drinking excesses caused Macleod to seek work from the age of 12; trained by Edmund Thomas at the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts and known first as William Macleod Anderson or James Anderson junior, he had his first artistic contribution published in 1866 in the Illustrated Sydney News. Over the next decade he travelled widely and won a reputation as a painter of portraits and cattle, a designer of stained-glass windows, and as illustrator with a strong line for such journals as the Sydney Mail, the Australian Town and Country Journal and Sydney and Queensland Punch. On 29 January 1873 he married Emily Collins at St Mary's Cathedral, Sydney....’

Anderson William McLeodview full entry
Reference: This is William McLeod of the Bulletin - see Australian Dictionary of Biography entry on William Macleod (1850–1929), by B. G. Andrews:
‘’William Macleod (1850-1929), artist and businessman, was born on 27 October 1850 in London, son of William Macleod, cordwainer, and his wife Juliana, née Exness (or Esner). The family followed the gold rush to Victoria and after her husband's death in 1855 Julia settled in Sydney, where she married the portrait painter James Anderson. His drinking excesses caused Macleod to seek work from the age of 12; trained by Edmund Thomas at the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts and known first as William Macleod Anderson or James Anderson junior, he had his first artistic contribution published in 1866 in the Illustrated Sydney News. Over the next decade he travelled widely and won a reputation as a painter of portraits and cattle, a designer of stained-glass windows, and as illustrator with a strong line for such journals as the Sydney Mail, the Australian Town and Country Journal and Sydney and Queensland Punch. On 29 January 1873 he married Emily Collins at St Mary's Cathedral, Sydney....’

Begg Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Australian Dictionary of Biography entry on William Macleod (1850–1929), by B. G. Andrews:
‘William Macleod (1850-1929), artist and businessman, was born on 27 October 1850 in London, son of William Macleod, cordwainer, and his wife Juliana, née Exness (or Esner). The family followed the gold rush to Victoria and after her husband's death in 1855 Julia settled in Sydney, where she married the portrait painter James Anderson. His drinking excesses caused Macleod to seek work from the age of 12; trained by Edmund Thomas at the Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts and known first as William Macleod Anderson or James Anderson junior, he had his first artistic contribution published in 1866 in the Illustrated Sydney News. Over the next decade he travelled widely and won a reputation as a painter of portraits and cattle, a designer of stained-glass windows, and as illustrator with a strong line for such journals as the Sydney Mail, the Australian Town and Country Journal and Sydney and Queensland Punch. On 29 January 1873 he married Emily Collins at St Mary's Cathedral, Sydney.
In January 1880 Macleod illustrated the first lead-story of the new Sydney Bulletin. In March he and another artist, Samuel Begg, jointly secured a third share in the journal but relinquished it when the financial affairs of J. F. Archibald and John Haynes improved. A prominent freelance contributor of robust cartoons to the Bulletin and the designer of its new pink cover in 1883, Macleod purchased part of Haynes's holding in April 1884. After extensive involvement in the Picturesque atlas of Australasia (1886) project—he executed many of the portraits used and was chairman of its publishing company—Macleod joined the Bulletin full time in 1886 in response to a plea from Archibald following the departure of W. H. Traill. They became joint owners in 1887; Macleod was the Bulletin's manager or managing director for the next forty years...’

Hall Fionaview full entry
Reference: see Studies in contemporary Australian sculptural practice: Hilarie Mais and Fiona Hall, by AE Sanders.
A thesis submitted for the degree of Master of Arts of the Australian National University.
Publishing details: Department of Art History The Australian National University, November 2004
Mais Hillaryview full entry
Reference: see Studies in contemporary Australian sculptural practice: Hilarie Mais and Fiona Hall, by AE Sanders.
A thesis submitted for the degree of Master of Arts of the Australian National University.
Publishing details: Department of Art History The Australian National University, November 2004
Aradon Pty Ltdview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
Two cast models of echidnas, probably contemporary.
Length (top) 32mm, (bottom) 30mm.
3
The top example in pewter was apparently produced by Aradon Pty Ltd at their Mt. Hay Gemstone Tourist Park in Queensland, a company better known as a miner and seller of decorative stones and geological specimens, which are exported as both rough and polished pieces. A range of Australian themed cast pewter souvenirs and gifts are made on site, including animal models such as the echidna.
The lower echidna with the golden finish seems to have been marketed by Kingfisher Brands, which claims to have its home in Victoria. That company also produced a wide range of similar souvenir flora and fauna to Aradon in Queensland, and say that they sell their products around the world. They claim to “...work with ethical manufacturers across Australia, Asia, Europe, to ... provide quality products”. Both models appear to have the same marking, apparently a stylized “SB”
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2080%20July%202022.pdf
Kingfisher Brandsview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
Two cast models of echidnas, probably contemporary.
Length (top) 32mm, (bottom) 30mm.
3
The top example in pewter was apparently produced by Aradon Pty Ltd at their Mt. Hay Gemstone Tourist Park in Queensland, a company better known as a miner and seller of decorative stones and geological specimens, which are exported as both rough and polished pieces. A range of Australian themed cast pewter souvenirs and gifts are made on site, including animal models such as the echidna.
The lower echidna with the golden finish seems to have been marketed by Kingfisher Brands, which claims to have its home in Victoria. That company also produced a wide range of similar souvenir flora and fauna to Aradon in Queensland, and say that they sell their products around the world. They claim to “...work with ethical manufacturers across Australia, Asia, Europe, to ... provide quality products”. Both models appear to have the same marking, apparently a stylized “SB”
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2080%20July%202022.pdf
Pointer S T view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
South Australian School of Mines and Industries.
Souvenir of the Complimentary Dinner tendered to Sir Langdon Bonython, 1929.
Well known South Australian resident, Sir John Langdon Bonython (1848-1939) was an English born philanthropist, editor and newspaper proprietor. As the second son of a carpenter/builder, Bonython became particularly interested in technical education and was on the board of both the South Australian School of Mines, Roseworthy Agricultural College and the University of Adelaide. Amongst his many other achievements, he left considerable funds to the University of Adelaide for a chair of law and the erection of Bonython Hall, the School of Mines and he paid for the completion of South Australia’s Parliament House. He also assisted the government to pay civil servant salaries during a financial crisis and distributed meal tickets to the needy.
On the 19th October, 1929, Sir Langdon Bonython was presented with an illuminated address to mark the completion of his fortieth consecutive year of office as President of the Council of the School of Mines. The illuminated address was designed and bound by the South Australian School of Arts staff member Mr S.T. Pointer and Principal, Lawrence Hotham Howie. The School of Arts was previously known under other names such as the Adelaide School of Design and was also on North Terrace, next to the School of Mines.
This illustrated souvenir booklet was presented to each of the 120 guests. The illuminated address had watercolour illustrations placed opposite each page of signatures. Although the souvenir booklet was not in colour, it included reproductions of the frontispiece and back page illustrations, both of which unmistakably convey the distinct design style of the Adelaide School of Design featuring Australian flora in a decorative border.
Howie Lawrence Hotham view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
South Australian School of Mines and Industries.
Souvenir of the Complimentary Dinner tendered to Sir Langdon Bonython, 1929.
Well known South Australian resident, Sir John Langdon Bonython (1848-1939) was an English born philanthropist, editor and newspaper proprietor. As the second son of a carpenter/builder, Bonython became particularly interested in technical education and was on the board of both the South Australian School of Mines, Roseworthy Agricultural College and the University of Adelaide. Amongst his many other achievements, he left considerable funds to the University of Adelaide for a chair of law and the erection of Bonython Hall, the School of Mines and he paid for the completion of South Australia’s Parliament House. He also assisted the government to pay civil servant salaries during a financial crisis and distributed meal tickets to the needy.
On the 19th October, 1929, Sir Langdon Bonython was presented with an illuminated address to mark the completion of his fortieth consecutive year of office as President of the Council of the School of Mines. The illuminated address was designed and bound by the South Australian School of Arts staff member Mr S.T. Pointer and Principal, Lawrence Hotham Howie. The School of Arts was previously known under other names such as the Adelaide School of Design and was also on North Terrace, next to the School of Mines.
This illustrated souvenir booklet was presented to each of the 120 guests. The illuminated address had watercolour illustrations placed opposite each page of signatures. Although the souvenir booklet was not in colour, it included reproductions of the frontispiece and back page illustrations, both of which unmistakably convey the distinct design style of the Adelaide School of Design featuring Australian flora in a decorative border.
Hewitt Charles photographer view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
“Mary Ann and Joseph Jewell - survivors of the General Grant shipwreck”, February 1868, carte de visite photograph, Charles Hewitt, Melbourne. 10 x 6 cm.
In May 1866, the General Grant sailed from Melbourne on a voyage to London, via Cape Horn, with a cargo of zinc, gold and wool, plus eighty-three passengers and crew. Following a north-west wind they travelled 450 kilometres south of New Zealand, and into the latitudes of the "furious fifties". Strangely becalmed one night, land was sighted dead ahead. With no wind to work, the ocean swell carried the ship to the cliffs of the sub-Antarctic Auckland Islands. She lost the rudder and bowsprit before drifting into a large sea-cave. For the remainder of the night, the masts in contact with the cave roof, brought down rigging and rock. By daylight, and in rising wind and seas, an evacuation began using the ship's boats. Mary Ann Jewell fell into the water and made it to one but couldn't be lifted from the water. Joseph jumped off the ship to get her in. The mainmast broke away and the ship went further into the cave where the foremast, wedged against the roof, was pushed back through the keel and the ship began to sink. A third boat was floated off the flooding deck with forty people but capsized. Three members swam through breaking waves to the boats waiting beyond. The captain was on the mizzenmast waving a farewell as the ship sank and all remaining were drowned.
The now fifteen survivors rowed and bailed until a beach was found the next day. With only two matches, the second started a fire that was continuously kept alight for their eighteen months as castaways. Abandoned sealer's huts were repaired. Rabbits, pigs, goats, birds, seals and fish were caught. Clothing was fashioned from wild flax and seal-skins. Lookouts were posted, bonfires built ready to light and messages were carved on timber and
9
thrown into the sea (one was found five years later in New Zealand). Four men left in one boat in an attempt to reach New Zealand but were never seen again. An older member died on the island. In November 1867, a whaling ship called in at the island and the remaining ten were rescued. They arrived back in Melbourne in January 1868.
A month later photographer Charles Hewitt (possibly a relative of Mary Ann Jewell, nee Hewitt) photographed a number of the castaways in his Swanston Street studio. The papers of the day noted they would soon be for sale as souvenirs. Curiously, all those photographed had kept their seal-skin clothing.
In the following years the Jewells moved around rural Victoria with Joseph employed as a railway-station master. In 1883 Joseph recognised a group of men on the railway platform as wanted bank-robbers, raised the alarm, and organised armed locals to surround them until police arrived. He died near Bridgewater on Loddon in 1898, and Mary at Port Fairy in 1907.
Numerous attempts have been made to recover the gold from the "General Grant" (worth about $7 million) but, so far, nothing has been found.
Jurs Ellaview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 80th Meeting, 7 July 2022:
A small sketchbook by Ella Jurs; an outline based on newspaper reports of the time.
Philip Jones
A few months ago I purchased at auction a small ‘autograph book’, sight unseen. This turned out to be a sketchbook, containing 25 pencil sketches. Each sketch is dated and signed ‘Ella Jurs’. Sixteen of the sketches are dated between 9-12 August 1906 and the remaining nine sketches are dated between February and March 1907. The sketches are mostly portraits
12
of young women in in theatrical and studied poses, such as ‘Lady Disdain’, ‘Sincerity’ or ‘A Country Belle’. One of the more dramatic sketches, depicting a young woman with a sweeping mane of hair is captioned ‘Jane Oaker’: she was a prominent American actress at the turn of the 20th century. Another sketch depicts a lover’s tiff, simply titled ‘Tears’, suggestive of a scene from a play. In that vein one of the more elaborate sketches shows a young woman kneeling at an overgrown grave, captioned ‘The grave in the jungle’. Four sketches depict men: ‘A Sculptor’, ‘Un Artiste’, a languorous figure smoking on a couch and a bearded man in profile. Two sketches depict watercraft under sail.
The small sketchbook has a title page, inscribed in pencil: ‘Sketches done during August 1906 and March 1907. Ella Jurs. Port Adelaide’. Ella Jurs was one of four daughters of Dr J.C.G. Jurs, who served a term as Mayor of Port Adelaide during the first years of the century. He was a successful surgeon, born in Denmark in 1839, who had graduated in medicine at Gottingen, Germany and arrived in Australia (Moreton Bay) in 1862. He had travelled widely in Queensland, working as a surgeon, before arriving at Port Adelaide in 1885. There he had built a successful practice, serving as surgeon to 33 masonic lodges, according to newspaper reports. He was successful in the 1902 mayoral election. By that time he and his wife had four daughters in their teens, Florence, Carlein, Ella and Vera. Each had considerable musical ability and by 1902 all had been accepted to study at the Conservatorium of Music in Adelaide. Ella and Vera were both accomplished violinists, but by this time Ella was also becoming known for her artistic talent. Following the death of Queen Victoria in 1901, Mayor Jurs and his councillors resolved to acquire a portrait of the late Queen for the Port Adelaide Council chamber and were about to commission a work, when Ella produced her own portrait of Queen Victoria and this was admired and gratefully accepted. A few months later she produced another, full length, portrait of the late Queen and presented this to the Port Adelaide Art Gallery.
From 1902 to 1903 Ella continued to sketch and paint, studying at James Ashton’s art school in Adelaide, receiving tuition also from G.A.J. Webb and Hans Heysen. With a career as an artist in mind, she travelled to England in 1903 to study at the Royal School of Drawing in London. She graduated with three honours and one pass in April 1904, and returned to Australia, where she began working up material for a solo exhibition. This was opened in September 1906 at a gallery in Commercial Chambers, King William Street. The exhibition contained 35 of her portraits, seascapes and classically-themed pictures, in oils, watercolours, charcoal and crayon sketches. Interestingly, this exhibition took place just after the first sixteen images in her little sketchbook had been completed. In that light, it is possible that one of these sketches, a full length study of a woman in a long dress, may have been a preparatory sketch for her entry in James Ashton’s student competition later in 1907. Another portrait sketch may depict her father. The remaining nine images, sketched in February and March 1907, seem more highly finished and complex. Despite that clear improvement, it seems that Ella Jurs was already turning from art to the theatre and to musical performance.
So far I have not been able to pin down Ella’s age. It would seem that she was about sixteen when she presented her first portrait of Queen Victoria to the Port Adelaide Council, so that by the time she filled her little sketchbook in 1907 she may have been about 21 years. It would seem that her 1906 exhibition was something of a watershed in her career, for after that time there are no newspaper records of her participation in art exhibitions, save for the ‘ambitious entry’ of a full-length portrait of her mother in James Ashton’s student competition in 1907. It did not win a prize. She began participating more in musical soirées
13

and theatrical performances, as a member of the University’s Shakespeare Company. In 1915 she began contributing short stories, often melodramatic in nature, to Adelaide newspapers. At this time also, she began managing the programmes for the Lyric Club, often contributing spoken monologues and addresses in their evening performances.
At this stage I have not established whether artworks by Ella Jurs are held by any of Adelaide’s art collecting institutions. The Port Adelaide Art Gallery seems to have ceased operations before 1910. Ella’s portraits of Queen Victoria and of the Governor-General Lord Tennyson have not been traced. She can be regarded therefore, as one of Adelaide’s lesser artistic lights, who flared briefly before turning her attention to other pursuits. She married late, in 1939, when she was probably close to 50 years old. Her husband was Clarence Schultz, of Lobethal, but it appears that the marriage may not have lasted. The final reference to Ella Jurs, in Adelaide newspapers at least, was to a theft of cash from her home in Hutt Street in 1942, suggesting that she may have been living there alone. At that time she had become the Honorary Secretary for the South Australian Branch of the Australian Writers Association.
This small ‘Autograph’ book with 25 sketches by Ella Jurs can be regarded as a unique insight into the cosmopolitan world of Adelaide theatre and art by one member of a gifted Port Adelaide family.
Burtt J Wesleyview full entry
Reference: see letter to the editor by J. Wesley Burtt, The Leader, (Victoria) 13 January 1872, p22 re accusations against him
Carse James Howeview full entry
Reference: see letter to the editor by J. Wesley Burtt, The Leader, (Victoria) 13 January 1872, p22 re accusations against him. Claims the support from Carse in the matter.
Morgan Sylvia 1929 etchingview full entry
Reference: see REEMAN DANSIE timed auction, 21.8.22, lot 146: Sylvia Morgan, 1929, etching, signed titled 'Roadside Shanties' and numbered from an edition of 50, Label to back reading: 'This etching of a roadside shanty in Australia was presented to Admiral Sir Dudley De Chair, during his term of office as Governor of New South Wales, Australia, in 1929', plate 17 x 37cm, glazed frame
Missingham Halview full entry
Reference: Australian alphabet
‘A beautiful child’s picture alphabet of Australian native animals and flora, featuring Missingham’s striking bichrome and trichrome illustrations.’
Publishing details: Sydney : Consolidated Press, [1942]. Small quarto, publisher’s pictorial stiff wrappers [28] pp, chiefly colour illustrations.
Ref: 1009
Bilu Asherview full entry
Reference: Asher Bilu : recent paintings
Foreword by Brett Whiteley.
Publishing details: Melbourne : The Art Gallery, 1988. Oversized oblong folio, lettered wrappers, pp. [90], illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Veal Haywardview full entry
Reference: Hayward Veal 1913 – 1968 Memorial Exhibition, 41 works, a couple illustrated.  
Publishing details: Melbourne : Joseph Brown Gallery, 1973. Quarto, illustrated cards, a couple of small stains, pp. [4],
Ref: 1009
Dobell Williamview full entry
Reference: Sir William Dobell. Recent paintings [’Accompanied by the exhibition invite card, the list of forthcoming exhibitions at Newcastle City Art Gallery, and an advertising brochure for the Home and Studio of Sir William Dobell.’ - Douglas Stewart Fine Books copy 2022]
Publishing details: Newcastle City Art Gallery, 1970. Octavo, folding exhibition catalogue, pp. [6], cover illustration,
Ref: 1000
Hickey Daleview full entry
Reference: Dale Hickey life in a box. Exhibition catalogue with essays by Paul Zika, Chris McAuliffe, John R Neeson, Domenico do Clario, John Stringer and Stephen Haley.
Publishing details: Melbourne : The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2008. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 40, colour illustrations throughout.
Jubelin Narelleview full entry
Reference: Narelle Jubelin : plantas e plantas = Plants & plans, by Ana Gomes da Silva
Publishing details:
Publisher: Lisboa : Funda-cão Calouste Gulbenkian, 2012
Ref: 1000
Gregory Henry Gregory 1813-1877view full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s auction, Armadale, Victoria, 28.8.22, lot 118:
HENRY GREGORY GREGORY (1813-1877) 
a collection of four watercolour and ink drawings 
i The Find 
signed with initials and titled lower left and right: HG A find 
26.5 x 38cm 
ii Astonishing the Natives 
titled lower left: Astonishing the Natives 
26 x 43.5cm 
iii A Foraging Party - Pleasing Prospect of Cold Missionary for Dinner 
signed with initials and titled lower left and right: HG A foraging party - pleasing prospect of Cold Missionary for dinner 
30 x 50cm 
iv With the view of making a diversion, and for laying the foundation for some moral and civilised observatories, the Doctor offered his host "if he was fond of children? / The New Zealander replied with a curious expression of countenance, patting his stomach at the same time. 
"Oh! yes - me berry fond of children!" [Colburn's Magazine] 
26 x 36.5cm 

REFERENCE 
Shanahan, Mary, Out of Time, Out of Place, Henry Gregory and the Benedictine Order in Colonial Australia, Australian National University Press, 1970 

NOTE 
For a similar example see Henry Gregory, Gentleman in waiting - for dinner, National Library of Australia 

Henry Gregory Gregory (1813-1877) born in Cheltenham, England was educated at Douai and Downside Monastary and subsequently entered the order in 1833. He travelled to Australia in 1835 with first appointed Bishop of Australia, John Bede Polding. It was great privilege for the young Gregory to accompany the Bishop, performing the duty of catechist as he was not yet fully ordained. The following year Gregory spent some time in Norfolk Island as assistant chaplain and showed fortitude during a mutiny there. They returned to Rome, allowing Gregory to complete his doctorate in divinity, bolstering his position in the order and preparing the young monk for great responsibilities in the colony. They sailed back to Sydney in 1843, under Poldings guidance and encouragement Gregory was ordained Prior and later Abbot of St Mary's Abbey, Sydney. 

The Irish Catholics had a strong foothold in the colony and did not take fondly to Gregory or Poldings interference. Gregory was ordained vicar-general to Polding in 1844. At the age of 30 Gregory did not possess the diplomatic complexities required to unite the clergy and laity. Following numerous complaints from monks, clergy and laity in Sydney, Gregory was recalled and left Sydney in February 1861. He was later exonerated by the Vatican, but decided to remain in England for the remainder of his life.
Collett William Rview full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s auction, Armadale, Victoria, 28.8.22, lot, 120:
WILLIAM R COLLETT 
Views of N.S.W. circa 1842-1853 
a leather folio of seventeen watercolours 
Blue Mountains, Mount Kembla-Illawarra, Woollongong, Illawarra Lake, Sofala on the Turon, Turon River 
some inscribed in image 
17.5 x 25.5cm (average)
Rajola Rview full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s auction, Armadale, Victoria, 29.8.22, lot 324:
A SHELL CAMEO BY R. RAJOLA, SYDNEY
A SHELL CAMEO BY R. RAJOLA, SYDNEY
Featuring a carved cameo of a lady in profile, signed RR to verso, original fitted box.

PROVENANCE
The Trevor Kennedy Collection
10 days 21 hours left to bid
Allen Roy etchingsview full entry
Reference: see Gibson’s auction, Armadale, Victoria, 29.8.22, lot 336:
ROY ALLEN
Ferry Bower, Manly And A Street In Manly
Two Etchings
Each Signed And Titled On Margin: Roy Allen
15 X 20.5cm (Each)
Ross Don and friendsview full entry
Reference: see Raffan Kelleher and Thomas auction, DON ROSS & FRIENDS: QUEENSLAND MODERNS
We're pleased to offer a selection of works from the
Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist,
jeweller, mosaicist, musician and great friend to the
Queensland modern art movement
Works include oils and sketches b Don, including of his
beloved wife 'Dicki', and by his friends and
contemporaries, Jon Molvig, Irene Kindness and Irene
Amos, Ted Hockings, Nevil Matthew, Bronwyn Yeates
and James Fardoulys.
Timed Online Auction
Ends 7pm AEST, 21st August 2022
Raffan Kelaher & Thomas is pleased to offer a selection of works from the Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist, jeweller, mosaicist, and musician. His most notable work, the World War II memorial in Anzac Square in Brisbane was completed in 1962. It is composed of 140,000 Venetian glass tesserae. Don had never worked on such a large scale project. It was typical of his spirit in trying new things and mastering each new skill. His early training as a dentist may have helped him in his practice as a master jeweller, and an eye for detail in drawing. Don attended classes with Jon Molvig and Roy Churcher and stayed firm friends. Don exhibited with Churcher and Mervyn Moriarty in 1966 at the Design Art centre in Brisbane. He entered many exhibitions throughout the 1950s and 1960s, winning the Dally Art Group’s prize for contemporary painting in 1964 and was a regular exhibitor in the Contemporary Art Society 1962-65. He gradually developed his interest in jewellery making and was largely self-taught. He was the Queensland representative of Craft Australia for many years, and was a founding member of the Queensland Jewellery Workshop and regular exhibitor. The Brisbane artist Dr Irene Amos commissioned Ross for one off pieces as well as the actor Frank Thring. Don was a prominent and talented member of the Queensland Modern Art scene in its infancy and one can see his development as an artist and his contemporaries in this selection of works dating from the 1960s and 70s, including Irene Amos, Nevil Matthews, Irene Kindness, Lillian and Arthur Gunthorpe and Ted Hocking. These artists exhibited extensively in the formative years of the Queensland modern art scene, including with Roya and Betty Churcher, Jon Molvig and Milton Moon. A small work by Charles Lancaster is included as a representative example of earlier works by leading Queensland artists of the time included in Don’s collection.
Gunthorpe Arthur 1910-2000view full entry
Reference: ARTHUR GUNTHORPE (Australia 1910-2000), 'Friendly Light' oil on board, signed lower left, 59.5 x 74 cm, framed 72 x 86 cm. Titled and artist name verso.
see Raffan Kelleher and Thomas auction, DON ROSS & FRIENDS: QUEENSLAND MODERNS
We're pleased to offer a selection of works from the
Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist,
jeweller, mosaicist, musician and great friend to the
Queensland modern art movement
Works include oils and sketches b Don, including of his
beloved wife 'Dicki', and by his friends and
contemporaries, Jon Molvig, Irene Kindness and Irene
Amos, Ted Hockings, Nevil Matthew, Bronwyn Yeates
and James Fardoulys.
Timed Online Auction
Ends 7pm AEST, 21st August 2022
Raffan Kelaher & Thomas is pleased to offer a selection of works from the Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist, jeweller, mosaicist, and musician. His most notable work, the World War II memorial in Anzac Square in Brisbane was completed in 1962. It is composed of 140,000 Venetian glass tesserae. Don had never worked on such a large scale project. It was typical of his spirit in trying new things and mastering each new skill. His early training as a dentist may have helped him in his practice as a master jeweller, and an eye for detail in drawing. Don attended classes with Jon Molvig and Roy Churcher and stayed firm friends. Don exhibited with Churcher and Mervyn Moriarty in 1966 at the Design Art centre in Brisbane. He entered many exhibitions throughout the 1950s and 1960s, winning the Dally Art Group’s prize for contemporary painting in 1964 and was a regular exhibitor in the Contemporary Art Society 1962-65. He gradually developed his interest in jewellery making and was largely self-taught. He was the Queensland representative of Craft Australia for many years, and was a founding member of the Queensland Jewellery Workshop and regular exhibitor. The Brisbane artist Dr Irene Amos commissioned Ross for one off pieces as well as the actor Frank Thring. Don was a prominent and talented member of the Queensland Modern Art scene in its infancy and one can see his development as an artist and his contemporaries in this selection of works dating from the 1960s and 70s, including Irene Amos, Nevil Matthews, Irene Kindness, Lillian and Arthur Gunthorpe and Ted Hocking. These artists exhibited extensively in the formative years of the Queensland modern art scene, including with Roya and Betty Churcher, Jon Molvig and Milton Moon. A small work by Charles Lancaster is included as a representative example of earlier works by leading Queensland artists of the time included in Don’s collection.
Gunthorpe Lillianview full entry
Reference: LILLIAN GUNTHORPE (Australian 20th century), untitled (Red and Black Abstract), oil on board, signed lower right, 60.5 x 90 cm, framed 74 x 103 cm. Artist details verso.
see Raffan Kelleher and Thomas auction, DON ROSS & FRIENDS: QUEENSLAND MODERNS
We're pleased to offer a selection of works from the
Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist,
jeweller, mosaicist, musician and great friend to the
Queensland modern art movement
Works include oils and sketches b Don, including of his
beloved wife 'Dicki', and by his friends and
contemporaries, Jon Molvig, Irene Kindness and Irene
Amos, Ted Hockings, Nevil Matthew, Bronwyn Yeates
and James Fardoulys.
Timed Online Auction
Ends 7pm AEST, 21st August 2022.
Raffan Kelaher & Thomas is pleased to offer a selection of works from the Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist, jeweller, mosaicist, and musician. His most notable work, the World War II memorial in Anzac Square in Brisbane was completed in 1962. It is composed of 140,000 Venetian glass tesserae. Don had never worked on such a large scale project. It was typical of his spirit in trying new things and mastering each new skill. His early training as a dentist may have helped him in his practice as a master jeweller, and an eye for detail in drawing. Don attended classes with Jon Molvig and Roy Churcher and stayed firm friends. Don exhibited with Churcher and Mervyn Moriarty in 1966 at the Design Art centre in Brisbane. He entered many exhibitions throughout the 1950s and 1960s, winning the Dally Art Group’s prize for contemporary painting in 1964 and was a regular exhibitor in the Contemporary Art Society 1962-65. He gradually developed his interest in jewellery making and was largely self-taught. He was the Queensland representative of Craft Australia for many years, and was a founding member of the Queensland Jewellery Workshop and regular exhibitor. The Brisbane artist Dr Irene Amos commissioned Ross for one off pieces as well as the actor Frank Thring. Don was a prominent and talented member of the Queensland Modern Art scene in its infancy and one can see his development as an artist and his contemporaries in this selection of works dating from the 1960s and 70s, including Irene Amos, Nevil Matthews, Irene Kindness, Lillian and Arthur Gunthorpe and Ted Hocking. These artists exhibited extensively in the formative years of the Queensland modern art scene, including with Roya and Betty Churcher, Jon Molvig and Milton Moon. A small work by Charles Lancaster is included as a representative example of earlier works by leading Queensland artists of the time included in Don’s collection.
Hutton Joyview full entry
Reference: JOY HUTTON (Australia 1921-), 'Fragmented Moon', 1971, screen print, artist's proof, image 47 x 37 cm, framed 67 x 59 cm.
see Raffan Kelleher and Thomas auction, DON ROSS & FRIENDS: QUEENSLAND MODERNS
We're pleased to offer a selection of works from the
Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist,
jeweller, mosaicist, musician and great friend to the
Queensland modern art movement
Works include oils and sketches b Don, including of his
beloved wife 'Dicki', and by his friends and
contemporaries, Jon Molvig, Irene Kindness and Irene
Amos, Ted Hockings, Nevil Matthew, Bronwyn Yeates
and James Fardoulys.
Timed Online Auction
Ends 7pm AEST, 21st August 2022
Raffan Kelaher & Thomas is pleased to offer a selection of works from the Estate of the Late Don Ross. Don was a talented artist, jeweller, mosaicist, and musician. His most notable work, the World War II memorial in Anzac Square in Brisbane was completed in 1962. It is composed of 140,000 Venetian glass tesserae. Don had never worked on such a large scale project. It was typical of his spirit in trying new things and mastering each new skill. His early training as a dentist may have helped him in his practice as a master jeweller, and an eye for detail in drawing. Don attended classes with Jon Molvig and Roy Churcher and stayed firm friends. Don exhibited with Churcher and Mervyn Moriarty in 1966 at the Design Art centre in Brisbane. He entered many exhibitions throughout the 1950s and 1960s, winning the Dally Art Group’s prize for contemporary painting in 1964 and was a regular exhibitor in the Contemporary Art Society 1962-65. He gradually developed his interest in jewellery making and was largely self-taught. He was the Queensland representative of Craft Australia for many years, and was a founding member of the Queensland Jewellery Workshop and regular exhibitor. The Brisbane artist Dr Irene Amos commissioned Ross for one off pieces as well as the actor Frank Thring. Don was a prominent and talented member of the Queensland Modern Art scene in its infancy and one can see his development as an artist and his contemporaries in this selection of works dating from the 1960s and 70s, including Irene Amos, Nevil Matthews, Irene Kindness, Lillian and Arthur Gunthorpe and Ted Hocking. These artists exhibited extensively in the formative years of the Queensland modern art scene, including with Roya and Betty Churcher, Jon Molvig and Milton Moon. A small work by Charles Lancaster is included as a representative example of earlier works by leading Queensland artists of the time included in Don’s collection.
Fitzjames Michaelview full entry
Reference: Australian Galleries invite with 4 colour illustreations and catalogue listing 22 works and prices inserted. No biographical information.
Publishing details: Australian Galleries, 2022, 4pp.
Ref: 43
Kuo Grahamview full entry
Reference: see The Collection of Michelle Perry & Graham Kuo, Chippendale Studio, Sunday 4 September, 2022. | Closing Timed auction, Chippendale

Theodore Bruce is delighted to offer the studio collection of Sydney artist, Graham Kuo, and artist, printmaker and gallerist, Michelle Perry. The collection features works by both Kuo and Perry, in addition to a selection from fellow Australian artists including Sydney Ball, Charles Blackman, Marion Borgelt, Cressida Campbell, Fred Cress, Lloyd Rees, Gary Shead & Ann Thomson.
Publishing details: Theodore Bruce , 2022
Gill S T Port Adelaide 1848view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lot 13:
13
S.T. GILL
(1818 - 1880)
PORT ADELAIDE, 1848
watercolour on paper
28.0 x 49.0 cm
signed with initials and dated lower left: S.T.G. / 1848
ESTIMATE: 
$80,000 – $120,000
PROVENANCE
Frank T. Sabin, London
Kendall Whaling Museum, Sharon, Massachusetts, USA, 1967
New Bedford Whaling Museum, Massachusetts, USA, 2001 (museums merged)
New Bedford Whaling Museum deaccession 
Marion Antiques & Turkey Auctions, Massachusetts, USA, 9 April 2022, lot 9 (as ‘South Australia, Port Adelaide’)
Private collection, Melbourne
RELATED WORKS
Port Adelaide looking across Gawler Reach, 1847, watercolour on paper, 19.7 x 32.4 cm, in the collection of Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide
Port Adelaide looking across Gawler Reach, 1848, watercolour on paper, 28.2 x 46.1 cm, in the collection of Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide
CATALOGUE TEXT

S. T. Gill
Port Adelaide looking across Gawler Reach, 1848
watercolour on paper
28.2 x 46.1 cm
Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide
Widely recognised as one of the most engaging and observant artists of Australian colonial life, the young Samuel Thomas Gill, aged twenty-one, arrived with his parents and siblings in December 1839, only three years after Adelaide was founded on the lands of the Kaurna people. Having received training in Plymouth and London, within three months Gill was promoting his artistic availability. In an advertisement in The South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register, he proclaimed his willingness to capture ‘correct likenesses’ of individuals, horses, dogs, local scenery and residences ‘sketched and… suited for home conveyance’, to record and inform distant family and friends of life in Australia.1 In addition to these domestic genres, Gill travelled to townships around the colony, undertaking commissions including recording the early copper and silver mining industries, and participating in exploratory travels. 

Gill’s skill and presence in the new city was a boon to those wishing to have evidence of its growth, and to promote its possibilities. In 1845, he was commissioned by local newspaper owner James Allen to paint a series of views of Adelaide, which Allen then took to England and used to illustrate a series of lectures in 1846, intended to entice immigrants and investment. This program was heartily supported by the South Australia Company, the original investors in this colony-as-commercial-enterprise, who subsequently owned many of the paintings. The majority of the views displayed by Allen were lively streetscapes of Adelaide’s major roads, marvellous records of the town’s early architecture and bustling population. The commission also included two views of Port Adelaide. Built on the mangrove-lined tidal estuary of Yerta Bulti, as it is known to its original owners, and following considerable debate about its best (or least worst) location, the Port had been formally opened in its current location in 1840.

Gill is well known for returning in his later years to earlier scenes and events, as with his series recalling life on the goldfields commissioned by the Melbourne Public Library (now State Library Victoria) in 1869, or episodes from the ill-fated Horrocks Expedition of 1846. Port Adelaide, however, was one location that he captured in multiple watercolours in a short period of time, evidence of this vital infrastructure for exporting the proceeds of its new produce, agricultural and mineral industries. With the emergence of this wonderful watercolour from institutional storage, four finished watercolours of this outlook on the banks of Gawler’s Reach are now known (two in the Art Gallery of South Australia; National Library of Australia), plus further studies.2 Another earlier version (presumably one of Allen’s) remains unlocated, the source of the watercolour painted in London by English artist-copyist Thomas Hosmer Shepherd (now Art Gallery of South Australia), and also for the hand-coloured lithograph in George French Angas’ South Australia Illustrated, published in London in 1847. Views by Gill from the other side of the river are also known in multiples.3
The scene here looks southeast across the calm river to the port’s facilities and the Mount Lofty Ranges on the distant horizon. On the left, the large red two-storeyed building is the warehouse of the South Australian Company, above their McLaren Wharf (named for the manager of the Company). The central light-coloured stone building is the Customs House, above the Government’s Queen’s Wharf and warehouses. And the third building of note, on the right, is the Port Tavern, now proudly two-storey like the others. This was a comparatively recent development after the original single-storey building was destroyed by fire on 29 January 1847. In Gill’s various versions, we can see the original tavern, construction in progress amid a grid of scaffolding, and the resulting new tavern. Thus by 1848, when this painting was created, the Company, Government and inn make up the triumvirate of buildings necessary for seamen in town and mercantile activity.

Before them, upon the river, Gill depicts a range of watercraft, from ships that have sailed across turbulent oceans to small dinghies and rowboats. It is clear that Gill made close observations of these vessels. Versions painted up to 1847 show the French ship Ville de Bordeaux, which had been seized for illegal trading, at anchor at the right of the image. In the Art Gallery of South Australia’s 1848 watercolour, the steamer Juno is depicted on the left, one of the first examples of steam-powered ships to travel to the colony. Interestingly, the South Australia Company also owned that watercolour, demonstrating their understandable ongoing interest in the development of the Port and their resulting profits. The Company subsequently donated that and other paintings to the now Art Gallery of South Australia in 1890.4 

While Gill carefully recorded the ships, it is impossible to say how much the characters who populate the foreground of these works are individuals he observed, or whether they are ‘types’ – staffage drawn from his precise grasp of anatomy and posture. There is evident repetition in the foreground accoutrements – the rotting wicker basket, discarded wine bottles, spar and anchor, and remnant mangroves on the muddy bank – but there is little sense of rote duplication in these paintings. Instead, Gill makes evident his enjoyment in each scene, deftly capturing the trivia of daily life, from mending a net to contemplating the changing tide.

For the last fifty-five years, this watercolour has been in the United States, in the Kendall Whaling Museum collection, later merged with the New Bedford Whaling Museum. Commercial whaling had begun in South Australian waters long before the colony was founded, and whaling was the first industry established by the South Australia Company upon its arrival on Kaurna land in 1836. Although American whalers were active in these waters from the early 1800s, it is understandable that the Museum decided this painting was not relevant to their collection. Their custodianship has, however, helped protect it from excessive light exposure and the watercolour retains its crisp colours for our enjoyment today. 

1. South Australian Gazette and Colonial Register, 7 March 1840, p. 1
2. A small watercolour is either by Gill or his friend Eliezer Montefiore (State Library of New South Wales SSV*/Sp Coll/Gill/3), while the National Library of Australis holds related sketches.
3. See David Coombe’s interactive map of Gill’s depictions of Port Adelaide at umap.openstreetmap.fr/en/map/s-t-gill-port-adelaide_494979#17/-34.84020/138.50458
4. The South Australia Company donated art to the Art Gallery of South Australia in 1890, 1929 and 1931, twenty-four works in total – of which fifteen are by Gill.

ALISA BUNBURY
Earle Augustus A Peruvian 1820view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lot 15
15
AUGUSTUS EARLE
(1793 - 1838)
PEDRO RIMA CONDOR. A PERUVIAN, AND REGULAR DESCENDANT, OF THE ONCE ILLUSTRIOUS FAMILY OF THE INCAS, 1820
pencil and watercolour on paper on the artist’s washed paper mount
31.0 x 21.0 cm (sheet)
37.5 x 26.0 cm (mount)
inscribed with title and date on artist’s paper mount: Pedro Rima Condor. / a Peruvian, and regular descendant, of the once Illustrious Family / of the Incas. at present a Servant in the House of Sr Abadia Lima. Drawn from / nature. / 1820.PROVENANCE
Possibly: The artist’s family (It seems probable that Pedro Rima Condor was once owned by a member of Earle's family. The portrait is mounted in the same way and carries the same kind of inscription (without the numbering), of the many drawings from an album once owned by Earle's half-brother, the Royal Navy hydrographer William Henry Smyth (the drawings are now part of the Nan Kivell collection, National Library of Australia)
Private collection, Northumberland, United Kingdom
Bearnes Hampton & Littlewood, Exeter, United Kingdom, 16 April 2021, lot 1562 (as ‘British School Early 19th Century - Portrait of Pedro Rima Condor, Full-length Standing’)
Private collection
LITERATURE
This work will be included in the forthcoming monograph by Dr Mary Eagle on Augustus Earle.
CATALOGUE TEXT
A poignant image from embattled Viceregal Peru on the eve of the declaration of independence, this is a hitherto unknown watercolour from Augustus Earle’s visit to Lima, Peru between mid-July and early November 1820. Although modest and disarming in format (as if Earle is disguising his subversive message, sotto voce, in the familiar clothing of the costumbrismo tradition), the artist’s portrait of Pedro Rima Condor nevertheless broadcasts an indictment of Spanish colonial rule and its ruthless exploitation of the indigenous population – a message reiterated in Earle’s inscription. Earle’s subject here anticipates the subject matter that would interest and occupy the artist throughout his ever-itinerant career, as the indigenous, the colonised, and the enslaved, became centre stage in so much of his subsequent work in South America, Australia, New Zealand, and Asia. The portrait of the indigenous Pedro Rima Condor was painted in 1820 within a year of the proclamation of Peru’s independence on 28 July 1821, albeit decades before the feudal society of the Spanish Viceroyalty it so eloquently critiques was finally replaced by a democratic Republic. Earle’s portrait is as spare and mournful a marker of colonial Peru in 1820, as Rugendas’ suite of Peruvian paintings of the 1840s are extravagant and celebratory markers of the newly emerging Peruvian nation.
‘…The manner of this drawing in pencil, ink and watercolour, the uncanonical pictorial concept, and the English inscription and style of handwriting1 strongly substantiate the world-travelling Anglo-American painter Augustus Earle (1793 – 1838) as its creator. The attribution firms when we take into consideration that the work was painted in the embattled Spanish stronghold of Lima, in 1820. War was then imminent and Earle is the only non-Peruvian artist known to have been in Lima in 1820. Peru was embattled because Chile, the country bordering it on the south, upon throwing off Spanish rule in 1817 had turned immediately to the task of forcibly removing Spain from the region. Chile’s navy was under the control of Lord Cochrane, a profit-minded, ex-naval officer from England, who instituted a policy of raiding ports along the coast of Peru and confiscating ships and merchandise. In 1819, Cochrane temporarily blockaded Lima’s port of Callao, interrupting shipping in and out of the port. In August 1820, his squadron transported Chilean troops to a place from which they could attack Lima, then sailed on to blockade Callao, again freezing the movement of vessels into and out of the port. Peru declared its independence in July 1821. 

Disembarking from a small American trading vessel in mid-July 1820, Earle moved freely between the port and the city six miles away, until early November when the Spanish administration ordered the immediate exodus of non-resident foreigners, and Earle, together with others of his nationality, was collected from the coast outside Lima by a British warship. For a month, he watched events from aboard HMS Hyperion before sailing on that vessel on 12 December, bound for England. The portrait of Pedro Rima Condor was painted sometime during the four and a half months between mid-July and early November. Painstakingly drawn from life, it pictures a subdued man, dressed in ragged clothes, his gaze averted from the artist. The portrayal was out of keeping both with Peruvian art and with the prevailing international mode of portraying national and occupational types. Portraits drawn from life were then very rare in Peru where a strong tradition existed of formal portraits in which the subject's social position was expressed through elaborate detailing and a lavish display of jewellery and gold leaf. (Besides Spanish Peruvians, the tradition included portraits of Inca ‘grandees.’) Capturing a facial likeness and a lifelike presence was of less importance in those beautiful images than portraying the subject’s place in society. After Peru’s independence, an existing international tradition flourished, of costumbrismo prints and drawings that portrayed a range of local occupations. These, too, were not portraits drawn from life but standardised depictions of the costume, activities, and mannerisms of a range of Peruvian types.2 

The inscription below the portrait informs us that Pedro Rima Condor was a descendant of ‘the once Illustrious Family of the Incas.’3 The ‘Rima’ and ‘Condor’ of his name are variations of words in the Inca language Quechua (this being the sole Inca language the Spanish conquerors attempted to use and record). ‘Cuntur’ was the Quechua word for the great bird, the ‘condor’. Rima = Lima = Rimac referred to an Inca god (Rimachi – son of Tupac Inca) and to the region encompassing Lima and the Rimac river valley (this having been the most densely populated region in the Inca empire). As with many of Earle’s portraits, the face is shown in three-quarters view. The fully rounded head is sculpted to show the flat ridge of the forehead, the slope of the temple – its angle is echoed below by the line between nose and jaw – the long straight jut of nose, the small dark eyes rimmed by flesh, the distinctively shaped cheeks under high cheekbones, jutting lips, small chin and a slightly sunken jaw that curves below the cheek before turning in a straight line to the ear. As in other carefully studied portrait drawings, Earle outlined the fine wrinkles on the neck and cheeks, the broader frown lines on the forehead, and the parallel lines of facial hair. As well as following the bodily form, these lines delicately trace the lines of age and indicate a sustained unhappiness. Earle may have had Pedro in mind when, eleven years later, he characterised the Incas as ‘gentle and civilised.’4 The inscription goes on to say that Pedro Rima Condor was a servant in the home of ‘Sr Abadia.’ The servant’s shuttered face above patched and torn clothes could indicate an apathetic disregard for personal appearance, yet Pedro cared about personal hygiene – his shirt is clean – therefore the ragged outer garments were not due to carelessness but to sheer poverty. What does this say about his employer? 
Don Pedro Abadia was a prominent and influential Spanish merchant of Lima. Unlike the majority of Peru's Spanish merchants and administrators – who were monopolist and set in their ways – Abadia publicly endorsed free trade and modern machinery (for example, he imported English steam engines and employed Cornish miners to manage his mines in upcountry Peru), hence he was nudged into playing a major role in the trade war that accompanied the decline of Spain's power internationally in the early 1800s. Speculative traders from around the world, hoping to open rich new markets, flocked to Callao and on arrival sought the support of Abadia. Earle's first visit to the house would have been with the American trader, Captain Zacharias Nixon. In 1821 and 1822 Sir Walter Scott's garrulous friend, Captain Basil Hall, who patrolled the west coast of South America, on naval duty to protect British trading vessels, made a brief contact with Abadia, describing him as a generous public figure. Richard Cleveland, an American trader who had business dealings with Abadia and his partner, explained Abadia’s power: ‘His talents and education, and the extraneous circumstances of his being agent at Lima of the Philippine Company, and of his brother's being about that time one of the cabinet of King Ferdinand all combined to give him an influence with the Viceroy and the Cabildo, unsurpassed by any other individual in the kingdom.’ Cleveland was less complimentary about Abadia as a person: ‘... although of superior education, and extensive intercourse with mankind, he was bigoted and priest-ridden.’5 To which Earle’s portrait adds a further note – Abadia's generosity did not extend to his servants.

Earle's independent eye has earned him much attention – even more now that the imagery from Europe's colonies has come under serious review. Unlike the majority of artists who travelled abroad, Earle had few commercial outlets for his work. Apart from coastal profiles, panoramas and portrait commissions, he had two engagements as an illustrator. Most of his depictions of social life (totalling around 200) went into the possession of his family, and those works, rather than connecting with the practices of traditional travel art and the new modes of natural science, were Earle's private comment on what he saw in the many places he visited. Accordingly, it seems probable that Pedro Rima Condor was once owned by a member of Earle's family. The portrait is mounted in the same way and carries the same kind of inscription (without the numbering), of the many drawings from an album once owned by Earle's half-brother, the Royal Navy hydrographer William Henry Smyth (the drawings are now part of the Nan Kivell collection, National Library of Australia). Of Earle’s four known Peruvian subjects (four, now this work has surfaced), Smyth’s album included two, both of them coastal profiles. One is a drawing of the fort of Callao, evidently sketched from the deck of the Warrior between the American ship's arrival and Earle's disembarkation (National Library of Australia). The other is an immensely long 360-degree panorama sketched from aboard HMS Hyperion during the month that vessel hovered out of reach of Callao's guns (also National Library of Australia), while the third (untraced) Peruvian work, Road from Callao to Lima, is known through a copy drawing in the British Museum.

1. Earle's handwriting changed slightly over the years. This inscription fits the date of the work. 
2. See exhibition catalogue: Maljuf, N., Reproducing Nations: Types and Costumes in Asia and Latin America, ca. 1800 – 1860, Americas Society, New York, 2006.
3. According to Stevenson in A Historical & Descriptive Narrative of Twenty Years’ Residence in South America (1825), p.303, ‘The principal occupations of the Indians who reside in Lima is the making of fringes, gold and silver lace, epaulettes, and embroidery; some are tailors, other attend the business of the market, but very few are servants or mechanics.’
4. Augustus Earle, A Narrative of a Nine Months' Residence in New Zealand in 1827; together with a Journal of a Residence in Tristan d'Acunha, London, 1832, p. 9
5. Cleveland, R.J., Narrative of Voyages and Commercial Enterprises, 3rd edition, Charles H. Peirce, Boston, 1850, pp. 392 – 3

We are grateful to Dr Mary Eagle for kindly granting permission to reproduce excerpts from her research on the present work, to be included in her forthcoming monograph on Augustus Earle.
Rae John Panorama of Hyde Parkview full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lot 16
JOHN RAE
(British/Australian, 1813 - 1900)
PANORAMA OF HYDE PARK, c.1893
watercolour on photographs on paper on stretched linen
21.0 x 144.5 cm
inscribed upper centre: 1842
inscribed lower centre: Hyde Park / Drawn with Camera by John Rae Town Clerk
inscribed upper left: Supreme Court/ and Watch House, St. James Anglican Church, General Hospital/ (now Mint), Hyde Park Barracks
inscribed upper centre: Campanile, Seminary, St. Mary's R.C. Cathedral, Markers Mill, Gerard's Mill, Victoria Terrace/ John Alexander, Colonel Mundy, Judge Dickinson/ Craigend Mill
inscribed upper right: The Museum, Darlinghurst Jail, Sydney College/ (now Grammar School), Hyde Park Terrace, Lyons Terrace
inscribed centre right: Prosper De Mestre/ Liverpool St.
inscribed lower right: King/ The Flying Pieman.
PROVENANCE
G. E. Friend, Sydney (label attached verso)
Sam Whitney, Sydney
John Williams, Sydney, 28 August 2011, lot A28
Private collection, Sydney
EXHIBITED
The Royal Australian Historical Society, Sydney 
RELATED WORKS
Supreme Court and St James Church, from Elizabeth Street, 1842, watercolour, 25.0 x 33.5 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney
Hyde Park, St James Parsonage Dispensary, afterwards the Mint, and Emigration Barracks, 1842, watercolour, 26.0 x 34.5 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney
Hyde Park, St Mary's Cathedral and Belfry, 1842, watercolour, 26.5 x 34.5 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney
Hyde Park, windmills, Woolloomooloo, Darlinghurst Gaol, Museum, Sir E. Deas Thomson's house, 1842, watercolour, 26.0 x 33.0 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney
Hyde Park, Museum, Darlinghurst Gaol, Sydney Grammar School, Burdekin's and Lyons' Terraces, 1842, watercolour, 26.0 x 34.0 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney
Junction of Elizabeth & Liverpool Sts, Hyde Park, Burdekin's Terrace, Lyons' Terrace, outlet of Busby's Bore, 1842, watercolour, 26.0 x 34.5 cm, Mitchell and Dixson Collections, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney.
This 180-degree panorama of the open expanse of Sydney’s Hyde Park in the 1840s is unrecognisable to those familiar with the deeply shaded, tree-lined park we know today. It is a rare example of evolving technologies of visual reproduction used in the nineteenth century, by a man who was influential in the growth of Sydney over six transformative decades. Born and educated in Aberdeen, John Rae arrived in New South Wales in 1839 and was appointed by the newly formed Municipal Council as the city’s first full-time town clerk in 1843. From then until his retirement in 1893, he was actively involved in the shaping of the city, holding prominent public service positions.

Rae was also an enthusiastic participant in Sydney’s burgeoning cultural scene. He helped organise the first exhibition of the Society for the Promotion of the Fine Arts in 1847; painted; published; acquired art and a notable library; and was a popular lecturer at the Mechanics’ School of Arts, speaking on topics ranging from poetry to photography.1 He was well versed in this latter topic, using a home-made portable camera obscura from the 1840s, and practicing as an early proponent of photography from the 1850s. He even built a camera obscura on the roof of his house, Hilton, in Darlinghurst, as was reported in the Sydney Morning Herald, which published lengthy accounts of his lectures on this new technology in 1855.2
The principles of the camera obscura, by which a scene can be projected onto a surface through a pin-hole or lens, had been known for centuries and was employed by many artists as sketching guides. Rae used these projections as the basis for accurately rendered, multi-sheet watercolour panoramas of numerous locations in Sydney as well as Newcastle, Wollongong and pastoral vistas. Many of these watercolours are held in the State Library of New South Wales collection, including the sheets that make up his view of Hyde Park from Elizabeth Street, capturing Sydney-siders riding, promenading and playing multiple cricket matches.3 Although the watercolours are dated 1842, some of the buildings depicted were not constructed until later in that decade and it seems likely that Rae signed them retrospectively.4 This tallies with the knowledge that he returned to his earlier art in the 1880s and 1890s, exhibiting in the Calcutta International Exhibition (1883) and again, at the Melbourne Centennial International Exhibition (1888 – 89). 

Around 1893 a selection of Rae’s early watercolours were photographed and published in album format; he also hand-coloured a number of these photographs. Such is the case here: six photographs of the Hyde Park set have been carefully aligned and pasted together, overpainted with watercolour such that the underlying photograph can barely be seen. Buildings have been carefully labelled and the central inscription notes that they were ‘drawn with camera’ by Rae.5 Further examples of these hand-coloured photographs are held in the City of Sydney art collection, in a set gifted by the artist to a friend.6 Upon his death in 1900, an appreciative obituary noted that ‘many interesting relics of Old Sydney have been preserved from forgetfulness by Mr Rae’s brush and pencil.’7

1. The Mechanics’ School of Arts was the forerunner to the Sydney Technical College, now part of TAFE New South Wales.
2. ‘Photography. Being some extracts from a lecture delivered by John Rae’, The Sydney Morning Herald, 14 September 1855, p. 8, and ‘School of Arts’ [Mr Rae’s second lecture], The Sydney Morning Herald, 20 September 1855, p. 2
3. DG V*/Sp Coll/Rae/1, DG SV*/Sp Coll/Rae/16-20, State Library of New South Wales
4. For example, the roof of the Australian Museum was not started until 1849.
5. The Australian Museum did not open until 1857, the same year that Sydney Grammar took over the buildings of Sydney College. 
6. Margaret Betteridge, Sydney Town Hall: The Building and its Collection, Council of the City of Sydney, 2nd edition, Sydney, 2016, pp. 138 – 39
7. The Sydney Morning Herald, 17 July 1900, p. 4

ALISA BUNBURY


Buvelot Louis BACCHUS MARSH PASTURE, 1876view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lot 17
LOUIS BUVELOT
(1814 - 1888)
BACCHUS MARSH PASTURE, 1876
oil on canvas 
58.0 x 86.5 cm
signed and dated lower left: Ls Buvelot. 1876
bears inscription on frame verso: L Buvelot. N1 
framer's label attached verso: Isaac Whitehead Carver & Gilder 
PROVENANCE
Hon. J. A. MacPherson, Victoria, acquired directly from the artist in 1876
Thence by descent
Private collection, United Kingdom
Private collection, Sydney, acquired from the above in 2021
LITERATURE
The Argus, Melbourne, 31 July 1876, p. 4
Gray, J., Louis Buvelot: his life and work, Masters Research thesis [unpublished], VCA – School of Art, The University of Melbourne, 1977, ‘Miss Ellen Frey’s list of works [alphabetical, by title] and owners, 1904’, vol. 2, cat. 6 (as ‘Bacchus Marsh Pasture, Hon J Macpherson’)
‘M. Buvelot has just completed for the Chief Secretary, an oil painting representing a quiet landscape at Bacchus Marsh. The features of the landscape are very simple, and but for the two white gum trees, which occupy a prominent position in the foreground, the scene might be mistaken for an English one. An amphitheatre of low wooded, and softly rounded hills encloses a verdant arena, in which a rich crop of thistles bears a not indistinct resemblance to a field of standing corn. A waterhole set in a green framework of scrub, lights up the picture pleasantly, and reflects the sheen of the summer sky, and while the tone of the picture is bright and sunny, the sentiment it breathes is one of perfect repose.’1

Within a few years of his arrival in Melbourne in 1865, aged fifty-one, Swiss-born Louis Buvelot was the most admired landscape artist working in the colony of Victoria, superseding his predecessor Eugene von Guérard, the elder by four years. In contrast to von Guérard’s carefully rendered (or to some, ‘laborious’) depictions of pastoral properties and awe-inspiring remote scenery, Buvelot was praised for being ‘disdainful of tedious detail… With the dry bed of a creek, some ragged scrub, a patch of verdure, and the rugged stem of an old gum tree he succeeds in constructing a picture which you can return to again and again with pleasure’.2 By 1870, three substantial landscapes by Buvelot had been acquired for the newly formed National Gallery of Victoria. Although von Guérard was appointed painting master for the Gallery School over Buvelot, it was Buvelot’s more fluid approach that had the greater impact among his contemporaries and successors. Arthur Streeton, Frederick McCubbin and Tom Roberts came to regard him as ‘the father of Australian landscape painting’, McCubbin stating that ‘there was no one before him to point out the way; he possessed, therefore in himself the genius to catch and understand the salient living features of this country’.3

Buvelot first visited and began sketching the waterways, floodplains, cleared paddocks and forested hills around the small township of Bacchus Marsh, set between the Lerderderg and Werribee rivers, in autumn 1876. Although he did not paint en plein air, the numerous pencil sketches he drew – helpfully dated and titled – were the source for several oil paintings completed later that year in his Fitzroy studio. These included two views of Goodman’s Creek (Art Gallery of New South Wales, University of Melbourne) and a watercolour of the nearby Pentland Hills (Art Gallery of New South Wales), which was translated into a chromolithograph gifted to subscribers to the Art Union of Victoria.4 Buvelot was also painting to commission: one scene of Bacchus Marsh was produced for local art collector Thomas Welton Stanford, praised by a reviewer as ‘a perfect gem… the best work that has yet emanated from M. Buvelot’s studio’.5 Two months later, Bacchus Marsh pasture, 1876 was similarly praised in the media, painted on commission for John Alexander MacPherson.6 
Not enough is yet known about MacPherson as a collector. Born into a pastoral family, and trained as a lawyer, he was elected to the Victorian Parliament in 1864, serving briefly as the seventh Premier of the colony (September 1869 – April 1870). Notably it was during these months that the new Public Library, Museums and National Gallery of Victoria Act was passed and MacPherson and several of his ministers were appointed trustees, a position he held until 1880. As discussed in lot 14, he was known to be acquiring art as early as 1870, and in 1876, while serving as Chief Secretary, MacPherson commissioned at least two paintings: a dramatic mountainous Gippsland view from von Guérard (now Kerry Stokes Collection, Perth),7 and this, a distinct contrast in its tranquillity and benign rusticity, the young woman tending the cows akin to a peasant in Dutch landscapes of the seventeenth century. Bacchus Marsh pasture remained with MacPherson’s descendants until recently. It is housed in its original gilt frame, demonstrating the best-known style of the pre-eminent Melbourne frame maker Isaac Whitehead.8 

Buvelot’s declining eyesight prevented him from painting in his last years. He died in May 1888 and was buried in Kew Cemetery: a publicly funded monument was later erected. Only two months after his death, the National Gallery of Victoria held a commemorative retrospective, the first such exhibition of an ‘Australian’ artist.9 Few recall his early, successful career in Brazil (1835 – 52), almost equal in years to his working career in Australia but without the posthumous and continuing praise and recognition.

1. The Argus, Melbourne, 31 July 1876, p. 4 
2. ‘The Exhibition of the Victorian Academy of Arts’, The Argus, Melbourne, 1 December 1870, p. 7
The von Guérard quote above is also from this review.
3. McCubbin cited in The Art of Frederick McCubbin, The Lothian Book Publishing Co., Melbourne, 1916, p. 85.
4. Summer evening in the Pentland Hills, 1876, chromolithograph, various collections.
5. ‘News of the day’, The Age, Melbourne, 18 May 1876, p.3. Stanford is briefly discussed in Gerard Vaughan’s ‘Art collectors in colonial Victoria 1854 – 1892: An analysis of taste and patronage’, University of Melbourne, BA Hon. thesis, 1976, pp. 16, 44 – 45. MacPherson is not mentioned.
6. Miss Frey, executor of Madame Buvelot’s estate, titled Stanford’s painting Bacchus Marsh, stream and this Bacchus Marsh, pasture, in her list L’oeuvre australienne de Louis Buvelot de Morge, 1905. See Jocelyn Gray, ‘Louis Buvelot: his life and work’, Victoria College of the Arts (University of Melbourne) MA thesis, 1977, vol. 2, n.p. 
7. The Argus, Melbourne, 24 July 1876, p. 5
8. Holly McGowan-Jackson and Jessica Lehmann, ‘Framers in focus: Isaac Whitehead’, 26 July 2021, see: https://www.ngv.vic.gov.au/essay/framers-in-focus-isaac-whitehead
9. One of the Gallery’s rooms (now State Library Victoria) was named the Buvelot Gallery.

ALISA BUNBURY
Carabain Jacques Adelaide 1907view full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lot 18
JACQUES CARABAIN
(Dutch, Belgian, 1834 - 1933)
KING WILLIAM ST, ADELAIDE, 1907
oil on canvas
95.0 x 125.0 cm
signed and dated lower left: Jacqs - Carabain / 1907
signed and inscribed on artist’s label verso: The Main Road a Adelaide Western Australia/ original / Jacques / Carabain.
PROVENANCE
probably: sold at auction, Antwerp, May 1968 (as ‘View of Adelaide’)
Private collection
Christie's, London, 18 March 1969, lot 113 (as 'Looking South along King William Street, Adelaide')
Corporate collection, Melbourne
Corporate collection, Sydney
LITERATURE
Fish, P., ‘Wild scenes at glimpse of what's on offer’, Sydney Morning Herald, Sydney, 23 August 2008, p. 64 (illus.) 
Described as the ‘Canaletto of colonial thoroughfares’, Jacques François Carabain is one of the cohort of European artists who spent time in ‘Marvellous Melbourne’ in the later nineteenth century.1 Born and trained in Amsterdam, he travelled widely throughout Europe, honing his ability as a painter of brightly lit, romantic-realistic views of cityscapes and historic buildings. In 1880 he became a Belgian citizen. Carabain’s biography in Australia is less clear, with his earliest known painting of an Australian landscape – of the river port of the Yarra – dated 1879 (ANZ Collection). However there is no other evidence that he had arrived by that date – indeed newspaper articles of 1885 describe Carabain as a recent arrival, setting up a studio in Collins Street east (the artists’ end) and exhibiting with the Victorian Academy of Arts in March of that year.2 Although offering portraiture ‘as the most immediately remunerative’ art form, landscapes were clearly his passion, and a local reviewer praised them as ‘notable for a certain sunny quality, for the accuracy of their local colour, and for the realism of their treatment.’3

This view of Adelaide is one of a number of impressive antipodean streetscapes by Carabain: of Collins and of Swanston streets in Melbourne (State Library of Victoria); King and George streets in Sydney (National Library of Australia); and of Queen Street in Auckland, a highlight painting in the collection of the Auckland Art Gallery Toi o Tāmaki. In this Adelaide view, Carabain shows King William Street from the corner of Currie Street, looking north to the belltowers of the Adelaide Town Hall (left) and the General Post Office (right). The imposing edifice that dominates the scene is the Bank of Adelaide, built in 1880 – 01 with dramatic two-tone stonework, not apparent in this rendition. While the painting is dated 1907, it is evident that Carabain based his view upon an earlier photograph, a practice he is known to have employed.4 The small two-storey building beside the bank, for example, was replaced in 1898 with the ornate National Mutual Life Association building that remains today.5 Noticeably, when compared with photographs from the 1880s and ‘90s, Carabain has made the aesthetic decision to omit the large, insulator-laden telegraph poles that marched along the major roads, and their multitude of taut wires that bisected the sky (conversely, he did include them in his views of Collins and Queen streets).6 Tom Roberts made a similar excision, avoiding the wires in his famous impressionist painting, Allegro con brio, Bourke St West c.1885 – 86 (National Gallery of Australia). Carabain also only hints at the horse-drawn trams that ran along King William Street. By doing so, he conveys a calm, prosperous and orderly city, its occupants enjoying the morning sun. 

1. Roger Blackley, The Guide, Auckland Art Gallery Toi o Tāmaki, 2001, see:
www.aucklandartgallery.com/explore-art-and-ideas/artwork/6706/queen-stre...
2. ‘The Victorian Academy of Arts’, The Argus, Melbourne, 28 March 1885, p. 13. Similarly, it is not confirmed when he left Australia, with 1889 often cited.
3. ‘Art notes’, The Argus, Melbourne, 27 April 1885, p. 6
4. Queen Street, Auckland was based upon a photograph by George Valentine. It is not confirmed whether Carabain personally visited New Zealand. Similarly, the 1879 painting of the Yarra is likely to have been based on a photograph.
5. While Carabain was typically very accurate, the two buildings painted beside the bank do not correspond to the buildings recorded in photographs.
6. Collins St, Melbourne, 1889, oil on canvas, 125.0 x 95.0 cm, sold Christies, Melbourne, 26 November 1996, lot 144

ALISA BUNBURY
Hirschfeld-Mack Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Deutscher & Hackett, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN + INTERNATIONAL FINE ART, SYDNEY, 14 September 2022. lots 61-69
text for lot 61:
LUDWIG HIRSCHFELD-MACK
(German/Australian, 1893 - 1965)
RED, GREY AND ORANGE COMPOSITION, c.1935
oil on compressed card
35.5 x 49.5 cm
signed lower right: L. H. MACK
signed verso: L. H. MACK
Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack arrived in Australia on the HMT Dunera, disembarking in Sydney Harbour in early September 1940. It had been a long and complicated journey. Having left his wife and children in Germany some years earlier, when the rise of Nazism made finding permanent employment for someone of his Jewish heritage almost impossible, Hirschfeld-Mack was teaching in England. Following the fall of France in May 1940, he was interned as an ‘enemy alien’ and despite having been classified only a few months earlier as an ‘alien class C’ – a person who presented the lowest risk to England and the allies – he was subsequently deported as part of a program that transported internees to Australia and Canada. 

Conditions on the Dunera were poor. Drastically overcrowded, it lacked sufficient bedding, shower and toilet facilities for its more than 2,500 passengers. Exercise above deck was restricted to less than thirty minutes a day and throughout the 57-day voyage, many suffered from seasickness and other illnesses. More shockingly, the internees also endured verbal and physical abuse from the army officers onboard, as well as having the few possessions they had been allowed to take with them damaged, discarded and stolen. Their resilience and optimism in the face of adversity was remarkable. To counteract the difficulties of their situation, the passengers organised card and chess games – one of the chess sets being fashioned out of bread dough – as well as holding language classes, musical concerts and lectures on a wide range of subjects, from literature to economics and agriculture.1 

The diversity of these ship-board activities – which continued and expanded once the men were interned in camps in regional New South Wales and Victoria – reflected the knowledge and expertise of the internees, many of whom were highly-trained professionals, intellectuals and skilled artists and artisans. Alongside the architects, doctors, engineers, chemists, teachers and business executives on board the Dunera, were 27 artists, 9 jewellers, 30 leather workers, 12 photographers, as well as a weaver, a potter and a maker of musical instruments.2   

Hirschfeld-Mack was an artist and a teacher, and his arrival in Australia established a direct link with the Weimar Bauhaus, where he had studied from 1919 until 1925. Founded by architect, Walter Gropius, in 1919, the Bauhaus was a highly influential school whose manifesto proposed a radical challenge: ‘Let us create a new guild of craftsmen, without the class distinctions which raise an arrogant barrier between craftsman and artist. Together let us conceive and create the new building of the future, which can embrace architecture and sculpture and painting in one unity’.3 Hirschfeld-Mack enrolled in October 1919 and began his apprenticeship in the graphic printing workshop which was run by Paul Klee. Learning various printmaking techniques, he also mastered the use of the printing press, undertaking commercial jobs for external clients, as well as limited edition fine art printing. The Neue europäische Graphik series, which featured prints by artists including Vassily Kandinsky, Kurt Schwitters and Max Beckmann, was produced at the Bauhaus and with fellow student, Josef Albers, Hirschfeld-Mack is said to have designed, as well as printed, some of the portfolio covers.4 
From 1920, Hirschfeld-Mack experimented with the technique of monotype, which, as the name suggests, produces a single, unique printed impression, as opposed to an edition of identical multiples. Monotypes are traditionally made by applying paint or ink to a printing plate (usually metal or glass) and then transferring the design – which appears as a mirror image of the design on the plate – to paper. Hirschfeld-Mack used a different technique, the ‘Durchdrückzeichnung’ or ‘press through drawing’, whereby the paper is laid down onto an inked surface and the image is created by drawing on the back of the sheet, the pressure of the pencil transferring ink from the plate to the paper. While Klee is known to have used a similar technique, in a letter written many years later, Hirschfeld-Mack stated that he introduced the technique to the Bauhaus, noting that ‘…Paul Klee asked me if he could use [it] for his works.’5 This influence continued during his internment in Australia and it is likely that fellow Dunera-boys, Erwin Fabian and Bruno Simon – both of whom recorded the experience of internment in powerful, sometimes harrowing monotypes – learnt the distinctive printing technique from him.6 

Produced between 1947 and the early 1960s, this group of monotypes displays the rich creative possibilities of the medium in Hirschfeld-Mack’s hands. Positive and negative linear designs are combined with areas of tone, which was achieved by applying pressure to the back of the sheet, and often highlights the texture of the papers he used. Other tools, such as a comb which created the distinctive parallel wavy lines seen in Composition, c.1962, were used to create a variety of marks and effects. Colour, generally added later, is a key element of these works, reminding us of Hirschfeld-Mack’s lifelong interest in colour and its theory, from teaching the colour seminar at the Bauhaus in 1922, to his renowned experiments with colour and music.7 According to his second wife, Olive, Hirschfeld Mack wanted to create a feeling of transparency in these works and would apply the colour slowly, revisiting the work over an extended period, each time carefully considering the effect of adding more colour.8 An important early example, Off to the Stars, 1947, which combines printing in brown ink with delicate washes of blue and pink watercolour, exemplifies his approach. Inscribed by the artist, its title too, is characteristic of the optimistic and sometimes other-worldly themes he often addressed in his art. 

Hirschfeld-Mack painted Red, Grey and Orange Composition, c.1935 in Berlin. Its bold, fragmented composition exemplifies Bauhaus abstraction, but with its striking elements of line, layering and rich textural qualities, it has a distinctive Hirschfeld-Mack inflection. The focus on pattern – parallel lines, cross-hatching and fields of dots and dashes – which is primarily achieved by drawing through areas of creamy-coloured paint (probably with the end of a paintbrush) to reveal the layer below, also creates an interesting link to the techniques adopted in his monotypes. Studio photographs from the mid-1930s show that alongside abstract works such as this, Hirschfeld-Mack was also painting figurative images during these years, and given the increasing restrictions being placed on all aspects of contemporary life by the Nazis, they represented a far safer option. Abstract art was branded ‘degenerate’ and as Hirschfeld-Mack explained, ‘Artists who experimented and followed the new abstract or near abstract trends of our time, were put on a black list, and were not permitted to draw or paint any longer. These artists had to sign a paper, that they would cease painting altogether and they were controlled by the Gestapo in ruthless house searches. If they continued painting, they were arrested and imprisoned in concentration camps.’9 The historical context of this painting imbues it with particular significance. As a strong expression of abstraction made in a place and at a time when this was forbidden, it exemplifies the subversive power of art (and artists) and the critical role of creativity. As a reflection of Hirschfeld-Mack’s Bauhaus training and the artistic and intellectual milieu of which he was a part, it creates a tangible link between avant-garde European modernism and the history of twentieth century Australian art.

1. The details of Hirschfeld-Mack’s life and journey to Australia in this essay are drawn from Schwarzbauer, R. with Bell, C., Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack: More Than a Bauhaus Artist, History Smiths, Melbourne, 2021.
2. See Keaney, M., ‘Images of Displacement: Art from the Internment Camps’ in Butler, R., (ed.) The Europeans: Emigré Artists in Australia 1930-1960, National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 1997, p. 101
3. Cited in Schwarzbauer, op. cit., pp. 36 – 37 
4. Ibid., p. 39
5. Ibid., p. 47
6. See Keaney, op. cit., pp. 91 – 92 and Butler, R., Printed: Images by Australian Artists 1885 – 1955, National Gallery of Australia, Canberra, 2007, p. 222
7. See McNamara, A., ‘The Bauhaus in Australia: Interdisciplinary Confluences in Modernist Practices’ in Stephen, A., Goad, P., & McNamara, A., (eds.), Modern Times: The Untold Story of Modernism in Australia, The Miegunyah Press, Carlton, 2008, pp. 12 – 13
8. Hazel de Berg, interviews with Olive Hirschfeld, 8 December 1965, National Library of Australia

KIRSTY GRANT
You-Beaut Countryview full entry
Reference: You-Beaut Country : Australian landscape painting 1837 – 1964
Organised by the National Gallery of Victoria and the Museum of Modern Art and Design of Australia; sponsored by the National Gallery Society of Victoria. Includes essay, catalogue of 65 works from private and public collections, illustrations after Louis Buvelot and John Olsen (from which the exhibition draws its name), biographies.
The exhibition includes classic works by Nicholas Chevalier, Penleigh Boyd, John Glover, Tom Roberts, Frederick McCubbin, Charles Conder etc. and modernist and contemporary works by Sam Ate, Ray Crooke, William Dobell, Jacqueline Hick, Robert Hughes, Lina Bryans, Robert Juniper, John Perceval, Clifton Pugh, Fred Williams, Albert Tucker etc.
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 1964. Quarto, illustrated wrappers after Charles Conder, pp. [8],
Ref: 1000
Rainbird J Lview full entry
Reference: AN ILLUSTRATED KEY TO THE SKULLS OF THE MAMMALS IN TASMANIA. R. H. Green; J. L. Rainbird.
Illustrations by J. L. Rainbird.

Publishing details: Launceston: Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, 1983.
First Edition.
24.5cm x 18cm. 100 pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated saddle- stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Burke Francesview full entry
Reference: FRANCIS BURKE FABRICS.
"This exhibition is a project of the Textile Resource Collection, Department of Fashion & Textile Design, RMIT." (from page 1)
Publishing details: [Melbourne]: [Textile Resource Collection, Department of Fashion & Textile Design, RMIT], [1996]. 12 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
PRESENTING AUSTRALIAN ART 1938-1941: COUNTER CLAIMSview full entry
Reference: PRESENTING AUSTRALIAN ART 1938-1941: COUNTER CLAIMS, Christine Dixon; Dinah Dysart. Catalogue of an exhibition at S. H. Ervin Gallery 17 May-6 July 1986. A satellite exhibition for the Sixth Biennale of Sydney.
Publishing details: Sydney: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 1986.
56 pages, black and white illustrations. Lettered saddle- stapled wrappers.


Ref: 33
PEOPLE I DON'T KNOW IN PHOTOGRAPHS I TOOK OF SOMETHING ELSEview full entry
Reference: PEOPLE I DON'T KNOW IN PHOTOGRAPHS I TOOK OF SOMETHING ELSE, by Edwina Richards; Merilyn Fairskye

Publishing details: Sydney: Peninsula Paper, 2002.92 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Photobook. Limited edition of 1000 copies.
Ref: 1000
Richards Edwina view full entry
Reference: see PEOPLE I DON'T KNOW IN PHOTOGRAPHS I TOOK OF SOMETHING ELSE, by Edwina Richards; Merilyn Fairskye

Publishing details: Sydney: Peninsula Paper, 2002.92 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Photobook. Limited edition of 1000 copies.
Fairskye Merilyn
view full entry
Reference: see PEOPLE I DON'T KNOW IN PHOTOGRAPHS I TOOK OF SOMETHING ELSE, by Edwina Richards; Merilyn Fairskye

Publishing details: Sydney: Peninsula Paper, 2002.92 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Photobook. Limited edition of 1000 copies.
Pate Klytieview full entry
Reference: KLYTIE PATE CERAMICS, Geoffrey Edwards; Klytie Pate
Catalogue of an exhibition 25 May-3 July 1983.
Publishing details: [Melbourne]: National Gallery of Victoria, 1983.. 20 pages, illlustrations, some colour. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
BE DO BE DO BE DOview full entry
Reference: BE DO BE DO BE DO
Judy Millar; Rosemary Hawker
Catalogue ofn exhibition 8 June -27 July 2013.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2013. [16] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Millar Judy view full entry
Reference: BE DO BE DO BE DO
Judy Millar; Rosemary Hawker
Catalogue ofn exhibition 8 June -27 July 2013.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2013. [16] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Hawker Rosemary view full entry
Reference: BE DO BE DO BE DO
Judy Millar; Rosemary Hawker
Catalogue ofn exhibition 8 June -27 July 2013.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 2013. [16] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Clayton Samuel (1783-1853)
view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Virtual Show and Tell no. 18 JULY/AUGUST 2022, Colonial Silhouette of Daniel Egan (1803–1870), Paper backing 7 cm x 6 cm, cut black card silhouette highlighted with gold wax & pen/pencil? Possible Artists? Samuel Clayton (1783-1853) or William Fernyhough (1809-1849).
Egan had strong masonic connections and was in the same lodge 820 E C (English Constitution) with the engraver Samuel Clayton. He was very much the social climber and just the sort of person to commission a silhouette of himself.
Was this the ‘likeness in profile, now in the London
style’ that Clayton advertised using a much improved and systematic machine? He advertised that the likeness was particularly portable and could be conveyed to relatives or friends anywhere in the world (SG 4 Nov 1820 p 2).
Fernyhough was well known for his portrait silhouettes of Aborigines and Sydney personalities (often with a touch of humour).
Egan was born in Windsor NSW, he worked as a foreman and master boat builder at the government dockyard in Sydney until it closed in 1835. He subsequently became a shipping agent, acquired several vessels and opened a wine and spirit shop in George St.
His second marriage in 1843, to widow Mary Ann (Marian) Cahuac, took place at St Mary's
Cathedral, and St James Anglican Church Sydney.
Marian, with her children Henry and Gertrude from her former marriage, perished in the wreck of the Dunbar at South Head on 20 August 1857. By 1844 he was styling himself as a gentleman, of 103 Hunter Street, later moving to Watsons Bay.
He served on the City Council and was Mayor in 1853.
Daniel Egan was elected member of the Legislative Council for the pastoral district of Maneroo (Monaro) in 1854–56 and represented the same seat in the Legislative Assembly in 1856–59 and Eden in 1859–69. He again represented Monaro in 1870. He was Postmaster-General from 27 October 1868 until his death.
He died on 16 October 1870, aged 67, at Watsons Bay. He was buried in the Catholic cemetery at Petersham, causing consternation among zealots who objected to his alleged liaison with a woman. The body was secretly removed but re-interred after a parliamentary enquiry
in 1871.
Fernyhough William (1809-1849).view full entry
Reference: see Australiana Virtual Show and Tell no. 18 JULY/AUGUST 2022, Colonial Silhouette of Daniel Egan (1803–1870), Paper backing 7 cm x 6 cm, cut black card silhouette highlighted with gold wax & pen/pencil? Possible Artists? Samuel Clayton (1783-1853) or William Fernyhough (1809-1849).
Egan had strong masonic connections and was in the same lodge 820 E C (English Constitution) with the engraver Samuel Clayton. He was very much the social climber and just the sort of person to commission a silhouette of himself.
Was this the ‘likeness in profile, now in the London
style’ that Clayton advertised using a much improved and systematic machine? He advertised that the likeness was particularly portable and could be conveyed to relatives or friends anywhere in the world (SG 4 Nov 1820 p 2).
Fernyhough was well known for his portrait silhouettes of Aborigines and Sydney personalities (often with a touch of humour).
Egan was born in Windsor NSW, he worked as a foreman and master boat builder at the government dockyard in Sydney until it closed in 1835. He subsequently became a shipping agent, acquired several vessels and opened a wine and spirit shop in George St.
His second marriage in 1843, to widow Mary Ann (Marian) Cahuac, took place at St Mary's
Cathedral, and St James Anglican Church Sydney.
Marian, with her children Henry and Gertrude from her former marriage, perished in the wreck of the Dunbar at South Head on 20 August 1857. By 1844 he was styling himself as a gentleman, of 103 Hunter Street, later moving to Watsons Bay.
He served on the City Council and was Mayor in 1853.
Daniel Egan was elected member of the Legislative Council for the pastoral district of Maneroo (Monaro) in 1854–56 and represented the same seat in the Legislative Assembly in 1856–59 and Eden in 1859–69. He again represented Monaro in 1870. He was Postmaster-General from 27 October 1868 until his death.
He died on 16 October 1870, aged 67, at Watsons Bay. He was buried in the Catholic cemetery at Petersham, causing consternation among zealots who objected to his alleged liaison with a woman. The body was secretly removed but re-interred after a parliamentary enquiry
in 1871.
Randall Richard John biographyview full entry
Reference: see Brandywine Valley Auctions, Exton, PA, United States, 4.9.2022, lot 111:
Richard John Randall Australian Artist Queensland watercolor, signed and dated 1905, 7 x 11 3/4" image, 12 1/4 x 17" Matt
ichard John Randall (1869—1906) was an Australian artist based in Brisbane, Queensland. His art studio, the Richard Randall Art Studio, was listed on the Queensland Heritage Register. Richard John Randall was born in Brisbane in 1869, the first son of George and Naomi Randall, former domestic servants who had recently emigrated from England to Brisbane. Growing up in South Brisbane, where his parents owned an increasingly successful retail business, Richard and his younger brother George (born in 1871) were both educated at the Brisbane Normal School Richard went on to attend art classes at the Brisbane Technical College, which had been formed in 1882, operating under the control of the Brisbane School of Arts. While studying there he won awards for drawing and modelling Watercolours and drawings by Richard were also included in the fine arts section of Queensland National Association exhibitions in the late 1880s. Queensland's art scene was still in its infancy in the late 19th century. The first art society was formed in 1887, the primary aims of which were to promote the fine arts and to establish annual exhibitions in Brisbane at a time when artists had almost no venues for exhibiting and selling their works. The Society was also seen as an important step towards forming a gallery for Queensland, such as had already been established in Sydney and Melbourne. The first exhibition held by the Society took place in the Masonic Hall in Alice Street, Brisbane, on 14 August 1888. In 1881 Richard's father George Randall was appointed Queensland Emigration Agent to Britain, a position that required him to take extended tours to England. There, he would travel around the various counties encouraging emigration to Queensland, engaging particularly with agricultural labourers. Between 1881 and 1902, George Randall travelled to England 4 times in the position of Emigration Agent, his longest trip lasting 5 years. In the meantime, the profits from the Randall family's South Brisbane business allowed the family to invest extensively in real estate and establish a large farming property at Birkdale, known as Somersby Grange. In April 1891, at the age of 22, Richard departed Brisbane with his mother and brother to accompany George Randall on his third tour to England. While there, Richard furthered his art studies and applied to enter a well known art school run by Professor Hubert von Herkomer at Bushey, Hertfordshire. In December 1892 he was accepted into the Herkomer School and spent the next few years there, eventually earning a free scholarship and life membership. In 1895 Richard Randall attained his highest commendation, when one of his watercolour paintings, entitled "The Old Mill", was accepted and exhibited by the Royal Academy of Arts. After leaving the Herkomer School, Richard Randall spent 18 months working in London, occupying a studio in Queensborough Terrace, Bayswater. During his time there he painted portraits of many eminent gentlemen, as well as making excursions to picturesque spots around England and to Paris. In 1899 Richard Randall returned to Queensland, the purpose of which (according to some sources) was "to carry out his father's patriotic wish, that now he had received some training and experience he should go back and use this and his talent to help lift art matters in his native city and country". Richard continued to pursue his career as an artist in Brisbane, becoming involved in exhibitions and competitions. In November 1899 he exhibited 50 of his water-colours for sale in Messrs Isles, Love and Co.'s auction mart, in relation to which he was described as a "daring colourist". The influence of Randall's style upon other artists was soon observed in local exhibitions. Richard Randall set about establishing his own residence and studio in Brisbane soon after his return. The site chosen was a block of land owned by his father at 72 Cordelia Street in South Brisbane, opposite St Andrew's Church of England. Purchased in May 1884, a residence (known as 'Hatfield') was built on the site c. 1896 and early photographs show this residence and the later studio standing close together on the site. Some sources state that the studio was built for Richard Randall by his father, however as George Randall was in England at the time of its construction in 1900, the level of his involvement in the project (beyond providing the land) is unclear. A 1914 account of Richard Randall's life states that Richard personally superintended the erection of the studio. As a purpose-built studio, rather than an adaptation of an existing building, it is likely that the building's design was based upon the type of artists' studios constructed in parts of London in the late 19th and early 20th century. Favouring the Queen Anne Revival style, these artists' studios were either part of or attached to a single house, or constructed as groups of units. In studio houses, the domestic function of the house was separate from and secondary to its studio use, with the studio itself usually located on the upper floor. Common features of artists' studios included a substantially sized painting room (that served as both a working and entertaining space), and large windows and skylights for adequate natural light, controlled by blinds. In particular, a window joined to an inclined skylight was very popular as it provided both top and side light. Careful consideration was also given to circulation, with an entrance located close to the painting room so that models and visitors would not have to pass through other areas of the house. Purpose-built artists' studios, whether grand or modest, were a reflection of the improved social and professional status of artists working in London in the late Victorian period. While modest in size and incorporating local materials and construction techniques, the Richard Randall Art Studio's design reflects many of the aspects of a typical London artist's studio, which Richard Randall would have been familiar with, having lived and worked there for some time. Its style, described in a Brisbane newspaper article as resembling a "Swiss chalet", incorporates characteristics of Australian "Queen Anne" style, such as an asymmetrical facade, steeply pitched Marseilles tile-clad roof, terracotta roof apex ornaments, a street-facing gable, and projecting bay window with multi-paned top lights Built on steeply sloping ground, the studio occupied the upper floor at street level and the residence below was accessed by an external staircase at the rear. The residential level consisted of at least four rooms connected by a side verandah, however its exact layout is unknown. The studio itself was a single volume lit by a large bay window and skylight in the centre of the main elevation, with blinds to control light levels. A part-height timber partition wall created an entrance passageway, with a curtain hung across it to shield views into the studio from the front door. The high walls (painted a "cool green") had few windows, providing ample hanging space for pictures, and the room contained a "model's throne". A contemporary description called it "a fine commodious studio (said to be one of the best-equipped private studios in Australia)". Once settled into his new studio residence, Richard Randall began advertising for pupils in the Brisbane Courier, offering drawing and painting lessons in a variety of mediums, including oils, water-colours and pastels. On Wednesday afternoons he was "at home" to visitors, providing an opportunity for socialising and displaying his latest works. Richard worked, exhibited and taught at the studio, establishing a reputation as a popular and successful Brisbane artist and teacher, and providing a focus for a coterie of local artists influenced by the Randall style. When he was not teaching, Richard travelled around south-east Queensland in search of new subjects and scenes to paint. He also took an active role in many artistic clubs and societies, including the Brisbane Sketching Club and the Queensland Art Society, of which he was vice-president from December 1903. A breakaway art society, calling itself the New Society of Artists, formed in 1904, as a result of dissatisfaction with some policies of the more elite Queensland Art Society. In August 1906, the engagement of Richard Randall to Miss Minna Wirth, daughter of one of the founders of the Queensland Art Society, artist Lewis Wirth, was announced in a local paper. Some time after his return to Australia, Richard received overtures from various London art galleries, and subsequently collections of his works were sent back to England and displayed for purchase. His watercolours and paintings of Australian landscapes and scenery were particularly admired, as they conveyed "a more pleasing and favourable impression of the Australian bush and scenery than had hitherto been entertained". Tragedy struck in October 1906 when Richard Randall died unexpectedly, of what is believed to have been a brain tumour, at Somersby Grange, aged 37. The funeral held on 16 October was well attended by members of Brisbane's artistic circles, including representatives of the Queensland Art Society and the New Society of Artists, who, in a rare moment of unity between the two groups, acted as pall bearers. Richard's death came as a great shock to his father, who spent much of his time after 1906 promoting the life and works of his son. In 1907, he compiled and published an elaborate memorial brochure, featuring photographs of Richard, his studio and some of his paintings. The studio and its contents were kept intact until c. 1913, and opened for viewing by the public and eminent guests, such as Govennor and Lady Chelmsford, who visited in December 1906 and purchased several watercolour sketches. In 1909, the South Brisbane City Council was persuaded to accept 600 of Richard's works in perpetual trust.A quarter-acre of vacant land adjoining the studio was offered by George Randall as a location for a gallery to house the collection.However, it was eventually housed on the upper floor of the South Brisbane Library, which had been converted from a library space into the Randall Art Gallery. The Randall Collection contained everything from early and incomplete works and sketches to his most prized paintings. After 1922, the collection was added to by George Randall upon his return from a visit to England, where he had purchased a number of his son's paintings from a London art gallery. In 1925, sculptor Charles Lowther was commissioned to make a memorial bust of Randall. The bust was unveiled on 19 June 1925 by the Queensland Governor Matthew Nathan at Randall's studio. When the City Council of Greater Brisbane was formed in 1925, it took over the assets of the South Brisbane Council, including the Randall Collection, which was moved to Brisbane City Hall. Some paintings were hung in reception rooms, while the majority were displayed in a large, well-lit room on the fifth floor. The collection's continuous occupation of the foremost gallery space in Brisbane caused friction between the council, representatives of the Randall family and the Royal Queensland Art Society, who requested to use the gallery for other purposes.[38] In 1943, after being closed for a year due to lack of staff, the collection was removed from the gallery and stored in the City Hall basement.[39] After the end of World War II, the collection was not reinstated to the gallery and the majority of works remained in poor storage conditions in the basement, or were loaned out or taken without any record being kept of where they went. A 1953 newspaper article claimed that the paintings were being eaten by rats and falling into disrepair, but it was not until the mid-1980s that a concerted effort was made to track down and restore the collection, which had dwindled to 154 pieces. In 2013, the Richard Randall collection remains part of Museum of Brisbane art collection (owned by the Brisbane City Council). Members of the Randall family retained ownership of the Cordelia Street property until 1981. From late 1913 the studio was rented out as a residence,[42] and at some point the upper floor was partitioned. In a 1926 sewerage plan the studio is named "Brindisi" and is fenced off from two other residences on the property. In 1987, Richard Randall's Studio was listed by the National Trust of Queensland, who described it as "a unique example of a purpose-built artist's studio and reception rooms".In 1988, the building was threatened with demolition due to redevelopment of the site; however it was purchased in time by Brisbane City Council in recognition of its historical significance.Only the upper floor (the former studio) was saved and relocated approximately 300 metres (980 ft) along Cordelia Street to Musgrave Park, while the remainder of the building was demolished. In 1989, the studio was stumped and re-orientated to a north-west aspect to face an avenue through the park. Internal partitions and a lowered ceiling were removed and the building was repaired and renovated, with facilities such as a small kitchenette installed in a rear corner. In front of the studio a timber picket fence, similar to one which had existed at the original location, was constructed.The studio was officially opened by the Lord Mayor Sallyanne Atkinson, in December 1990 as the Richard Randall Studio, part of the Jagera Arts Centre in Musgrave Park. The Richard Randall Artist's Studio Award, established by the council the same year, provided rent-free use of the building to selected local artists for set periods as a studio and gallery. Artists were chosen by a panel of professional arts community representatives, and were required to produce a quota of artwork for public use during their residency.By the mid-2000s, the studio was in need of repairs and had become vulnerable to damage by vandals. In 2007, it was relocated for the second time by Brisbane City Council to its present site in the Mt Coot-tha Botanic Gardens, adjacent to the main visitor's car park. Officially opened on 6 October 2008[46] by the Lady Mayoress Mrs Lisa Newman, in the presence of descendants of the Randall family, the renovated studio is used as a function and exhibition venue available to the public and community groups for hire.

Dwyer Ella 1887-1979view full entry
Reference: see DIEGEM auction, BELGIUM - 1831 - 11.9.22, lot 56, Ella DWYER (1887-1979)
1 ex-libris (bookplate) for Clare Montgomery (Australia)
Perrottet George David 1890-1971view full entry
Reference: see DIEGEM auction, BELGIUM - 1831 - 11.9.22, lot 129: G.D. PERROTTET (1890-1971) aka George David PERROTTET
2 ex-libris (bookplates) for H-B Muir and Camden Morrisby (Australia) + 2 ex-libris by other artists. The legend "And still there moved the moon so pale,
A crescent ship without a sail!" is taken from the poem "A Ship, An Isle, A Sickle Moon" by James Elroy FLECKER (1884 - 1915).
Ballard Kathryn 1929-2013view full entry
Reference: see Parker Fine Art Auctions, UK, 8.9.22, lot 252: Kathryn Ballard (1929-2013) Australian. "Today's The Day Metung", Watercolour, Signed and Dated 1978 in pencil, and Inscribed verso, 12.25" x 16.25" (31.1 x 41.2cm)
Cohen Isaacview full entry
Reference: see Heritage Auctions, Dallas, TX, United States, 9.9.22. lot 27200: Isaac Cohen (Australian, 1884-1951) Portrait of an elegant lady and her dog, 1915 Oil on canvas 78 x 58-1/2 inches (198.1 x 148.6 cm) Signed and dated lower left: 19|COHEN|15 Property from the Cary M. Maguire Estate, Dallas, Texas PROVENANCE: Arenski Fine Art, Ltd., London; Acquired by the present owner from the above, 2000. Property from the Cary M. Maguire Estate, Dallas, Texas
Orry-Kelly George (Australian/American, 1897-1964) view full entry
Reference: see Heritage AuctionsDallas, TX, United States, 9.9.22. lot 27188: George Orry-Kelly (Australian/American, 1897-1964) Mother and daughter in Paris Oil on Masonite 24 x 20 inches (61.0 x 50.8 cm) Signed lower right: Orry-Kelly
Ames Ethel May Lavenceview full entry
Reference: see Scammells auction, Adelaide, 29.8.22, lot 26, The Adamson Family, River Torrens, Walkerville 1838, Oil on Board, Signed Lower Left, 16.5 x 26cm
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: Folded sheet. Mr Arthur Streeton's Exhibitions. No date but 1920. Contains a paragraph History of "Golden Summer", another paragraph concerning the new Government tax on Australian art work retuning to Australia and the rest is devoted to Lieutenant Arthur Streeton's work as a war artist. Trove which notes just the one copy in the State Library of Queensland, suggests that this has been compiled by Arthur Streeton
Publishing details: 1920
Ref: 1000
Dobre Peteview full entry
Reference: Lake Eyre in Outback Australia, by Pete Dobre.
Publishing details: OzScapes (2001). Hardcover with dust wrapper
Ref: 1000
Crisp Photo Process.view full entry
Reference: Beautiful Sydney 1895-96 Including Newcastle Coalopolis and Fertile Maitland. Illustrated by The Crisp Photo Process. With many beautiful B&W images.
Publishing details: Geo. Robertson & Co. Publishers.
Ref: 1000
Taylor Peterview full entry
Reference: Peter Taylor : Australian sculptor, by Peter Armstrong and Pam Taylor.


Publishing details: Hobart, Tasmania : Forty South Publishing, 2022, 127 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour), portraits
Ref: 1000
Maurovic Richardview full entry
Reference: THE MEAT GAME: A HISTORY OF THE GEPPS CROSS ABATTOIRS AND LIVESTOCK MARKETS, by Richard Maurovic

Publishing details: Adelaide: Wakefield Press, 2007.
First Edition.
27cm x 22cm. xiv, 337 pages, illustrations, some colour, maps. Black cloth, gilt lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
decoration view full entry
Reference: see Interior decoration : a guide to furnishing the Australian home, by Margaret Lord. Illustrated by Alistair Morrison and Elaine Haxton

Publishing details: Ure Smith, 1944 
110 p. : ill. (some col.), plans
Morrison Alistair view full entry
Reference: see Interior decoration : a guide to furnishing the Australian home, by Margaret Lord. Illustrated by Alistair Morrison and Elaine Haxton

Publishing details: Ure Smith, 1944 
110 p. : ill. (some col.), plans
Haxton Elaine
view full entry
Reference: see Interior decoration : a guide to furnishing the Australian home, by Margaret Lord. Illustrated by Alistair Morrison and Elaine Haxton

Publishing details: Ure Smith, 1944 
110 p. : ill. (some col.), plans
Dean Tamaraview full entry
Reference: Tamara Dean. ‘Tamara Dean’s photography deftly explores the undercurrents of the human condition. Dean’s symbolically charged compositions of contemplative stillness and explosive action see humans intimately immersed in their surroundings: submerged in water, enmeshed in undergrowth, leaping from rockfaces.
Exploratory and ethereal, laden with risk and chance and adventure, her images reveal the complex interrelationships inherent in contemporary rites of passage and our connection to nature.
Her first published monograph, this book is both a retrospective of Dean’s work to date and a perfect introduction for those unfamiliar with her practice. Organised chronologically by series, each introduced with a brief text by the artist, it will give readers an insight into the evolution of her work and the themes and motifs that have featured throughout her oeuvre.’
Publishing details: Thames & Hudson, 2022, 176pp, hc
Ref: 1000
Just Pview full entry
Reference: Australia; or Notes Taken During a Residence in the Colonies from the Gold Discovery in 1851 till 1857, by P. Just.
[From Hordern House, 2022: The only edition of an outstanding account of the social and commercial growth of Victoria through the 1850s and a significant work in the small but valuable corpus of description and promotion written by colonial merchants. Just, a Melbourne merchant and Scottish emigration agent, wrote this wide-ranging work on a voyage home to Scotland. He includes a comprehen- sive review of events from 1851 to 1857, concentrating on aspects of trade and commerce, as well as detailed coverage of a wide range of topics, chiefly in the form of an emigrant’s guide, but with a good deal on the Murray River, land settlements, the gold rush, the Chinese in Victoria, and much else.
Just had artistic interests - he published a pamphlet in 1856 promoting the cause of colonial
art - and the delightful frontispiece ‘Falls of the Yarra Yarra Melbourne’, showing Dight’s Mill, was lithographed in colour after one of his own sketches.]

Publishing details: Dundee, Durham & Thomson, 1859.
Ref: 1000
Marcet Edouardview full entry
Reference: Australie. Un voyage à travers le Bush.
Large octavo, illustrated with 20 original albumen prints of drawings (ten full-page, mounted on inserted leaves of heavy paper as plates, and ten smaller, mounted on the text leaves in spaces left for that purpose); a fine copy in contemporary quarter red morocco.
[From Hordern House catalogue August 2022: This fine illustrated account of aboriginal and bush life in Queensland is a vividly dramatised account of life in the Queensland bush by a Swiss settler and writer. The unusual illustrations are actually a series of mounted photographs of drawings, an early example of the genre: only 200 copies are known to have been printed. A Swedish translation followed in 1870.
Marcet travelled through Australia in the early 1860s as a representative of the Geographical Society of Geneva, and is particularly known for his assiduous collection of photographs of settlers and First Nations people. In 1861 he published his Notice sur la province de Queensland, which included his observations on the natural history, the settlement, and the local tribes of the area. This work extends upon this earlier research, adding to his descriptions of Queensland’s natural history, including the platypus, which is shown in two illustrations.
The book’s real importance lies in Marcet’s unflinching portrayal of the tensions between settlers and aborigines. The arresting illustrations include several images of open conflict, as well as one dreadful representation of Aboriginal men being hunted over a cliff while the women and children of the tribe look on.]
Publishing details: Geneva, Imprimerie de Jules-Guillaume Fick, 1868.
Ref: 1000
Vickers Annaview full entry
Reference: Voyage en Australie et en Nouvelle-Zélande. By Anna Vickers.
[From Hordern House catralogue, August 2022: Vickers sailed on board the Orient from England to Australia, visiting Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide and Tasmania and on to New Zealand. Of particular interest are the large number of botanical plates and photographic illustrations.
"Anna Vickers was born on 28 June 1852 in Bordeaux, France, though it is likely that her father was British. In 1879–80, she visited Australia and New Zealand with her family, travelling widely and becoming interested in the Maori language. In 1883 she published a monograph about these travels, Voyage en Australie et en Nouvelle-Zélande. Topics she touched on range from word derivations in the Maori language to the ferns and algae of south Australia. She illustrated the book with sketches from her own photographs" (Wikipedia).]
Publishing details: Paris, Libraire Ch. Delagrave, 1883.
Ref: 1000
Evans Joyceview full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce auctions 12 Sept., 2022 and 13 July, 2023 (numerous works): Joyce Evans was a pioneer and supporter of photography in Australia and one of the first women to be director of an independent, commercial photography gallery, one of outstanding merit and influence. She began the Church Street Photographic Centre in Melbourne in 1976, introducing the work of many young photographers and exhibiting international and Australian photographers including Frank Hurley, Bill Henson, Henri Cartier-Bresson, David Moore and Max Dupain.

She was a working photographer and storyteller, with landscape one of her prominent themes. Her works are included in major collections including the National Library of Australia and internationally in Sweden and France. This auction includes both the photographs of Joyce Evans, and artworks by fellow artists in her private collection.
Nirin : 22nd Biennale of Sydneyview full entry
Reference: Nirin : 22nd Biennale of Sydney, 14 March-8 June 2020. Brook Andrew, 1970-, (artistic director.) [To be indexed]

Publishing details: Sydney : Biennale of Sydney Limited, 2020, soft cover, 334 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Biennale of Sydney 22ndview full entry
Reference: see Nirin : 22nd Biennale of Sydney, 14 March-8 June 2020. Brook Andrew, 1970-, (artistic director.)

Publishing details: Sydney : Biennale of Sydney Limited, 2020, soft cover, 334 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Andrew Brookview full entry
Reference: see Nirin : 22nd Biennale of Sydney, 14 March-8 June 2020. Brook Andrew, 1970-, (artistic director.)

Publishing details: Sydney : Biennale of Sydney Limited, 2020, soft cover, 334 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Alder Alison view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Morrow Christine view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Allan Micky view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Robson Megan view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Campbell Jon view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
footscray halal meats 100%view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Kelly Ned view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
McInnes Vikki view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Hubbard Lou view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
do it your self view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Mu Joel view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Hunt Matthew view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Lewis Clare view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Jenyns Bob view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Barkley Glenn view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Marrinon Linda view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
the comedy of life view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Kent Rachel view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Moore Archie view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
depth of fieldview full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Mundine Djon view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Moore Tom view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Edwards Geoffrey view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Edwards Geoffrey view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Mununggurr Marrnyula view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Watson Ken view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Ormella Raquel view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
double act view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Kent Rachel view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Reamillo Alwin view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Seeto Aaron view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Sabsabi Khaled view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
McNeill David view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Taylor Neil view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Barkley Glenn view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Thaiday Ken Snr view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Robinson Brian view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Waller Ruth view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Hesketh Isabel view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Warburton Toni view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
go tell it on the mountain view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
von Sturmer John view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Whisson Ken view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
this thing the brush does view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
O'Brien Gregory view full entry
Reference: see Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art. Curator: Glenn Barkley.
Includes bibliographical references.
Published in conjunction with an exhibition of the same name at the Museum of Contemporary Art, 10 September - 11 November 2009. Essays. Making it new : focus on contemporary Australian art / Glenn Barkley ; Group and survey exhibitions in Australian art / Christopher Dean. Artists profiles included.
Publishing details: Sydney : Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 209 p. : col. ill.
Etaplesview full entry
Reference: see Australian Painters In Etaples, by Jean-Claude Lesage. Published in French, however, an English translation by Pauline Le Borgne was printed later. 25 Australian artists are discussed, Biographical information is included. [See also Australian Painters In Etaples, a reprint in English with additional illustrations, ETT IMPRINT, Bondi Junction, NSW, 2022, pb, 85pp]
In 1900, 30 Australian artists were working in Etaples, a French fishing village west of Paris. Charles Conder, Rupert Bunny, Isobel Rae and John Peter Russell were among these who lived and worked in France.
Publishing details: A.M.M.E., 2000, hc, dw, 133pp. English translation of text inserted in this copy.
Rapotec Stanislaus interview and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Los Angeles Lita brief biography and illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Gardner Silvana Caterina brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Baldessin George essay by Gary Catalano with illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Latella Diego brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Janavicius Jolanta brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Walwicz Ania brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Paisio Franco interview and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Flugelman Herbert brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Carlone Piot brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Chen Pai Ray Peter brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Simankevicius Viktoras brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Kypraios Nikos interview by Rudi Krausmann and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Fiedorowicz Kajetan brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Berger Mimi Jaksic brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Karabanovs Edgars brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Kubbos Eva brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Cybulsky Wasyl brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Totev Itchev brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Tourvas Dina brief biography artist statement and illustrations p53 63view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Lyssiotis Peter ref p57view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Lyssiotis Tes ref p59view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Doukas Alekos ref p59 died 1962view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Kalamaras Leonadis sculptor ref p59 and 72-3 brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Kypraios Nikos ref p59 65view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Tsiatis Kalliroe ref p59view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Stelarc ref p60-61view full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Haddad Foad Mohajer brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Valamanesh Hossein brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Marek Dusan brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Michalovits Martha brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Stamatiades Con brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Janavicius Jurgis brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Hegel Kazia brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Selenitsch Alex brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
van Dijk Eduard brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Rehorek Ivon brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Letti Bruno brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Pihlak Vella brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Tomescu Aida brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Deix Gunther brief biography artist statemen and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Pasqualini Bruno brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Rudnicki Stanislaw brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Marinelli Manaldo brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Deklavs Oskars brief biography artist statemen and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Safranek Jan brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Cassab Judy brief biography artist statemen and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Pocius Ieva brief biography artist statemen and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Colangelo Antonio brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Vozzo Vince brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Aaltonen Leo brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Englert-Shead Judith brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Bruveris Elvira A brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Mimovich Leopoldine brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Totev Itchev brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Zofrea Salvatore brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Meeme Gunnar brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Michalski Lucan brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Sellu Victor brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Sellu Victor brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Oiderman Hans Erik brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Bucek Paul brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Mednis Viktors brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Denysenko Leonid brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Misko Stefan brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Gietka Maria brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Grobilka Lidia brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Manberg Karl brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Loannides Frixos brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Klimek J A brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Nedelkopulos Nichiolas brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Presser Lutz brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Davila Juan brief biography and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Ostoja-Kotowski Stan brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Michelakakis George brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Lyssiotis George brief biography artist statement and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Salkauskas Henry essay and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Zimmer Klaus in essay with illustrations p133ffview full entry
Reference: see ‘Five Berliners in Melbourne’ by Jenny Zimmer, in Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Kluge-Pott Hertha in essay with illustrations p133ffview full entry
Reference: see ‘Five Berliners in Melbourne’ by Jenny Zimmer, in Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Werder Felix in essay with illustrations p133ffview full entry
Reference: see ‘Five Berliners in Melbourne’ by Jenny Zimmer, in Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
Sievers Wolfgang in essay with illustrations p133ffview full entry
Reference: see ‘Five Berliners in Melbourne’ by Jenny Zimmer, in Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
King Inge in essay with illustrations p133ffview full entry
Reference: see ‘Five Berliners in Melbourne’ by Jenny Zimmer, in Aspect - Art & Literature (No. 29/30, Autumn 1984), Survey of Ethnic Visual Art in Australia, Rudi Krausmann (Editor)
Publishing details: Aspect, 1984, pb, 164pp
music and artview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Borg Piaview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Chesworth Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

de Maistre Royview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Fusinato Marcoview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Gleave Michaelaview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Giles Kurltjunyintja Jackieview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Gothe-Snape Agathaview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Gray Nathanview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Grogan Helenview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Hirshfeld-Mack Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Kngwarray Emily Kamview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Chesworth David and Sonia Leberview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Leber Sonia and David Chesworth view full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Martorell Dylanview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Mesiti Angelicaview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Nixon Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Parker Sandraview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Hinkley Rhianview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Ramsey Rammeyview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Salsjo Miaview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Sofo Charlieview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Valenza Danaeview full entry
Reference: see The Score. By Jacqueline Doughty
A cross-disciplinary exhibition of visual art, dance, music and vocal performance. Artists and performers include: Pia Borg, John Cage, Roy de Maistre, Fayen d'Evie, Marco Fusinato, Charles Gaines, Kurltjunyintja Jackie Giles, Michaela Gleave, Agatha Gothe-Snape, Nathan Gray, Helen Grogan, Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack, Yuki Kihara, Emily Kam Kngwarray, Shelley Lasica, Sonia Leber & David Chesworth, Dylan Martorell, Angelica Mesiti, John Nixon, Sandra Parker & Rhian Hinkley, Rammey Ramsey, Mia Salsjo, Charlie Sofo, Sriwhana Spong, Christine Sun Kim & Thomas Mader, Danae Valenza, and Jude Walton.

Publishing details: Melbourne: The Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2017. 90 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.

Alston Aby view full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Alston Daniel view full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Ashton Williamview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Baker Christina Asquithview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Clack Baker Arthurview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Baker-Clack Arthur see also Clack Arthur Bakerview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Baskerville Margaretview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Bell George Frederickview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Blashki Myer see also Evergood Milesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Evergood Miles see also Blashki Myer view full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Brodzky Horaceview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Bryant Charlesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Bunny Rupertview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Burgess Arthurview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Fox Ethel Carrickview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Coates Georgeview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Cohen Isaacview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Conder Charlesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Cowan Theadoraview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Davies Davidview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Cunninghame Fairlieview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Davidson Bessieview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Dyson Williamview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Fuller Florenceview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Fox Emanuel Phillipsview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Fullwood Albertview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
May Butler Geoergeview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Gibson Bessieview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Goodsir Agnesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Harcourt Clewinview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Heysen Hansview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Honey Constance Winifredview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Jenkins Constanceview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Joel Graceview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Lambert George Washingtonview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Leist Fredview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Lever Richard Hayleyview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Lindsay Normanview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Lindsay Rubyview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Longstaff John Campbellview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Macdonald James Stewartview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Mackennal Bertramview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Mahony Frankview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Coates Dora Meesonview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Meeson Dora see also Coates Dora Meesonview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Meldrum Maxview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Menpes Mortimerview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Minns B Eview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Morrison George Pittview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Adams Josephine Muntzview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Muntz Josephine Adams see also Adams Josephine Muntzview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Nicholas Hilda Rixview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Tait Bess Norrissview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
O’Connor Kathleenview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Officer Edwardview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Ohlfsen-Bagge Doraview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Parker Haroldview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Patterson Ambroseview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Power Harold Septimusview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Quinn Jamesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Rae Isoview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Ramsay Hughview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Reynell Gladysview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Ritchie Charlesview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Roberts Tomview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Rodway Florenceview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Russell John Peterview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Spence Percyview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Teague Violetview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Traill Jessieview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Tuck Marieview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Tucker Tudor St Georgeview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Wilson William Hardyview full entry
Reference: listed with artists residing in Europe 1890-1914 p219 in Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Parisview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
French connectionsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Carter Norman 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Colquhoun Alec 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Conder Charles various refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Etaplesview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
expatriatesview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Foilingsby G 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Lindsay Lionel 5 refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
Long Sydney 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
MacGeorge Norman 3 refsview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.
May Phil 1 refview full entry
Reference: see Identity, Community and Australian Artists, 1890-1914, Paris, London and Further Afield, by Kate R. Robertson.
Table of Contents:
Chapter 1: An Edwardian Excursion?: Identity, Belonging and Community for Australian Artists Abroad
Chapter 2: Widening the Circle of Art: The Voyage to Europe and the Melbourne National Gallery Travelling Scholarship
Chapter 3: From Paris to London: Australians in Ateliers, Clubs and Societies
Chapter 4: The Lure of London: Portraits, Performances and the Australian Brethren of the Brush
Chapter 5: Performing the Role of the Artist: Bohemia, Self-portraits and Dressing-up
Chapter 6: Women outside bohemia: Suffrage, Travel and Imagined Worlds
Chapter 7: Flying Further Afield: Authenticity, the Bush and Artist Colonies in England and France
Epilogue: A Transformed World

An irresistible call lured Australian artists abroad between 1890 and 1914, a transitional period immediately pre- and post-federation. Travelling enabled an extension of artistic frontiers, and Paris – the centre of art – and London – the heart of the Empire – promised wondrous opportunities. These expatriate artists formed communities based on their common bond to Australia, enacting their Australian-ness in private and public settings.

Yet, they also interacted with the broader creative community, fashioning a network of social and professional relationships. They joined ateliers in Paris such as the Académie Julian, clubs like the Chelsea Arts Club in London and visited artist colonies including St Ives in England and Étaples in France. Australian artists persistently sought a sense of belonging, negotiating their identity through activities such as plays, balls, tableaux, parties, dressing-up and, of course, the creation of art. While individual biographies are integral to this study, it is through exploring the connections between them that it offers new insights.

Through utilising extensive archival material, much of which has limited or no publication history, this book fills a gap in existing scholarship. It offers a vital exploration re-consideration of the fluidity of identity, place and belonging in the lives and work of Australian artists in this juncture in British-Australian history.

Reviews
‘Robertson provides a rich survey of key itinerant episodes in the lives of an important generation of Australian artists. She analyses in-depth how these men and women travelled to access the treasures and opportunities afforded by Europe, transforming their identities as they rebalanced their national and international artistic ideals, which her readers will find informative and illuminating.
Matthew C. Potter, Associate Professor of Art and Design History, Northumbria University, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK 
‘Expatriatism is often seen as a blight on a nation's cultural development: Kate Robertson turns that notion on its head and convincingly places fin de siècle painters in Europe at the very centre of Australian art.
Richard White, Associate Professor, History, University of Sydney, Australia 




Publishing details: Bloomsbury, 2022, 256pp, 10 colour and 40 bw illus, pb.


First | Previous | Record 144,551 – 145,550 of 1,000